2011 syllabi new 22.08.2013

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 1

B. TECH. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

(Minimum Credits to be earned: 193)

First Semester

Code

No. Course

PEOs POs L T P C

11O101 Engineering Mathematics I* I a,b 3 1 0 3.5

11O102 Engineering Physics* I a 3 0 0 3.0

11O103 Engineering Chemistry* I a 3 0 0 3.0

Language Elective –Iα IV g,h 3 0 0 3.0

11O205 Basics of Electrical and Electronics

Engineering+

III a,h,k 4 0 0 4.0

11I106 Computational Problem Solving¥ I,II,III a,b,j,k 3 1 0 3.5

11I107 Computational Problem Solving Laboratory¥ I.II,III a,b,j,k 0 0 3 1.5

11O208 Engineering Graphics$ III b,d 2 0 2 3.0

11I209 Workshop Practice III a,b 0 0 2 1.0

Total 21 2 7 25.5

Second Semester

Code

No. Course

PEOs POs L T P C

11O201 Engineering Mathematics II* I a,b 3 1 0 3.5

11O202 Environmental Science* III a 3 0 0 3.0

Language Elective-IIα IV,V g,h,i 3 1 0 3.5

11I204 Materials ScienceB III a 3 0 0 3.0

11O105 Basics of Civil and Mechanical Engineering**

III b

4 0 0 4.0

11I206 Structured Programming¥ II b,d 4 0 0 4.0

11I207 Structured Programming Laboratory¥ II b,d 0 0 3 1.5

11O108 Engineering Physics Laboratory# I a 0 0 2 1.0

11O109 Engineering Chemistry Laboratory# I a 0 0 2 1.0

Total 20 2 7 24.5

α Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech ( Continuous Assessment )

* Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech **

Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech except AE & CE

ECE, EIE, ME, BT & TT (I Semester);CSE, EEE, FT, IT (II

Semester) $ Common for EEE, ME, BT, FT, IT & TT (I Semester); AE, CE, CSE, ECE & EIE (II Semester)

+ Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech except ECE,EEE & EIE

Common for AE, CSE, FT & IT (I Semester); CE, ME, BT & TT (II Semester) # Common for AE, CE, CSE, ECE & EIE (I Semester); EEE, ME, BT, FT,

IT & TT (II Semester) B

Common to CSE, EEE, ECE, EIE and IT

¥ Common to CSE and IT


Third Semester

Code No. Course PEOs POs

L T P C

11O301 Engineering Mathematics III I a 3 1 0 3.5

11I302 Data Structures and Algorithms –I II a,b,d,j,k 3 0 0 3.0

11I303 System Software II a,d 3 0 2 4.0

11I304 Computer Architecture III a,d 3 1 0 3.5

11I305 Digital System Design III c 3 1 0 3.5

11I306 Object Oriented Programming II b,k 3 0 0 3.0

11I307 Data Structures and Algorithms – I Laboratory II a,b,i,j,k 0 0 3 1.5

11I308 Object Oriented Programming Laboratory II b,d 0 0 3 1.5

11I309 Digital System Design Laboratory III c 0 0 3 1.5

Total 18 3 11 25.0

Fourth Semester

Code No. Course PEOs POs L T P C

11I401 Probability and Statistics I a 3 1 0 3.5

11I402 Data Structures and Algorithms-II II a,b,d, j,k 3 1 0 3.5

11I403 Database Management Systems II d,h 3 1 0 3.5

11I404 Concurrent Programming II b,d 3 0 0 3.0

11I405 Microprocessors and Microcontrollers III a,d,h 3 0 2 4.0

11I406 Principles of Communication II,III a,c 3 0 0 3.0

11I407 Data Structures and Algorithms-II Laboratory II a,d,i, j,k 0 0 3 1.5

11I408 Database Management Systems Laboratory II b,d 0 0 3 1.5

11I409 Concurrent Programming Laboratory II b,d 0 0 3 1.5

Total 18 3 11 25.0

1

Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech except BT and CSE

../BBsso/IT/FINAL-04-05-2011/IT/FINAL-04-05-2011/To%20Textile/IT/FINAL-04-05-2011/To%20Print/UG/07I401.doc




Fifth Semester

Code No. Course PEOs POs

L T P C

11I501 Applied Numerical Methods I,III a 3 1 0 3.5

11I502 Digital Signal Processing II,III a,b,c,j,k 3 1 0 3.5

11I503 Software Engineering II,IV d,k 3 0 0 3.0

11I504 Operating Systems II c,d,k 3 0 0 3.0

11I505 Computer Networks II a,d,h,i 3 1 0 3.5

Elective I - - - - - 3.0

11I507 Digital Signal Processing Laboratory II,III a,b,c,j,k 0 0 3 1.5

11I508 Operating Systems Laboratory II c,d 0 0 3 1.5

11I509 Computer Networks Laboratory II a,d,h,i 0 0 3 1.5

11I510 Technical Seminar-I IV,V g,h,i,j - - - 1.0

Total 15 3 9 25.0

Sixth Semester

Code No. Course PEOs POs L T P C

11I601 Embedded Systems II c,k 3 1 0 3.5

11I602 Object Oriented Analysis and Design III b,d 3 1 0 3.5

11I603 Information Security II b,e 3 0 0 3.0

11I604 Web Systems and Technology II,III d,i 3 1 0 3.5

11I605 Information Coding Techniques III b,c 3 1 0 3.5

Elective II - - - - - 3.0

11I607 Case Tools Laboratory III b,d 0 0 3 1.5

11I608 Web Technology Laboratory II,III c,i 0 0 3 1.5

11I609 Technical Seminar -II IV,V g,h,i,j - - - 1.0

Total 15 4 6 24.0

2

Minimum credits to be earned. The maximum number of credits as well as the total number of L T P

hours may vary depending upon the elective courses opted


Seventh Semester

Code

No. Course

PEOs POs L T P C

11O701 Engineering Economics* V a,b,c,d 3 0 0 3.0

11I702 C# and .Net Frameworks II b,d 3 0 0 3.0

11I703 TCP / IP II d 3 0 0 3.0

11I704 Graphics and Multimedia II a,b,d 3 0 0 3.0

Elective III - - - - - 3.0

Elective IV - - - - - 3.0

11I707 .Net Frameworks Laboratory II b,d 0 0 3 1.5

11I708 Graphics and Multimedia Laboratory II a,b,d 0 0 3 1.5

11I709 Project Work Phase I II,III,IV c,d,e,f - - - 3.0

Total 12 0 6 24.0

Eighth Semester

Code

No. Course

PEOs POs L T P C

11O801 Professional Ethics* IV,V e,f,h 2 0 0 2.0

Elective V - - - - - 3.0

Elective VI - - - - - 3.0

11I804 Project Work Phase II II,III,IV c,d,e,f - - - 12.0

Total 2 0 0 20.0

Minimum credits to be earned. The maximum number of credits as well as the total number of L T P

hours may vary depending upon the elective courses opted

*Common to all branches of B.E./B.Tech.


ELECTIVES

LANGUAGE ELECTIVES

Language Elective I

L T P C

11O10B Basic English I 3 0 0 3.0

11O10C Communicative English 3 0 0 3.0

Language Elective II

11O20B Basic English II 3 1 0 3.5

11O20C Advanced Communicative English 3 1 0 3.5

11O20G German 3 1 0 3.5

11O20J Japanese 3 1 0 3.5

11O20F French 3 1 0 3.5

11O20H Hindi 3 1 0 3.5

DISCIPLINE ELECTIVES 11I001 Advanced Computer Architectures 3 0 0 3.0

11I002 Parallel Processing 3 0 0 3.0

11I003 Software Agents 3 0 0 3.0

11I004 Software Patterns 3 0 0 3.0

11I005 Software Testing Methods and Tools 3 0 0 3.0

11I006 Soft Computing 3 0 0 3.0

11I007 Software Project Management 3 0 0 3.0

11I008 Data Mining and Warehousing 3 0 0 3.0

11I009 Client/Server Computing 3 0 0 3.0

11I010 Grid Computing 3 0 0 3.0

11I011 Distributed Computing Systems 3 0 0 3.0

11I012 Mobile Technologies 3 0 0 3.0

11I013 Mobile Web 3 0 0 3.0

11I014 Unix Internals 3 0 0 3.0

11I015 Java Frameworks 3 0 0 3.0

11I016 Natural Language Processing 3 0 0 3.0

11I017 XML and Web Services 3 0 0 3.0

11I018 Visual Programming 3 0 0 3.0

11I019 Business Component Technology 3 0 0 3.0

11I020 Management Information Systems 3 0 0 3.0

11I021 Software Quality Management 3 0 0 3.0

11I022 Organizational Behavior and Management 3 0 0 3.0

11I023 Disaster Management 3 0 0 3.0

11I024 Artificial Intelligence 3 0 0 3.0

11I025 Principles of Compiler Design 3 0 0 3.0

11I026 Real Time Systems 3 0 0 3.0

11I027 Fault Tolerant Computing Systems 3 0 0 3.0

11I028 Digital Image Processing 3 0 0 3.0

11I029 Genetic Algorithms and Applications 3 0 0 3.0

11I030 Bioinformatics 3 0 0 3.0

11I031 Robotics 3 0 0 3.0

11I032 Cloud Computing 3 0 0 3.0

11I033 Green Computing 3 0 0 3.0

11I034 E-Commerce 3 0 0 3.0

11I035 Enterprise Resource Planning 3 0 0 3.0

11I036 Intellectual Property Rights 3 0 0 3.0

11I037 Geographical Information Systems 3 0 0 3.0

11I038 Information Storage Management 3 0 0 3.0

11I039 Cloud Infrastructure and Services 3 0 0 3.0


Physics Electives

11O0PA Nano Science and Technology 3 0 0 3.0

11O0PB Laser Technology 3 0 0 3.0

11O0PC Electro Optic Materials 3 0 0 3.0

11O0PD Vacuum Science and Deposition Techniques 3 0 0 3.0

11O0PE Semiconducting Materials and Devices 3 0 0 3.0

Chemistry Electives

11O0YA Polymer Chemistry and Processing 3 0 0 3.0

11O0YB Energy Storing Devices and Fuel Cells 3 0 0 3.0

11O0YC Chemistry of Nanomaterials 3 0 0 3.0

11O0YD Corrosion Science and Engineering 3 0 0 3.0

Entrepreneurship Electives$

`

11O001 Entrepreneurship Development I 3 0 0 3.0

11O002 Entrepreneurship Development II£ 3 0 0 3.0

One Credit Courses

11I0XA Google Appengine - - - 1.0

11I0XB Business Intelligence and Reporting - - - 1.0

11I0XC PHP MYSQL - - - 1.0

11I0XD PERL - - - 1.0

11I0XE HTML 5.0 - - - 1.0

11I0XF Android - - - 1.0

Special Courses

11I0RA Semantic Web - - - 3.0

11I0RB Search Engine Optimization - - - 3.0

11I0RC J2ME - - - 3.0

___________________

$ Entrepreneurship development electives will be offered only during V and VI Semesters

£ Prerequestion for this course is Entrepreneurship development I


11O101 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-I

(Common to all Branches) 3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

Acquire knowledge in matrix theory, a part of linear algebra, which has wider application in

engineering problems.

To make the Graduatesknowledgeable in the area of infinite series and their convergence so that the

Graduates will be familiar with infinite series approximations for solutions arising in mathematical

modelling and to solve first and higher order differential equations and to use Laplace transform to

solve differential equations using only algebraic operations.

Programme Outcomes

a) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of mathematics, science and basic engineering.

b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using programming

languages.

Skill Set

1. Acquire more knowledge in basic concepts of engineering mathematics.

2. To improve problem evaluation technique.

3. Choose an appropriate method to solve a practical problem.

Assessment pattern

S. No. Bloom’s Taxonomy

Test I

† Test II

† Model Examination

†

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20

2 Understand 30 30 30 30

3 Apply 20 20 20 20

4 Analyze/ Evaluate 20 20 20 20

5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. State Cayley Hamilton theorem.

2. Define Eigen value and Eigen vectors of the matrix.

3. Write the definition of Convergence & Divergence of the sequence.

4. State the necessary & sufficient condition for the differential equation to be exact.

5. Write the Radius of curvature in Cartesian coordinates.

6. Define Evolute, Centre of curvature & Circle of curvature.

7. Write the Leibneitz‘s form of linear equation in y and in x.

8. Write the general form of Euler‘s & Legendre linear differential equation.

9. Define Convolution of two functions.

10. State the existence conditions for Laplace transforms.

Understand

1. Find the eigen values and eigen vectors of A =

318

153

022

† The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.

The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be

calculated for 50 marks

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 8 2. Find the radius of Curvature at ( a,0) on the curve xy

2 = a

3 – x

3

3. Find the Circle of Curvature of the parabola Y2 = 12x at the point ( 3.6)

4. Solve cos2 x dx

dy + y = tanx

5 Solve y (2xy + ex ) dx = e

x dy.

6. Find evolute of the parabola x2 =4ay

7. Solve ( D2 + .4 ) y = x

2

8 Solve ( D – 3 )2 y = x e

-2x

9. Find the Laplace transform of e2t

sin3t

10. Find the laplace transform of e2t

cos4t

Apply

1. Diagonalise the matrix A=

311

131

113

by means of an orthogonal transformation

2. Use Cayley Hamilton theorem find inverse of A =

121

324

731

.

3. Test the convergence of the series 4

3 +

6.4

4.3+

8.6.4

5.4.3 + .....

4. Use Convolution theorem find inverse Laplace transform of )2)(1(

1

ss

5. Use method of variation of parameters, solve (D2+4)y = tan 2x

6. Use Laplace transform solve ( D2 + 4D + 13) = e

-t sint Y = 0 and DY = 0 at t = 0

7. Test for convergence of the series x

x

1

8. Use Bernoulli1 s equation solve xy (1 + xy

2)

dx

dy = 1

9. Use Leibnitz‘s linear equation 22 )1()1( xey

dx

dyx x

10. Use Laplace Transform to evaluate, dtt

te t

0

)3(sin

Analyze / Evaluate

1. Reduce the quadratic form 8x2

1 +7x2

2 +3x2

3 -12x1x 2 -8x 2 x 3 +4x 3 x

1 to canonical form by orthogonal

transformation and find the rank, signature, index and the nature.


2. Reduce 3x2

+5y2

+3z2

-2yz+2zx-2xy to its canonical form through an orthogonal transformation and

find the rank, signature, index and the nature

3. Find the evolute of the cycloid : x = a( +sin ) ; y = a(1 - cos )

4. Find the circle of curvature of x y at ,4 4

a a

5. Discuss the convergence of the series 1 / 3.4.5 + 2 / 4.5.6 + 3 / 5.6.7 +…...

6. Verify Cayley-Hamilton theorem for A=

211

121

112

. Hence find its inverse.

7. Using the method of variation of parameters, solve (D2 + a

2)y = tan ax.

8. Solve [x2D

2 + 4xD + 2] y = x

2 +

2

1

x.

9. Find the envelope of the straight line 1b

y

a

x, here a and b are connected by the relation

a2 + b

2 = c

2

10. Find the Laplace transform of the following functions

(1). (t + 2t2)

2 (2) sin

2 2t (3). Sin 3t cos 2t (4). Cos (at+b)

Unit I

Matrices

Characteristic equation - eigen values and eigen vectors of a real matrix - properties of eigen values - Cayley–

Hamilton theorem- Reduction of a real matrix to a diagonal form- Orthogonal matrices- Quadratic form -

Reduction of a quadratic form to a canonical form by orthogonal transformation-application to engineering

problems.

9 Hours

Unit II

Series and Differential Calculus

Series- Convergences and divergence- Comparison test– Ratio test - Curvature in Cartesian Coordinates- Centre

and radius of curvature - Circle of curvature – Evolutes –Envelopes – application to engineering problems.

9 Hours

Unit III

Differential Equation of First Order

Linear differential equation of first order-exact-integrating factor- Euler‘s equation-Bernoulli‘s-modeling-

application to engineering problems.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Differential Equations of Higher Order

Linear differential equations of second and higher order with constant and variablecoefficients - Cauchy‘s and

Legendre‘s linear differential equations - method of variation of parameters –application of engineering

problems.

9 Hours


Unit V

Laplace Transforms

Laplace Transform- conditions for existence(statement only) -Transforms of standard functions – properties

(statement only) - Transforms of derivatives and integrals - Initial and Final value theorems (statement only) -

Periodic functions - Inverse transforms - Convolution theorems(statement only) - Applications of Laplace

transforms for solving the ordinary differential equations up to second order with constant coefficients-

application to engineering problems.

9 Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours

Textbooks

1. B S Grewal ., Higher Engineering Mathematics , Khanna Publications , New Delhi 2000 .

2. K A Lakshminarayanan ,K.Megalai, P.Geetha and D.Jayanthi ,Mathematics for Engineers, Volume I,

Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. 2008.

References

1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Engineering Mathematics, Volume I, S. Chand &

Co., New Delhi-2009.

2. T. Vegetarian , Engineering Mathematics , Tata McGraw Hill Publications , New Delhi 2008.

3. E. Kreyszig, .Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 8th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, Singapore,

2008.

4. C. RayWylie and C. Louis. Barrett, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing Company Ltd, 2003.

11O102 ENGINEERING PHYSICS

(Common to all branches) 3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To impart fundamental knowledge in the areas of acoustics, crystallography and new engineering

materials.

To apply fundamental knowledge in the area of LASERS and fiber optics

To use the principles of quantum physics in the respective fields

At the end of the course the Graduates are familiar with the basic principles and applications of physics

in various fields.

Programme Outcome


Skill Set

1. Making to learn.

2. Study the working and applications of different types of laser.

3. Understanding the Schrödinger wave equation and scattering of X-rays.

4. Utilization of concept of air wedge in determining the thickness of a thin wire.


Assessment Pattern


Test I

† Test II


†

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Give the classifications of sound.

2. Write a note on loudness.

3. Define decibel.

4. What is meant by reverberation time?

5. Define magnetostriction effect.

6. Give the classification of crystals.

7. Define Miller indices.

8. Define lattice and unit cells.

9. Mention the applications of X-ray diffraction.

10. Write a short note on air wedge.

11. List the applications of air wedge method.

12. Give the applications of LASER.

13. Give the classification of laser based on refractive index.

14. Write a note on holography.

15. Draw the block diagram of fiber optic communication system.

16. Define the term Compton effect.

17. What is the physical significance of wave function?

18. What are metallic glasses?

19. Write a note on shape memory alloys.

20. Mention the merits of nano materials.

21. List the advantages of ceramic materials.

Understand

1. How Weber-Fechner law is formulated?

2. Explain the characteristics of loudness.

3. Elucidate the significance of timber.

4. How the magnetostriction effect is utilized in the production of ultrasonic waves?

5. What is the importance of reverberation time in the construction of building?

6. Give the importance of lattice and lattice planes in a crystal.

7. How do you measure the d-spacing?

8. How do you calculate the packing factor of BCC structure?

9. How air wedge is used in determining the flatness of a thin plate?

10. Give the importance of optical pumping in the production of LASER.

11. What are the various steps involved in holography?

12. How can you derive the acceptance angle in fiber?

13. Why the wave function is called as probability density?

14. Why the wave function is finite inside the potential well?

15. Why the particle is not escaping through the walls of the well?

16. How ceramic materials are prepared by slip casting technique?

17. What are the advantages of nano materials?





Apply

1. Discuss the factors affecting the acoustics of buildings.

2. Ultrasonic waves are electromagnetic waves. Justify.

3. Sketch the circuit diagram for piezo electric oscillator.

4. How can you determine the velocity of ultrasonic by acoustic grating?

5. Explain how Miller indices are used in crystal structures?

6. How do you calculate the packing factor for FCC structure?

7. Draw the crystal lattice for (110) plane.

8. Why does air wedge occur only in the flat glass plates?

9. Explain the various steps involved in holography techniques.

10. Discuss the particle in a one dimensional box by considering infinite length of well.

11. Explain how shape memory alloy change its shape?

12. How can you prepare the nano materials synthesized by sol gel technique?

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Compare magnetostriction and piezo-electric method in the production of ultrasonic waves.

2. Differentiate musical sound and noises.

3. Compare the packing factor of BCC, FCC and HCP structures.

4. Distinguish between photography and holography.

5. Compare slip casting and isostatic pressing.

Unit I

Acoustics and Ultrasonics

Acoustics: Classification of sound – characteristics of musical sound – loudness – Weber – Fechner law –

decibel – absorption coefficient – reverberation – reverberation time – Sabine‘s formula (growth & decay).

Factors affecting acoustics of buildings and their remedies. Ultrasonics: Ultrasonic production –

magnetostriction - piezo electric methods. Applications: Determination of velocity of ultrasonic waves (acoustic

grating) - SONAR.

The phenomenon of cavitation.

9 Hours

Unit II

Crystallography

Crystal Physics: Lattice – unit cell – Bravais lattices – lattice planes – Miller indices – ‗d‘ spacing in cubic

lattice – calculation of number of atoms per unit cell – atomic radius – coordination number – packing factor for

SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures - X-ray Diffraction: Laue‘s method – powder crystal method.

Crystal defects.

9 Hours

Unit III

Waveoptics

Interference: Air wedge – theory – uses – testing of flat surfaces – thickness of a thin wire. LASER: Types of

lasers – Nd – YAG laser – CO2 laser – semiconductor laser (homojunction). Applications: Holography –

construction – reconstruction – uses. Fiber Optics: Principle of light transmission through fiber - expression for

acceptance angle and numerical aperture - types of optical fibers (refractive Index profile, mode) fiber optic

communication system (block diagram only)

Laser gas sensors .

9 Hours

Unit IV

Modern Physics

Quantum Physics: Development of quantum theory – de Broglie wavelength – Schrödinger‘s wave equation –

time dependent – time independent wave equations – physical significance – applications – particle in a box

(1d). X-rays: Scattering of X-rays – Compton Effect – theory and experimental verification.

Degenerate and non degenerate.

9 Hours


Unit V

New Engineering Materials

Metallic glasses: Manufacturing – properties – uses. Shape Memory Alloys: Working principle – shape memory

effect – applications. Nanomaterials: Preparation method – sol gel technique – mechanical – magnetic

characteristics – uses. Ceramics: Manufacturing methods – slip casting – isostatic pressing – thermal and

electrical properties - uses.

Carbon nano tubes and applications.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. V.Rajendran, Engineering Physics, Tata McHraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.

2. P. K. Palanisami, Physics for Engineers, Vol. 1, Scitech Pub. (India) Pvt. Ltd., Chennai, 2002.

References

1. M. N. Avadhanulu and P. G. Kshirsagar, A Textbook of Engineering Physics, S. Chand & Company

Ltd., New Delhi, 2005

2. S. O. Pillai, Solid State Physics, New Age International Publication, New Delhi, 2006.

3. V. Rajendran and A. Marikani, Physics I, TMH, New Delhi, 2004.

4. Arthur Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, TMH, 2008.

5. R. K. Gaur and S. L. Gupta, Engineering Physics, Dhanpat Rai Publishers, New Delhi, 2006

11O103 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY

(Common to all branches)

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

Imparting knowledge on the principles of water characterization, treatment methods and industrial

applications.

Understanding the principles and application of electrochemistry and corrosion science.

Basic information and application of polymer chemistry, nanotechnology and analytical techniques.

Programme Outcomes


Skill Set

1. Understand the chemistry of water and its industrial & domestic application.

2. Utilization of electrochemistry principle in corrosion control and industrial application.

3. Understanding the various types of polymers and its industrial application.

4. Applications of nanotechnology and analytical techniques in day to day life.


Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Bloom’s Taxonomy

(New Version) Test I

Test II

Model

Examination

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 10 10


3 Apply 30 30 30 30

4 Analyze 20 20 20 20

5 Evaluate 10 10 20 20

6 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Distinguish between alkaline and non alkaline hardness.

2. What is meant by priming? How it is prevented?

3. What is meant by caustic embrittlement?

4. What is the role of calgon conditioning in water treatment?

5. What is break point chlorination?

6. Write the significances of EMF series.

7. Define single electrode potential of an electrode.

8. Differentiate between electrochemical and electrolytic cells.

9. What are the advantages of H2-O2 fuel cell?

10. What are reference electrodes?

11. Mention the various factors influencing the rate of corrosion.

12. State Pilling-Bedworth rule.

13. What are the constituents of water repellant paints?

14. What is pitting corrosion?

15. Write any four applications of galvanic series.

16. Differentiate between nanocluster and nanocrystal.

17. List the monomers of nylon -6 and nylon-11.

18. Define functionality of a monomer.

19. What are the monomers of epoxy resin?

20. Differentiate between addition and condensation polymers.

21. What are auxochromes? Give examples.

22. Give any two applications of IR spectroscopy.

23. State Beer-Lambert‘s law.

24. Write any two applications of flame photometry.

25. What are the limitations of Beer-Lambert‘s law?

Understand

1. Soft water is not demineralized water whereas demineralized water is soft water- Justify.

2. Why sodium carbonate conditioning is not advisable for high pressure boilers?

3. Boiling cannot give protection to water for all time – Reason out.

4. What are the significances of RO method of water treatment?

5. Compare reversible and irreversible cells?

6. Reason out why do the properties of materials change at nanoscale?

7. Why calomel electrode is called as secondary reference electrode?

8. A steel screw in a brass marine hardware corrodes. Why?

9. What is the action of brine solution on iron rod?

10. Why magnesium element is coupled with underground pipe line?

The marks secured in the Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.




11. Which is the easier way to control corrosion?

12. Lithium battery is the cell of future- Justify.

13. Iron corrodes at a faster rate than aluminium- Give reason.

14. Differentiate between electro and elctroless platting.

15. How thermoplastics differ from thermosetting plastics?

16. TEFLON is superior to other addition polymers-Justify.

17. Write any two advantages of free radical polymerization.

18. Calculate the degree of freedom of water molecule.

19. Differentiate between AAS and flame photometry.

20. What is the role of thiocyanide solution in the estimation of iron by colorimetry?

Apply

1. A water sample contains 204 mgs of CaSO4 and 73 mgs of Mg(HCO3)2 per litre. Calculate the total

hardness in terms of CaCO3 equivalence.

2. 100 ml of sample water has hardness equivalent to 12.5ml of 0.08N MgSO4. Calculate hardness in

ppm.

3. What is the single electrode potential of a half cell of zinc electrode dipped in a 0.01M ZnSO4 solution

at 250C? E

0Zn/Zn

2+ = 0.763 V, R=8.314 JK

-1Mol

-1, F= 96500 Coulombs.

4. Calculate the reduction potential of Cu2+

/Cu=0.5M at 250C. E

0Cu

2+/ Cu= +0.337V.

5. Mention the type of corrosion that takes place when a metal area is covered with water.

6. Bolt and nut made of the same metal is preferred in practice. Why?

7. Caustic embrittlement is stress corrosion- Justify.

8. Metals which are nearer in electrochemical series is preferred in practice. Why?

9. What are the disadvantages of NICAD battery?

10. What are the requirements of a good paint?

11. What information can you get from DP?

12. What is degree of polymerization? Calculate the degree of polymerization of polypropylene having

molecular weight of 25200.

13. How the functionality of monomer influences the structure of polymer?

14. Mention the commercial applications of epoxy resins.

15. On what basis polyamide is named as NYLON?

16. Why UV spectroscopy is called as electronic spectra?

17. IR spectrum is called as vibrational spectrum- Justify.

18. How absorption spectrum is differing from emission spectrum?

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Distinguish between hardness and alkalinity.

2. Distinguish between battery and cell.

3. Corrosion phenomenon is known as thousand dollar thief - reason out.

4. What is the basic difference between polymers and oligomers?

5. How do you identify an organic molecule using IR spectrum?

Unit I

Chemistry of Water and its Industrial Applications

Hardness of water: Equivalents of calcium carbonate - Units of hardness - Degree of hardness and its estimation

(EDTA method) - Numerical problems on degree of hardness - pH value of water. Use of water for industrial

purposes: Boiler feed water-scale-sludge - caustic embrittlement. Softening of hard water: External conditioning

– zeolite - ion exchange methods - internal conditioning – calgon - phosphate methods. Desalination: Reverse

osmosis - electrodialysis. Use of water for domestic purposes: Domestic water treatment - Disinfection of water

- break point chlorination.

Characterization of your campus water.

9 Hours

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 16 Unit II

Electrochemistry for Materials Processing Introduction – emf - Single electrode potential - Hydrogen electrode - Calomel electrode - Glass electrode - pH

measurement using glass electrode - Electrochemical series. Cells: Electrochemical cells – Cell reactions-

Daniel cell – Reversible cells and irreversible cells - Difference between electrolytic cells and electrochemical

cells. Concept of electroplating: Electroplating of gold - electroless plating (Nickel). Batteries: Secondary

batteries - lead acid, nickel - cadmium and lithium batteries. Fuel cell: Hydrogen - oxygen fuel cell.

Electricity assisted painting.

9 Hours

Unit III

Chemistry of Corrosion and its Control

Corrosion: Mechanism of corrosion- – Chemical and electrochemical - Pilling-Bedworth rule - Oxygen

absorption – Hydrogen evolution - Galvanic series. Types of corrosion: Galvanic corrosion - Differential

aeration corrosion - Examples - Factors influencing corrosion. Methods of corrosion control: Sacrificial anodic

protection - Impressed current method. Protective coatings: Paints - Constituents and Functions. Special paints:

Fire retardant - Water repellant paints.

Applications of vapour phase inhibitors.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Introduction to Polymer and Nanotechnology

Polymers: Monomer - functionality - Degree of polymerization - Classification based on source - applications.

Types of polymerization: Addition, condensation and copolymerization. Mechanism of free radical

polymerization. Thermoplastic and thermosetting plastics - Preparation, properties and applications: Epoxy

resins, TEFLON, nylon and bakelite. Compounding of plastics. Moulding methods: Injection and extrusion.

Nanomaterials: Introduction – Nanoelectrodes - Carbon nanotubes - Nanopolymers - Application.

A detailed survey on application of polymer in day to day life.

9 Hours

Unit V

Instrumental Techniques of Chemical Analysis

Beer – Lambert‘s law - Problems. UV visible and IR spectroscopy: Principle- Instrumentation (block diagram

only) - Applications. Colorimetry: Principle – Instrumentation (block diagram only) - Estimation of iron by

colorimetry. Flame photometry: Principle - Instrumentation (block diagram only) - Estimation of sodium by

flame photometry. Atomic absorption spectroscopy: Principle - Instrumentation (block diagram only) -

Estimation of nickel by atomic absorption spectroscopy.

Applications of analytical instruments in medical field.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. P. C. Jain and M. Jain, Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai Publications., New Delhi, 2009.

2. R. Sivakumar and N. Sivakumar, Engineering Chemistry, TMH, New Delhi, 2009.

3. B. R. Puri, L. R. Sharma and Madan S. Pathania, Principles of Physical Chemistry, Shoban Lal Nagin

Chand & Co., 2005.

References

1. Sashi Chawla, Text Book of Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai Publications, New Delhi, 2003.

2. B. S. Bahl, G. D. Tuli and Arun Bahl, Essentials of Physical Chemistry, S. Chand & Company, 2008.

3. J. C. Kuriacose and J. Rajaram, Chemistry in Engineering & Technology, Vol. 1&2, TMH, 2009.

4. C. P. Poole Jr., J. F. Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, Wiley India Private Limited, 2007.

5. Andre Arsenault and Geoffrey A. Ozin, Nanochemistry: A Chemical Approach to Nanomaterials,

Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2005.


LANGUAGE ELECTIVE – Iα

3 0 0 3.0

11O205 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

(Common to all branches except EEE, ECE, EIE)

4 0 0 4.0

Objectives

To understand the basics concepts of electric circuits & magnetic circuits

To learn the operations of electrical machines

To impart knowledge in the concepts of Communication systems

Programme Outcomes

(a) The graduates will demonstrate knowledge of fundamentals, science and mathematics in solving

problems logically.

(h) The graduates will display skills required for continuous learning and up gradation.

(k) The graduates who can participate and succeed in competitive examinations.

Skill Set

1. Analyze the power in single phase AC systems

2. Derive an equation for self and mutual inductance

3. Determine the characteristics of Bipolar junction transistors

4. Diagnose the operation of half wave and full wave rectifier

5. Design of an operational amplifier

Assessment Pattern



Test II

Model

Examination

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 10 10


3 Apply 30 30 30 30

4 Analyze 20 20 20 20

5 Evaluate 10 10 20 20

6 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is an inductor?

2. State Ohm‘s law.

3. State the operating principle of a transformer.

4. Draw the circuit symbols of i] step up transformer ii] step down transformer.

5. What is resistor? Give its symbol.

6. What are impurities?

7. Draw the neat-labelled I-V characteristics of zener diode.

8. Draw circuit symbol of diode and zener diode,

9. Which process is used to convert the material into extrinsic?

10. What is junction barrier?

11. Define the term rectification and efficiency

12. What is done in the base region of a transistor to improve its operation.




Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 18 13. What is BJT?

14. List the needs for modulation.

15. Draw symbol of 2-input NOR gate & write its truth table.

Understand

1. Explain Ohm‘s law relating to (V), (I) and (R).

2. Explain the working principle of a transformer.

3. Explain the working principle of an induction motor.

4. Discuss intrinsic semiconductor are pure semiconductors.

5. Explain pentavalent impurities with example.

6. Explain trivalent impurities with example.

7. Explain in brief, knee voltage of diode.

8. Explain in brief, breakdown voltage of diode.

9. Explain the operation of P-N Junction diode when forward and reverse bias.

10. Explain the formation of depletion region in P-N Junction.

11. Explain Zener diode as voltage regulator.

12. With a neat circuit diagram explain the working of a half wave rectifier.

13. Derive an expression for the efficiency of a half wave rectifier.

14. With a neat circuit diagram, explain the working of full wave rectifier.

15. What is Ex-OR gate? Explain its working & tabulate the truth table.

Apply

1. Why opamp is called as linear amplifier?

2. Why impurities are used?

3. Calculate the value of resistance having co lour code sequence Red , Yellow, orange and

Gold.

4. Why do we use transformer in rectifier circuit?

5. Which impurity play important role in formation of P type semiconductor?

6. Calculate the % ripple factior, if the dc output voltage 20 V and ac voltage 2V.

7. Three resistors are connected in series across a 12V battery. The first resistance has a value of 2 Ω,

second has a voltage drop of 4V and third has power dissipation of 12 W. Calculate the value of the

circuit current.

8. A 25 Ω resistor is connected in parallel with a 50 Ω resistor. The current in 50 Ω resistor is 8A.

What is the value of third resistance to be added in parallel to make the total line current as 15A.

9. A toroidal air cored coil with 2000 turns has a mean radius of 25cm, diameter of each turn being 6cm. If

the current in the coil is 10A, find mmf, flux, reluctance, flux density and magnetizing force.

10. The self inductance of a coil of 500turns is 0.25H.If 60% of the flux is linked with a second coil of

10500 turns. Calculate a) the mutual inductance between the two coils and b) emf induced in the

second coil when current in the first coil changes at the rate of 100A/sec.

11. 2.An air cored toroidal coil has 480 turns, a mean length of 30cm and a cross-sectional area of 5

cm2.Calculate a)the inductance i\of the coil and b) the average induced emf, if a current of 4 A is

reversed in 60 milliseconds

Analyze / Evaluate

1. Why inductor is referred as a choke?

2. Why single phase induction motor are not self starting?

3. How the barrier potential is developed across the P-N Junction, what are the approximate

Values this potential for Germenium and Silicon?

4. Trivallent impurity is called as donor impurity, comment.

5. Distinguish with diagram, then solid material on the basis of band diagram.

6. How a zener diode can be used for voltage regulation in power supply?

7. How voltage source is converted into current source and vice versa?

8. Differentiate P type and N type semiconductor

9. Distinguish between metal, semiconductor and insulator. Give examples of each.

10. Distinguish between half wave and full wave rectifier

Create

1. Design a half wave uncontrolled rectifier and calculate the ripple factor.

2. Design a full wave uncontrolled rectifier and calculate the efficiency.


Unit I

Electric Circuits

Definition of Voltage, Current, Power & Energy, Ohm‘s law, Kirchoff‘s Law & its applications – simple

problems, division of current in series & parallel circuits, generation of alternating EMF, definition of RMS

value, average value, peak factor, form factor. Power in single phase AC – three phase system.

Star to delta and delta to star transformations, R-L and R-C series circuit

12 Hours

Unit II

Magnetic Circuits

Definition of MMF, Flux, Reluctance, Properties of Flux lines, Self & Mutual Inductance, Ampere Turns,

Series & parallel magnetic circuits, Comparison between Electric & magnetic circuits, Law of Electromagnetic

induction, Fleming‘s Right & Left hand rule.

Magnetic impedance, Effective resistance, Magnetic capacitivity

12 Hours

Unit III

Electrical Machines

Construction, Type, Principle of Operation & Working Principle of DC Generator, DC Motor, Transformer,

Induction Motor, Induction type single phase energy meter, Domestic wiring practice, Tube light circuit,

Earthing & earthing methods.

Characteristics of DC generators and DC motors,

12 Hours

Unit IV

Electronics Engineering PN Junction diode & Zener diode – Characteristics – Half wave and full wave rectifier – Bipolar junction

transistors – CB,CE, CC Configurations and characteristics – basic concepts of amplifiers and oscillators –

Logic gates – Inverting, Non inverting amplifiers and Operational amplifiers- Basic Computer organization –

Block diagram of Microprocessors (8085).

Semiconductor theory, Diode clippers, op-amp parameters and applications

12 Hours

Unit V

Communication Engineering Introduction to communication systems – Need for modulation – Types- Block Diagram representation only –

Block diagram of TV system – Introduction to cellular & mobile telephony- Block diagram of Optical and

Satellite communication systems.

Analog and digital signals, Transmission medium, Digital communication

12 Hours

Total: 60 Hours

Textbooks

1. T. K. Nagsarkar and M. S. Sukhija, Basic of Electrical Engineering, Oxford Press, 2005

2. R. Muthusubramaninan, S. Salivahanan and K. A. Muraleedharan, Basic Electrical, Electronics and

Computer Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004

References

1. J. A. Edminister, Electric Circuits, Schaum‘s Series, McGraw Hill, 2005

2. Van Valkenbergm, Electric Circuits and Network Analysis, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2005

3. Smarjith Ghosh, Fundamentals of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt.

Ltd., 2005

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magnetic_impedance

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magnetic_effective_resistance


11I106 COMPUTATIONAL PROBLEM SOLVING

(Common to IT and CSE)

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

To develop the problem solving ability for real life problems

To learn the basic concepts of developing an algorithm

To understand the concept of pseudo-code

Programme Outcomes



languages.

j) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life –long learning.

k) The graduates who can participate and succeed in competitive examinations.

Skill Set

1. Demonstrate the functional behavior of flow charts

2. Determine the relationship between the mathematical modeling and algorithms

3. Develop flow charts using Raptor Tool Assessment Pattern

S.No.

Bloom’s Taxonomy

(New Version) Test I* Test II*

Model

Examination*

End Semester

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 20 20


3 Apply 30 20 20 20

4 Analyze 20 20 20 20

5 Evaluate 10 20 10 10

6 Create 10 10 20 20

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. List the requirements of problem solving.

2. What is top down design?

3. What is program testing?

4. List the steps involved in improving the efficiency of algorithms.

5. What are the applications of exchanging the values?

6. List the application area of factorial computation.

7. Mention the application areas of reversing a number.

8. Define base conversion

9. List the applications of character to number conversion.

10. What is oscillating convergence?

11. List the steps involved in computing the prime factors.

12. List the applications of pseudorandom numbers.

13. Define an array

Understand

1. Describe the steps involved in implementation of algorithms

2. Explain the concepts of analysis of algorithms

3. Write an algorithm for exchanging two values

4. Write an algorithm for reversing a number

___________________

*The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The

remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be

calculated for 50 marks.


Apply

1. Develop an algorithm to find the summation of a set of numbers.

2. Construct a flow chart to generate pseudo random numbers.

3. Illustrate the pseudo code for generation of Fibonacci sequence.

Analyze

1. Analyze the algorithm for reversing the numbers in a set.

2. Analyze the pseudo code for finding the nth

Fibonacci number.

Evaluate 1. Write the steps involved in sorting.

2. Evaluate the guidelines for finding average of n numbers.

3. Evaluate the need for flow charts.

Create 1. Demonstrate an algorithm for text line length adjustment with an example.

2. Generate the pseudo code for text line editing.

3. Depict the purpose and necessities of linear pattern search.

Unit I

Introduction to Computer Program

Introduction – Algorithm – Flowchart - Pseudo code - Program Control Structures - Programming Paradigms -

Programming Languages - Generations of Programming Languages – Computer Software – Software Definition

– Categories of Software – Installing and Uninstalling Software – Software Piracy

Software Terminologies

9 Hours

Unit II

Computer Problem Solving

The Problem-solving Aspect - Top-down Design-implementation of Algorithms- Program Verification - The

Efficiency of Algorithms. Fundamental Algorithms - Exchanging the values of Two Variables - Counting -

Summation of a set of Numbers - Factorial Computation-Sine function computation - Generation of the

Fibonacci sequence - Reversing the Digits of an Integer

Base Conversion-Character to Number Conversion

9 Hours

Unit III

Factoring Methods

Finding the square Root of a number - The Smallest Divisor of an Integer - The Greatest Common Divisor of

Two Integers - Generating Prime Numbers - Computing the Prime Factors of an Integer Raising a Number to a

Large Power - Computing the nth

Fibonacci Number.

Generation of Pseudo - random Numbers

9 Hours

Unit IV

Array Techniques

Array Order Reversal-Array Counting or Histogramming - Finding the Maximum Number in a Set -

Partitioning an Array – Finding the kth

Smallest Element - Longest Monotone Subsequence.

Removal of Duplicates from an Ordered Array

9 Hours

Unit V

Text Processing and Pattern Searching

Text Line Length Adjustment - Left and Right Justification of Text -Text Line editing - Linear Pattern Search -

Sub linear Pattern Search.

Keyword Searching in Text

9 Hours

Total: 45 + 15 Hours


Textbooks

1. R.G.Dromey, ―How to Solve it by Computer”, Pearson Education, India, 2009. (Unit II to Unit V).

2. ITL Educational Solutions Limited, ―Introduction to Information Technology”, Pearson Education,

India, 2006.(Unit I)

References

1. Seymour Lipschutz, ―Essentials computer Mathematics”, Schaums‘ outlines series, Tata McGrawHill

4th

Edition, 2004.

2. Ellis Horowitz, ―Fundamentals of Programming languages‖ Galgotia publications, 1984

G. Polya, ―How to Solve It: A New Aspect of Mathematical

11I107 COMPUTATIONAL PROBLEM SOLVING LABORATORY

(Common to CSE and IT)

0 0 3 1.5

Objectives

To learn the text processing using word processor.

To calculate the different values using spread sheets

To prepare a slideshow using power point.

To generate the flow charts for different problems.

Programme Outcomes



languages.



Skill Set

1. Demonstrate text formatting.

2. Prepare presentations using slides

3. Demonstrate the application of spread sheet

4. Draw flowcharts using Raptor tool

Assessment Pattern

Internal Assessment End Semester Examination

Preparation 10 15

Observation and Results 15 20

Record 10 -

Mini- Project / Model

Examination / Viva Voce 15 15

Total 50 50

Remember

1. What is a flowchart?

2. What is text processing?

3. What is presentation?

4. What is font and font size?

5. What is searching?

6. List the buttons available in text formatting

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 23 Understand

1. Classify different formula available in Excel.

2. Discuss the steps involved in drawing graphs using Excel

3. How to fill a series in a particular column?

Apply

1. Sort the given values using both in ascending and descending order in Excel.

65 70 75 80 85 60 55 50 45

2. Demonstrate the steps involved in finding the sum and average of the following list.

12 14 16 19 91 99 81 36 42

3. Illustrate various text alignment techniques with an example.

Analyze / Evaluate

1. Differentiate the steps involved in finding the sum in MS Word & Excel.

2. Experiment the flow chart for finding the factorial of given number using the step evaluation method.

3. Test the flowchart for finding the greatest among three numbers with different combination of values.

Create

1. Design the flow chart for finding the average of n numbers

2. Develop an algorithm for decimal to binary conversion.

List of Experiments

1. Creating documents using MS_WORD

Prepare a Resume about yourself using Microsoft Word.

Prepare a Technical paper in IEEE format Using MS_Word

Prepare an advertisement to recruit software professional for a company for four different

designations with the following specifications.

Attractive page border

Name of the company using word art.

Use at least one clip art

Mention the company address and the number of vacancies.

Insert the following equations in your text.

Ca (HCO3) CaCo3 + CO2 + H2O

(a+b)2 a

2 + 2ab + b

2

Create a your visiting card of size 3‖ X 2‖ with your phone number, email address and web site

Create a prescription sheet of a doctor.

Prepare a flowchart to find the roots of a quadratic equation using MS_WORD.

Prepare a table of students mark sheet for minimum 10 students.

2. Creating the spread sheets using MS_EXCEL

Develop an advertisement to promote the business with some attractive prices. Include necessary

pictures and images using MS_POWERPOINT.

Create a Mind Map Using MS_POWERPOINT

3. Creating the spread sheets using MS_EXCEL

Prepare a telephone bill of five customers using MS_EXCEL with the field of bill number,

Customer name, Bill month, Previous and Present call readings, no of calls and total amount.

Prepare a Class Time table Using MS_Excel

Prepare a payroll of a company with minimum ten employees with Basic pay, DA(25% of

basic),HRA ( 10% of Basic),CCA(Rs.500) and the deductions of PF(5% of Basic), Loan (if any)

and calculate gross pay and net pay.

Prepare a result sheet of HSC examination using MS_EXCEL.

Prepare a pie chart for hard disk utilization.

Prepare a departmental store bill using MS_EXCEL for minimum 10 items

Prepare a result sheet of SSLC examination using MS_EXCEL.

Create a bar chart for university results of your own class.

4. Creating flowcharts using Raptor tool

Identify the Greatest of three numbers using raptor tool.

Exchange the values of any two variables without using a temporary variable.

Count the number of odd numbers and even numbers in a given set.

Count the number of positive and negative values in a given set.

Compute sum of squares of first n numbers.

Compute the average of n numbers.

Compute the sum of first n odd numbers.

Compute the sum of first n even numbers.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 24 Compute the factorial of a given number

Generate the following sequence of numbers.

0,1,1,2,3,5,8,13……

Compute the sum of digits of a number.

Check whether the given number is prime number or not.

Design Experiments

Application Oriented Experiments

Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule

11O208 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS

Common for CE,EEE,ME,BT,IT & TT (I Semester); AE,CSE,ECE,EIE & FT (II Semester)

2 0 2 3.0

Objectives

Upon Successful completion of this course, the Graduates should be able to:

Understand and appreciate the importance of Engineering Graphics in Engineering

Understand the basic principles of Technical/Engineering Drawing

Understand the different steps in producing drawings according to BIS conventions

Programme Outcomes

(b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using programming

Languages

(d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments to analyze

problems.

Skill Set

1. Projection of various components according to BIS specifications.

2. Assembly of datas and information of various components in visualized way

3. Interpretation of technical graphics assemblies

4. 2D modeling by AutoCAD

S.No Experiment Hours

1. Prepare a Resume using Microsoft Word 3

2. Prepare a document about software industry using Microsoft word. 3

3. Prepare an employee details table using MS excel and import the same in

MS power point.

3

4. Draw flowchart for Payroll calculation using MS Word and present it using

MS power point

3

5. Prepare Graduates mark sheets using MS excel and import the same in MS

power point

3

6. Draw the flow chart using Raptor tool for Factorial computation 3

7. Draw the flow chart using Raptor tool for Generation of Fibonacci sequence 3

8. Draw the flow chart using Raptor tool to check Prime number or not. 3

9. Draw the flow chart using Raptor tool for Greatest of three numbers. 3

10. Draw the flow chart using Raptor tool for Arithmetic operators. 3

11. Draw the flow chart using Raptor tool for Sorting of numbers. 3

12. Draw the flow chart using Raptor tool for To find Sum of digits 3

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 25 Assessment Pattern

S.No.

Bloom’s Taxonomy

(New Version) Test I* Test II*

Model

Examination*

End Semester

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 20 20


3 Apply 30 20 20 20

4 Analyze 20 20 20 20

5 Evaluate 10 20 10 10

6 Create 10 10 20 20

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Graphic communication or Drawing.

2. List the different drawing instruments.

3. What is blueprint?

4. What are the applications of engineering graphics?

5. What are the two types of drawings?

6. What are the different types of projections?

7. Define Orthographic projection.

8. What do you mean by I angle projection?

9. What is III angle projection?

10. Define Plan.

11. What is Elevation?

12. List the various types of lines.

13. What do you mean by a Plane?

14. Name the five standard sizes of drawing sheets that are specified by BIS.

15. Give the BIS codes for Lettering, Dimensioning and lines.

16. State few important dimensioning rules.

17. What are the two types of Solids?

18. What is Representative Fraction (RF)?

19. What is a Frustum?

20. Define Truncation.

21. Define Section Plane and give its types.

22. What do you mean by development of surfaces?

23. State the principle of Isometric projection.

24. What is Isometric View?

25. Define Isometric scale.

Understand

1. When an object is said to be in III quadrant?

2. Why are the projectors perpendicular to the Projection Plane in the Orthographic projection?

3. What is the Shape of the section obtained when a cone is cut by a plane passing through the apex and

center of the base of the cone?

4. Why II and IV angle projections are not used in industries?

5. What are the differences between I angle and III angle projections?

6. Which method is suitable for developing a truncated prism?

7. Why is a hexagonal headed bolt and nut more common in use as compared to square headed bolt and

nut?

8. Which is the most suitable method for drawing the Perspective Projection?

9. What are the prerequisites for Free hand sketching?

10. What are the two methods used to obtain the Isometric view of a circle?

11. Why CAD is preferred over Conventional drafting?

___________________





Apply/Evaluate

1. How will you project a point which is above HP and in front of VP?

2. How will you project a point which is below HP and behind VP?

3. What is the method used to determine the True length and inclination of a line inclined to both the

planes?

4. How will you project a prism whose axis is inclined to HP and parallel to VP by Change of Position

method?

5. How will you project a cylinder when the axis is inclined to VP and parallel to HP by change of

position method?

6. How will you project a pyramid whose axis is inclined to HP and parallel to VP by Change of Position

method?

7. How will you project a cone when the axis is inclined to VP and parallel to HP by change of position

method?

8. How will you obtain the Sectional view of solids in simple vertical position cut by planes inclined to

any one reference plane?

9. How will you develop the lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids?

10. How will you develop the complete surfaces of Frustums?

Create

1. Construct an isometric scale.

2. A cricket ball thrown from the ground level reaches the wicket keeper‘s gloves. Maximum height

reached by the ball is 5m. The ball travels a horizontal distance of 11m from the point of projection.

Trace the path of the ball.

3. The Pictorial view of an object is shown below. Draw the following views to full size scale.

a) Elevation in the direction of arrow

b) Left end elevation

c) Plan

4. Read the dimensioned drawing shown below. Redraw the figure to full size and dimension it as per Indian

Standards.


Unit I

Concepts and Conventions Use of drafting instruments – BIS conventions and specifications – Size, layout and folding of drawing sheets –

Lettering and dimensioning. General principles of orthographic projection – First angle projection – Layout of

views – Projection of points, located in all quadrant and straight lines located in the first quadrant –

Determination of true lengths and true inclinations. Conics: Different types and applications – Construction by

Eccentricity method.

6 Hours

Unit II

Projections of Solids Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the axis is inclined to one reference

plane by change of position method. Projection of Planes inclined to any one reference plane.

6 Hours

Unit III

Sections of Solids and Development of Surfaces Sectioning of solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone in simple vertical position by cutting planes

inclined to one Reference: plane – Obtaining the true shape of section. Development of lateral surfaces of

simple solids – prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones. Intersection of Solids.

6 Hours

Unit IV

Isometric Projection and Perspective Projection

Principles of isometric projection – isometric scale – isometric projections of simple solids, pyramids, cylinders

and cones. Orthographic projection - Systems of orthographic projection - First angle orthographic projection -

Conversion of pictorial to orthographic views (Free hand).

Perspective projections: Perspective projection of solids by vanishing point method.

6 Hours

Unit V

Introduction to AutoCAD and 2D Modelling

Starting AutoCAD – Interfaces – Menus – Tool bars – Coordinates – Limits – Units – 2D commands – Drawing

Commands - Creating a Point, Construction of Lines, Polyline, Multiline, Circles, Arcs, Rectangle, Polygon,

Ellipse, Hatch, Text, Mtext, Linetypes – Edit and Modify commands - Copy, Move, Erase, Mirror, Zoom, Pan,

Arrays, Trim, Break, Fillet, Chamfer, Redraw, Regen, Dimensioning, Colors, Layers – Exercises. Introduction

to 3D modeling.

6 Hours

Total: 30 Hours


Textbook

1. K. V. Natarajan, A Textbook: of Engineering Graphics, Dhanalakshmi Publishers, Chennai, 2006.

References

1. S. Julyes Jaisingh, Engineering Graphics, Tri Sea Publishers, 2010

2. V. Rameshbabu, Engineering Graphics, VRB Publishers Pvt Ltd., 2009.

3. K. Venugopal, Engineering Graphics, New Age International (P) Limited, 2002.

4. N. D. Bhatt, Engineering Drawing, Charotar publishing House 2003.

5. K. L. Narayana and P. Kannaiah, Engineering Graphics, Scitech Publications (Pvt) Limited-2002

List of Experiments

1. Projection of points located in all quadrants.

2. Projection of straight lines located in the first quadrant inclined to both the planes.

3. Determination of true lengths and true inclinations of Straight lines.

4. Projection of Solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the axis is inclined to one reference

plane by change of position method.

5. Sectioning of solids in simple vertical position by cutting planes inclined to one reference plane and

obtaining true shape of section.

6. Development of lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids like prisms, pyramids cylinder and

cone.

7. Isometric Projections / Views of Solids like prisms, pyramids and Cylinders.

8. Orthographic Projection of various components from pictorial views.

9. Drawing of front, top and side views from given pictorial views using AutoCAD.

10. Drawing sectional views of prism, pyramid and cylinder using AutoCAD.

Total: 30 Hours

Practical Schedule

Sl.

No

Experiment Hours

1 Projection of points located in all quadrants 3

2 Projection of straight lines located in the first quadrant inclined to both the

planes. 3

3 Determination of true lengths and true inclinations of Straight lines 3

4 Projection of Solids when the axis is inclined to one reference plane by change

of position method. 3

5 Sectioning of solids in simple vertical position by cutting planes inclined to one

reference plane and obtaining true shape of section 3

6 Development of lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids. 3

7 Isometric Projections / Views of Solids like prisms, pyramids and Cylinders. 3

8 Orthographic Projection of various components from pictorial views. 3

9 Drawing of front, top and side views from given pictorial views using

AutoCAD. 3

10 Drawing sectional views of prism, pyramid and cylinder using AutoCAD. 3


11M209 WORKSHOP PRACTICE

0 0 2 1.0

Objectives

To learn the use of basic hand tools and to know the need for safety in work place

To gain hands on experience on Carpentry, Fitting, Sheet metal, Plumbing and Arc welding

operations by making simple objects

To have the basic knowledge on working of domestic appliances

Programme Outcomes

(a) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of mathematics, science and basic engineering.


languages.

Skill Set

1. Perform basic Carpentry work

2. Perform basic Fitting work

3. Fabrication of Sheet metal objects

4. Plumbing work

5. Arc welding skill

Assessment Pattern

Internal Assessment Semester End Examination

Preparation 10 20


Record 10 -

Mini-Project/

Model Examination /

Viva-Voce

20

20

Total 50 50

Remember

1. What are the tools used in sheet metal work?

2. What are the types of joints in sheet metal work?

3. What is gas welding?

4. List out the types of flames in welding.

5. What is meant by carpentry?

6. What are the types of joints in pipe connection?

7. What is staircase wiring?

8. What is the working principle of centrifugal pump?

9. What are the types of valves in plumbing and where it is used?

10. List out the cutting tools used in carpentry with specification.

11. What are the necessary equipments used in Arc Welding?

12. What are the methods used in sheet metal work?

13. List out the types and components of Air- Conditioner.

Understand

1. Compare the Refrigeration system with air Condition system.

2. How the refrigeration system works?

3. How will you select the suitable welding process for various materials?

4. How will make a V joint in the given MS flat?

5. How cavity is formed by using pattern?

6. How the wires are joined by soldering?

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 30 Apply / Evaluate

1. Sketch the wiring diagram for a room consist of two fans ,three tubelights, and one plug point.

2. Sketch the line diagram of the plumbing work carried out in your house.

3. Sketch all the wooden furniture present in your house in three dimensional view.

4. How will make a connection of basic pipe lines, using PVC pipes, that includes valves and taps?

5. How will form Staircase and Godown wiring?

6. Prepare a hexagonal shape pen stand by using power tools.

7. Prepare a cover with handle by using sheet metal to cover a motor.

8. Prepare a small trolley to carry wastage by using welding work.

List of Experiments

1. Forming of simple objects using sheet metal.

2. Preparing a V joint from the given MS flat.

3. Demonstration of Assembly and Disassembly of centrifugal pump.

4. Making simple gadget like chair, sofa, table, cell phone stand by using welding joints.

5. Making simple gadget like pen stand, box, cell phone stand etc., by using power tools.

6. Making a connection of basic pipe lines, using PVC pipes, that includes valves and taps.

7. Demonstration of working of domestic appliances: Washing Machine/ Refrigerator and Window Air

Conditioner.

8. Verification of current divider rule

9. Verification of voltage divider rule

10. Measurement of parallel and series impedance

11. Measurement of frequency and amplitude using CRO

12. Soldering and de-soldering of simple circuit.

Total: 30 Hours

Practical Schedule

SI. No. Experiment Hours

1 Forming of simple objects using sheet metal. 3

2 Preparing a V joint from the given MS flat. 3

3 Demonstration of Assembly and Disassembly of centrifugal pump. 2

4 Making simple gadget like chair, sofa, table, cell phone stand by using

welding joints.

3

5 Making simple gadget like pen stand, box, cell phone stand etc., by using

power tools.

2

6 Making a connection of basic pipe lines, using PVC pipes, that includes

valves and taps.

2

7 Demonstration of working of domestic appliances: Washing Machine/

Refrigerator and Window Air-Conditioner.

3

8 Verification of current divider rule 2

9 Verification of voltage divider rule 2

10 Measurement of parallel and series impedance 2

11 Measurement of frequency and amplitude using CRO 3

12 Soldering and De-soldering of simple circuit 3


11O201 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II

(Common to all branches) 3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

• Acquire knowledge to use multiple integrals to find area and volume of surface and solids respectively.

• Have a good grasp of analytic functions, complex integration and their interesting properties and its

applications.

Programme Outcomes



languages.

Skill Set




Assessment pattern


Test I

† Test II


†

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Jacobian in two dimensions.

2. State Green‘s theorem.

3. Define directional derivative of a vector point function.

4. Define analytic function.

5. What is the formula for finding the residue of a double pole?

6. State Cauchy‘s integral formula.

7. Write the necessary condition for a function f (z) to be analytic.

8. Write the formula for unit normal vector?

9. Write all types of singularities.

10. State the sufficient conditions for a function of two variables to have an extremum at a point.

Understand

1. If 2 2 ( , )

2 , , cos , sin( , )

u vu xy v x y x r y r compute

x y

.

2. If 2 2 2( , ) 0

y x z x u u uu f showthat x y z

xy xz x y z

.

3. Transform the integral

0 0

),(

y

dxdyyxf to polar coordinates.





4. Change the order of integration in 2

0 0

,

x

dydxyxf .

5. Find a, such that (3x-2y+z)i+(4x+ay-z)j+(x-y+2z)k is solenoidal.

6. What is the greatest rate of increase of 2xyz at (1,0,3)?

7. Test the analyticity of the function w = sin z.

8. Find dz

dw given w = tan z.

9. Evaluate c

z

dz2)3(

where c is the circle 1z

10. Find the residue of the function )2(

4)(

3

zzzf at its simple pole.

Apply

1. Examine the function 2244 242 yxyxyxu for extreme values.

2. Check if 2

,yx

xyv

yx

yxu

are functionally dependent. If so find the relationship between

them.

3. By transforming into cylindrical polar coordinates evaluate dxdydzzyx 222 taken over

the region of space defined by 122 yx and 10 x .

4. Using Gauss divergence theorem evaluate

s

kyzjyixzFwheredsnF 24ˆ and S is

the surface of the cube bounded by x=0,y=0,z=0,x=1,y=1,z=1.

5. When the function f(z) = u + iv is analytic, show that U = constant and V = constant are orthogonal.

6. Determine the image of 1 < x < 2 under the mapping z

w1

.

7. Find the area of the cardiod r = 4 ( 1+ cos ) using double integral.

8. Apply Green‘s theorem in the plane to evaluate dyxyydxyxc

)64()83( 22

where C is the boundary of the region defined by x=0, y=0 and x+y=1.

9. If )log( 22 yxu , find v and f (z) such that f (z) =u+iv is analytic.

10. Using Cauchy‘s integral formula evaluate C

z

zz

dze2)1()2(

where C is the Circle 3z .

Analyze / Evaluate

1. Prove that

, ,u v w

x y zv w w u u v

are functionally dependent.


2. If ),(),( vuyxg where xyvyxu 2,22 prove that

2

2

2

222

2

2

2

2

)(4vu

yxy

g

x

g .

3. Evaluate the integration xyzdxdydz taken throughout the volume for which 0,, zyx and

2 2 2 9x y z .

4. Evaluate the following integral by changing to spherical coordinates

2 22 11 1

2 2 20 0 0 1

x yxdxdydz

x y z

5. Verify Gauss divergence theorem for

kzjyixF 222 where S is the surface of the cuboid

formed by the planes x=0, x=a, y=0, y=b, z=0 and z=c.

6. Determine the bilinear transformation that maps the points -1, 0, 1 in the z-plane onto the points

0, i, 3i in the w-plane.

7. Evaluate

d

2

0cos45

2cos.

8. Using contour integration, evaluate dx

xx

x

0

22

2

49

9. Expand 31

)(

zz

zzf as Laurent‘s series valid in the regions:

31 z and 210 z

10. Show that kyxzjzxizxyF )3()3()6( 223 is irrigational vector and find the

scalar potential function such that F

Unit I

Functions of Several Variables

Functions of two variables - Partial derivatives - Total differential - Derivative of implicit functions - Maxima

and minima - Constrained Maxima and Minima by Lagrangian Multiplier method - Jacobians-application to

engineering problems.

9 Hours

Unit II

Multiple Integrals

Double integration in cartesian and polar co-ordinates - Change of order of integration - change of variables-

Area and volume by multiple integrals- application to engineering problems.

9 Hours

Unit III

Vector Calculus Gradient - divergence - curl- line - surface and volume integrals - Green‘s - Gauss divergence and Stokes‘

theorems (statement only) - applications to engineering problems.

9 Hours

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 34 Unit IV

Analytic Functions

Analytic functions- Necessary condition of analytic function-Sufficient condition of analytic function(statement

only)- properties - Determination of analytic function using Milne Thomson‘s method, conformal mappings -

Mappings of w= z + a, az, 1/z, ez- bilinear transformation -- application to engineering problems.

9 Hours

Unit V

Complex Integration

Cauchy‘s fundamental theorem (statement only)- and application of Cauchy‘s integral formula(statement only)

– Taylor‘s and Laurent‘s series- classification of singularities – Cauchy‘s residue theorem (statement only) –

Contour integration - circular and semi circular contours (excluding poles on the real axis)- application to

engineering problems

9 Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours

Textbooks

1. B. S. Grewal , Higher Engineering Mathematics , Khanna Publications , New Delhi, 2000.

2. K .A. Lakshminarayanan ,K. Megalai, P. Geetha and D. Jayanthi , Mathematics for Engineers,

Volume II, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. 2008.

References

1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Engineering Mathematics, Volume II, S. Chand &

Co., New Delhi, 2009.

2. T. Veerarajan, Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, New Delhi, 2008.

3. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, Singapore, 2008.

4. C. RayWylie and Louis .C. Barrett, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill

Publications, 2003.

11O202 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE


3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

Imparting knowledge on principles of environmental science and engineering.

Understanding the concepts of ecosystem, biodiversity and impact of environmental pollution.

Awareness on value education, population and social issues.

Programme Outcome


Skill Set

1. Awareness on natural resources and understanding environmental problems.

2. Realize the benefits of ecology and biodiversity.

3. Characterize and analyze different levels of pollution and its management techniques.

4. List human activities that may be responsible for global warming and cooling of earth‘s atmosphere

and pave way for sustainable development.

5. Classify and understand about the relation between human population and environment.


Assessment Pattern


Test I

† Test II


†

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Give the scope and importance of environmental studies.

2. Distinguish between renewable and non- renewable resources.

3. Explain the impacts of mining on forests.

4. Explain why fresh water is a precious resource and classification of different water pollutants?

5. What are the Impacts of modern agriculture?

6. State the two energy laws and give examples that demonstrate each law.

7. List the physical, chemical, and biological factors responsible for soil formation.

8. Give examples of point and nonpoint sources of pollution.

9. Draw a food web that includes ten or more aquatic organisms.

10. Distinguish between primary and secondary pollutants.

11. Identify the four parts of the atmosphere.

12. Describe secondary and primary succession with suitable examples.

13. Define the term extinction.

14. Relate the concept of food web and food chain to trophic levels.

15. Describe energy flow in a ecosystem.

16. Define the roles of producers, herbivore, carnivore, omnivore, scavenger, parasite and decomposer.

17. List some of the components of an ecosystem.

18. Distinguish between the biotic and abiotic factors in an ecosystem.

19. Give some impacts of water pollution.

20. Explain the source and effects of e waste.

21. What is the loudest sound possible?

22. What are the laws regarding noise pollution?

23. What is rainwater harvesting?

24. Discuss the concept and reactions of acid rain.

25. Describe the salient features of Wildlife (protection) Act, 1972.

26. What is 3R approach?

27. Give the effects of nuclear fallout.

28. Differentiate between mortality and natality.

Understand

1. Explain why providing adequate food for all of the world's people is so difficult?

2. Rank the five major sources of energy used to produce electricity and classify the energy sources

as renewable or nonrenewable.

3. Describe the causes of desertification and its preventive measures.

4. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of the green revolution.

5. Explain the relationship between technology and global warming.

6. Describe any three health effects of air pollution.

7. Identify "greenhouse gases" and explain how they cause the "greenhouse effect".




http://www.savetherain.info/media-centre/rainwater-harvesting-faqs.aspx#one

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 36 8. Identify a few plants and animals with the various biomes.

9. Explain the importance of primary species.

10. Explain the five major types of species interactions and give examples of each.

11. Environmental problems involve social, political, and economic issues—Justify.

12. What problems does noise pollution cause to animals?

13. What type of pollution threatens wetlands?

14. What are the major measures to attain sustainability?

15. Why is urban energy requirement more than rural requirement?

16. What are the major limitations to successful implementation of our environmental legislation?

17. Explain the concept of Malthusian theory.

18. How age-structure pyramids serve as useful tools for predicting population growth trends of a nation?

19. Discuss various issues and measures for women and child welfare at international and national level.

Apply

1. Compare the energy efficiencies of any two inventions.

2. Name some alternatives to pesticides.

3. Identify four different habitats found in bodies of water and give examples of organisms that live

in each habitat.

4. Explain how we could reduce air pollution?

5. What are the measures to be taken to reduce your own noise pollution?

6. List the top ten polluted countries in the world?

7. Identify the grants available for rain water harvesting in buildings?

8. What are the major implications of enhanced global warming?

9. Discuss the methods implemented by government to control HIV/AIDS.

10. What is the role of an individual in prevention of pollution?

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. List reasons why it is important that we seek alternatives to fossil fuels.

2. Explain why fresh water is often in short supply?

3. Give examples of human-made sources of radiation and explain how human-made sources differ from

natural sources of radiation.

Unit I

Introduction to Environmental Studies and Natural Resources

Environment: Definition- scope - importance – need for public awareness. Forest resources: Use –over

exploitation- deforestation - case studies- mining - effects on forests and tribal people. Water resources: Use –

over utilization of surface and ground water- floods – drought - conflicts over water. Mineral resources: Use –

exploitation - environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources - case studies. Food resources:

World food problems - changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing - effects of modern agriculture-

fertilizer-pesticide problems - water logging - salinity -case studies. Energy resources: Growing energy needs -

renewable and non renewable energy sources. Land resources: Land as a resource - land degradation - soil

erosion. Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources.

Documentation of the effect of degradation of forest resource.

9 Hours

Unit II

Ecosystems and Biodiversity

Concept of an ecosystem: Structure and function of an ecosystem – producers - consumers -decomposers –

energy flow in the ecosystem – ecological succession – food chains - food webs and ecological pyramids.

Types of ecosystem: Introduction - characteristic features - forest ecosystem - grassland ecosystem - desert

ecosystem - aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries). Biodiversity: Introduction–

definition (genetic - species –ecosystem) diversity. Value of biodiversity: Consumptive use - productive use –

social values – ethical values - aesthetic values. Biodiversity level: Global - national - local levels- India as a

mega diversity nation- hotspots of biodiversity. Threats to biodiversity: Habitat loss - poaching of wildlife –

man wildlife conflicts – endangered and endemic species of India. Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and ex-

situ conservation of biodiversity - field study.

Documentation of the endangered flora and fauna in your native place.

9 Hours

http://www.answerbag.com/q_view/2020400

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 37 Unit III

Environmental Pollution

Pollution: Definition –air pollution - water pollution - soil pollution - marine pollution - noise pollution -

thermal pollution - nuclear hazards. Solid waste management: Causes - effects - control measures of urban and

industrial wastes. Role of an individual in prevention of pollution - pollution case studies. Disaster

management: Floods – earthquake - cyclone - landslides. Electronic wastes.

Investigation on the pollution status of Bhavani river.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Social Issues and Environment

Sustainable development : Unsustainable to sustainable development – urban problems related to energy. Water

conservation - rain water harvesting - watershed management. Resettlement and rehabilitation of people.

Environmental ethics: Issues - possible solutions – climate change - global warming and its effects on flora and

fauna - acid rain - ozone layer depletion - nuclear accidents - nuclear holocaust - wasteland reclamation -

consumerism and waste products. Environment protection act: Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) act –

water (Prevention and control of Pollution) act – wildlife protection act – forest conservation act – issues

involved in enforcement of environmental legislation.

Analyze the recent steps taken by government of India to prevent pollution.

9 Hours

Unit V

Human Population and Environment

Human population: Population growth - variation among nations – population explosion – family welfare

programme and family planning – environment and human health – Human rights – value education – HIV /

AIDS, Swine flu – women and child welfare . Role of information technology in environment and human

health.

Population explosion in India, China – the present and future scenario.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. T. G. Jr. Miller, Environmental Science, Wadsworth Publishing Co., 2004.

2. Raman Sivakumar, Introduction to Environmental Science and Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill

Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2010.

References

1. Bharucha Erach, The Biodiversity of India, Mapin Publishing Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad India, 2010 .

2. S. Divan, Environmental Law and Policy in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2001.

3. K. D. Wager, Environmental Management, W. B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, USA, 1998.

4. W. P. Cunningham, Environmental Encyclopedia, Jaico Publising House, Mumbai, 2004.

5. S. K. Garg, R. Garg, R. Garg, Ecological & Environmental Studies, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2006.

LANGUAGE ELECTIVE-IIΑ

3 1 0 3.5

11I204 MATERIALS SCIENCE

(Common to CSE, EEE, ECE, EIE and IT) 3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To explain the properties of conducting, semiconducting and dielectric materials.

To impart fundamental knowledge in optical materials.

To enable the Graduates to understand the magnetic materials.

Programme Outcome


Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 38 Skill Set

1. Making to learn electrical properties of metals, electron energies of metals and Fermi energy.

2. Study the different types of semiconductor based on carrier nature.

3. Understanding the various polarization mechanisms in dielectrics.

4. Utilization of domain theory to explain hysteresis loop.

Assessment Pattern


Test I

† Test II


†

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define relaxation time and collision time.

2. Give the postulates of free electron theory.

3. Give the drawbacks of classical free electron theory.

4. Define drift velocity.

5. State Drude-Lorentz theory.

6. What is the probability function f(E) of an electron occupying an energy level E?

7. What are intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors?

8. Give the broad classification of semiconductors based on carriers.

9. State Hall effect.

10. Define photovoltaic effect.

11. Mention the applications of pin photo diode.

12. Write a short note on dipole and dipole moment.

13. List the properties of dielectrics.

14. Write the expressions for electronic and ionic polarization.

15. What is meant by local field in solid dielectrics?

16. Write the Clausius-Mosotti equation for a solid dielectric.

17. Define dielectric breakdown.

18. Define the term fluorescence.

19. What is the sufficient condition for the phosphorescence?

20. What is the principle of LED?

21. Define plastic encapsulation.

22. Write a note on liquid crystal state.

23. Write the drawbacks of LCD.

24. List the advantages of CD-ROM.

25. What is meant by magnetic flux density?

26. Write notes on (i) retentivity (ii) coercivity

27. What is meant by domain?

28. Mention the applications of soft magnetic materials.

29. Mention some materials used for magnetic recording.

Understand

1. How the free electron theory proved to be wrong in terms of thermal conductivity by Wiedemann-

Franz law?

2. Explain the variation of Fermi-Dirac distribution function with temperature.

3. Elucidate the significance of probability function when (i) f(E)=1 (ii) f(E)=0 (ii)f(E)=0.5

4. Calculate the density of electron at 0K.

5. What are the importances of Fermi energy?




Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 39 6. Why the extrinsic semiconductors are preferred over intrinsic semiconductors?

7. Prove that the Fermi level lies at the middle of the energy gap in intrinsic semiconductor.

8. Give the importance of band gap energy.

9. What are the differences between donor ad acceptor energy level?

10. Is it possible to measure the magnetic field using Hall Effect? Explain.

11. How the photo voltaic effect is utilized in solar cells?

12. All the dielectrics are insulators, but why all the insulators are not dielectrics?

13. Why the orientation polarization occurs only in polar molecules?

14. Prove that the internal field of the atoms is larger than the applied field.

15. Why the chemical and electrochemical breakdowns have close relationship with thermal breakdown?

16. What are the changes observed in BaTiO3 with change in temperature?

17. How can you increase the emission time in luminescence?

18. How the electroluminescence is used in LED?

19. Why the wavelength of the emitted photons in LED depends on energy gap in the semiconductor?

20. Why LCD comes under passive display device?

21. How the data in CD-ROM is read out?

22. What are the advantages of CD-ROM?

23. Give the origin of magnetic moment in magnetic materials.

24. Why the susceptibility of diamagnetic material is negative?

25. What is the reason for the magnetic lines of forces are highly attracted towards the centre of the

ferromagnetic material?

26. Why hard magnetic materials cannot be easily magnetized?

27. Give the reason for using soft magnetic materials in transformers.

28. How the soft magnetic materials are used in magnetic bubbles?

Apply

1. Discuss the reasons for the failure of classical free electron theory.

2. What is the reason for low contribution of electrons to the heat capacity of metals?

3. Sketch the variation of Fermi level with temperature.

4. Explain how phosphorous atoms donate electrons to the conduction band?

5. Where are the donor and acceptor levels located in an impurity semiconductor? Why?

6. Explain how photo pin diodes are used in fiber optical communication?

7. Graphically explain frequency dependence of dielectrics.

8. Why at low temperature the total polarization is maximum?

9. Deduce Clausius-Mosotti relation and explain its use in predicting the dielectric constant of the solids.

10. Why phosphorescence is called delayed fluorescence?

11. Explain the reason for the formation of domain in ferromagnetism and how the hysteresis curve is

explained on the basis of the domain theory?

12. Discuss the bearing of domain theory in soft and hard magnetic materials.

13. Give an account of the origin of atomic magnetization and which source is important in the

ferromagnetic materials?

14. Explain the spontaneous magnetization possessed by ferromagnetic material below Curie point.

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Compare intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors.

2. Differentiate p-type and n-type semiconductors.

3. Compare dia, para and ferromagnetic materials.

4. Differentiate soft and hard magnetic materials.

5. Compare LED and LCD.

Unit I

Electrical properties of Metals

Introduction - Derivation of microscopic form of Ohm‘s law- postulates of classical free electron theory-

derivation of electrical conductivity of metals (Drude- Lorentz theory)- merits and demerits. Derivation of

thermal conductivity – Wiedemann-Franz law- verification. Electron energies in metal and Fermi energy-

Fermi-Dirac distribution function and its variation with temperature- density of energy states- calculation of

density of electron and fermi energy at 0K- average energy of free electron at 0K- Importance of fermi energy-

problems.

Quantum free electron theory and Band theory of solids.

9 Hours


Semiconducting Materials & Devices

Introduction - elemental and compound semiconductors - Intrinsic semiconductors: density of electrons -

density of holes- determination of carrier concentration and position of Fermi energy- band gap energy

determination (quantitative treatment). Extrinsic semiconductors: carrier concentration in p-type and n-type

semiconductors. Hall effect- theory of Hall effect- experimental determination of Hall voltage- applications.

Semi conducting devices: solar cells (Photovoltaic effect) – uses. Photo detectors: pin photo diodes –

applications.

Variation of Fermi level with temperature and doping concentration in extrinsic semiconductors.

9 Hours

Unit III

Dielectrics

Introduction- fundamental definitions in dielectrics- expressions for electronic, ionic and orientation

polarization mechanisms- space charge polarization- Langevin- Debye equation- frequency and temperature

effects on polarization- dielectric loss- internal field- expression for internal field (cubic structure)- derivation

of Clausius-Mosotti equation – importance. Dielectric breakdown- various breakdown mechanisms with

characteristics- applications of dielectric materials and insulating materials- problems.

Charging and discharging of capacitors.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Optical Materials

Introduction-fluorescence and phosphorescence- technique of increasing the emission time. Light Emitting

Diode: principle, construction and working-applications. Liquid crystal display: general properties- dynamic

scattering display- twisted nematic display- applications- comparison between LED and LCD. Disk data storage

recording and read out of data in CD-ROM- principle - magneto optic disk.

Various data storage and retrieval techniques.

9 Hours

Unit V

Magnetic Materials

Introduction-orbital magnetic moment and spin magnetic moment-Bohr magneton-basic definitions –properties

of dia, para and ferro magnetic materials-domain theory of ferro magnetism-process of domain magnetization-

reversible and irreversible domains-explanation of hysteresis curve based on domain theory-hard and soft

magnetic materials-recording and read out process in floppy disk and magnetic bubble memory-comparison

between floppy disk and bubble memory-problems.

Magnetic shift register.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Text Books

1. V. Rajendran, Materials Science, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishers Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2011.

2. M. Arumugam, Physics II, Anuradha Publications, Kumbakonam, 2005.

References

1. S. O. Pillai, Solid State Physics, New Age International Publications, New Delhi, 2006.

2. M.N. Avadhanulu and P.G. Kshirsagar, A Text Book of Engineering Physics, S. Chand & Company

Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.

3. P.K. Palanisami, Physics For Engineers, Scitech Publications (India) Pvt. Ltd, Chennai, 200

4. V. Raghavan, Materials Science and Engineering, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009.

5. M. R. Srinivasan, Physics for Engineers, Reprint, New Age International Publications, New Delhi,

2002.


11O105 BASICS OF CIVIL AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

4 0 0 4.0

Objectives

To impart basic knowledge in the field of Civil Engineering focusing building materials, surveying,

foundation and transportation Engineering

To impart basic knowledge in the field of Mechanical Engineering focusing on generation of power

from various natural resources and to know about various types of Boilers and Turbines used for power

generation and to understand the working of IC engines and basic manufacturing processes

Programme Outcome


languages.

Skill Set

1. Able to understand the fundamental philosophy of Civil engineering and enable them to work together

in a multidisciplinary technical team.

2. Able to identify the nature of building components, functions, construction practices and material

qualities

3. Able to demonstrate the manufacturing processes like casting, welding, machining operations

4. Able to demonstrate the construction and working of IC engines and refrigerators

5. Able to demonstrate the working principle of boilers, turbines and various power plants utilizing

conventional and non-conventional sources of energy

Assessment Pattern


Test I

† Test II


†

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What are the classifications of stones?

2. What is the frog in a brick?

3. What is quarrying?

4. What do you mean by dressing of stones?

5. What are the systems of bearing?

6. How the surveying is classified based on purpose?

7. Define Benchmark and state its effects.

8. What are the accessories used in chain surveying?

9. Define bearing of a line.

10. Define leveling & state its objectives.

11. State the objectives and requirement of good foundation.

12. Mention the site improvement techniques.

13. Define bearing capacity of soil.

14. How stone masonry is classified?

15. Define Beam, Column and Lintel.

16. What are the basic forms of roof?

17. How floors are classified based on floor finish?




Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 42 18. List the materials used for damp proofing.

19. How roads are classified?

20. What do you mean by W.B. M. road?

21. Define Gauge.

22. What is a permanent way?

23. How bridges are classified?

24. What are the advantages of railways?

25. What are docks?

26. Classify sleepers.

27. What are the requirements of a sleeper?

28. What are the types of traffic signs?

29. What are the advantages of road signs?

30. What are the prohibitory signs?

31. What is the main function of hangars?

32. What are the sources of Energy Generation?

33. What are the accessories used in a boiler?

34. Define Turbine.

35. Compare and contrast fire tube and water tube boiler?

36. List the types of steam Turbines?

37. Classify the I.C engine.

38. List out the Part of the I.C. Engine.

39. Define the terms: Top Dead Center, Bottom Dead Center.

40. Define the term: Compression Ratio.

41. What are the different sources of energy?

42. Name four non-renewable sources of energy.

43. Name some renewable sources of energy.

44. Name four solid/liquid/gaseous/ fuels.

45. Name two nuclear fuels.

46. What are the advantages of wind energy?

47. State some of the applications of steam boilers.

48. Classify different steam boilers.

49. What do you understand by Scavenging

50. What do you understand by the term IC engine?

51. What are the operations performed on a Lathe?

52. What is impulse turbine? Give example.

53. What is Reaction turbine? Give example.

54. Define Boiler.

55. Classify Boilers.

56. List out the Boiler Mountings and Accessories.

57. Define Refrigeration.

58. Define refrigerant. Give some examples of refrigerant.

59. Define C.O.P.

Understand

1. What are the qualities of good building stone?

2. What are the various stages of manufacturing brick?

3. What is mean by concrete?

4. State the properties of cement concrete.

5. What is curing of concrete?

6. What is water – cement ratio?

7. What is the difference between a plan and a map?

8. Differentiate between plane surveying and geodetic surveying.

9. State the principles of surveying.

10. What is the use of cross – staff?

11. What are the functions of foundation?

12. Differentiate between shallow foundation & deep foundation

13. What are the causes of failure of foundation?

14. Compare stone masonry and brick masonry.

15. Why bonding in brick wall is necessary?

16. State the special features of English and Flemish bond.

17. Define super elevation.

18. What are the uses of fish plates?

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 43 19. What are the necessities of highway drainage?

20. What are the three stages of construction of a new railway track?

21. Define the term visibility.

22. Define passenger flow.

23. Differentiate between wharf and jetty.

24. What are the requirements of a good harbour?

25. What are the requirements of a good naval port?

26. How Solar Energy is generated?

27. How Energy is Generated using steam Turbines?

28. How power plants are classified?

29. Compare and contrast reaction and impulse turbines.

30. How energy is generated from Diesel Power Plants?

31. What is the difference between renewable and non-renewable sources of energy?

32. Mention the applications of solar energy.

33. What is the function of a hydraulic turbine?

34. What is the function of a surge tank?

35. What is the function of a moderator?

36. What are the functions of a control rod?

37. Name of the important components of diesel power plant.

38. Name the important parts of gas turbine.

39. State the function of condenser in steam power plant.

40. What are the requirements of a good boiler?

41. What are the specific advantages of water-tube boilers?

42. What are the aims of pre-heating of air in a boiler?

43. State the function of economizer.

44. How does a fusible plug function as a safety device?

45. What is the function of a steam nozzle?

46. What is the function of flywheel?

47. What is the function of a spark plug?

48. What is the function of a fuel injector in diesel engine?

49. Why is cooling necessary in an IC engine?

50. Define compression ratio of an IC engine.

51. List the ports used in a 2-stroke engine

52. What are the requirements of a good boiler?

53. What is the difference between impulse and reaction turbine?

54. How energy is generated from Nuclear Power Plants?

55. How energy is generated from Hydro Power Plants?

56. Compare and contrast 4 stroke and 2 stroke engine.

57. What is the Purpose of a fusible Plug?

58. Differentiate petrol & diesel engines.

59. How Taper Turning is carried out in Lathes?

60. Various Mechanical properties of Cast Iron, Steel and HSS.

Apply/Evaluate

1. What is Hardness?

2. What are the operations to be performed while setting up a plane table at a station?

3. Explain the steps involved in measuring vertical angle of an object using theodolite

4. Explain the methods to improve bearing capacity of soil

5. What are the points to be observed in the construction of brick masonry?

6. Explain the method of construction of cement concrete flooring.

7. What are the methods of applying surface dressing in bituminous roads?

8. Explain the construction steps in bituminous macadam road.

9. How can you express the hardness number of stones?

10. Apply the concept of power generation and saving from other energy sources

11. Apply the concept of Refrigeration in Heat removal and Heat addition

12. Draw the pressure-velocity diagram for a single stage impulse turbine.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 44 Unit I

Introduction to Civil Engineering History, development and scope of Civil Engineering - Functions of Civil Engineers. Construction Materials:

Characteristics of good building materials such as stones - Bricks, A.C. sheets - G.I. sheets and Ceramic tiles -

Timber, cement - Aggregates and concrete. Surveying: Definition and purpose – Classification – Basic

principles – Measurement of length by chains and tapes – Calculation of area of a plot – Measurement of

bearings and angles using a prismatic compass – Leveling – Contours

Application of contours

10 Hours

Unit II

General Concepts Relating to Buildings

Selection of site – Basic functions of buildings – Major components of buildings. Foundations: Purpose of

foundation – Bearing capacity of soils – Types of foundations. Proper methods of construction of: Brick

masonry – Stone masonry – Hollow Block masonry. Beams – Lintels – Columns – Flooring – Doors and

windows – Roofing

Damp proof course – Surface finishes

10 Hours

Unit III

Transportation Engineering

Classification of Highways – Cross sections of water bound macadam - Bituminous and cement concrete roads

– Traffic signs and signals. Importance of railways - Gauges – Components of a permanent way – Classification

of bridges – Components of Airport

Examples of Marvelous Structures

10 Hours

Unit IV

Engineering Materials and Manufacturing Processes

Classification of Engineering materials, Mechanical properties and uses of cast iron, steel, and High Speed

Steel.Introduction to casting process, Green sand moulding - Pattern, Melting furnaces - Cupola and Electric

Furnace. Metal Forming - Forging Process. Introduction to Arc and Gas Welding. Centre Lathe - Specifications

- Principal parts - Operations - Straight turning, Step turning, Taper turning methods, Knurling, Thread cutting

methods, Facing, Boring, and Chamfering - Lathe tools and Materials. Drilling – Radial drilling machine -

Specification and Operation

Milling operation

10 Hours

Unit V

Internal Combustion Engines and Refrigeration Classification of IC engines, Main components of IC engines, working of a 4 stroke & 2 stroke petrol & diesel

engine, differences between 4 stroke and 2 stroke engine, Lubrication and Cooling systems in IC Engines.

Refrigeration: Working Principle of Vapour Compression & Vapour Absorption System, Domestic refrigerator

Domestic air conditioning

10 Hours

Unit VI

Alternate Sources of Energy, Power Plants and Boilers

Solar, Wind, Tidal, Geothermal and Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion (OTEC). Power Plant: Classification of

Power Plants- Steam - Nuclear, Diesel, and Hydro Power Plants. Types of Boilers – Simple Vertical, Babcock

and Wilcox and La-Mont Boiler, Differences between fire tube and water tube boiler. Types of steam turbines-

working of a single stage impulse and reaction turbines

Biomass and Biofuels in power generation

10 Hours

Total: 60 Hours

Textbooks

1. M. S. Palanichamy, Basic Civil Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New

Delhi, 2009

2. G. Shanmugam & S. Ravindran, Basic Mechanical Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Limited, New Delhi, 2010

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 45 References

1. N. Arunachalam, Bascis of Civil Engineering, Pratheeba Publishers, 2000

2. B. K. Sarkar, Thermal Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi,

2008

3. P. N. Rao, Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, Forming and Welding, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2003.

4. S. R. J. Shantha Kumar, Basic Mechanical Engineering, Hi-tech Publications, Mayiladuthurai, 2000

5. http://www.tutorvista.co.in/content/science/science-ii/sources-energy/sources-energyindex.php

11I206 STRUCTURED PROGRAMMING


4 0 0 4.0

Objectives

To develop the programming skills of Graduates

To understand the basic concepts of pointers

To implement file concepts and operations

Programme Outcomes


languages.


problems.

Skill Set

1. Programming ability.

2. Developing applications for real world problems.

Assessment Pattern


Test I

† Test II


†

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. List five programming languages commonly used.

2. Define Algorithm and Flowchart.

3. What is structured programming?

4. What is the general structure of a C program?

5. List the rules for defining a variable.

6. What are the I/O functions in C?

7. What is a header file?

8. State the associativity property of an operator.

9. Define a ternary operator. Give example

10. What is an array and a pointer?

11. What is the significance of function?





1. Compare while loop with do – while Loop.

2. What are the advantages of using Macro?

3. Explain how recursive functions affect the run time efficiency.

4. Differentiate between Structure and Union in C.

5. How is memory managed in C?

6. How garbage collection is done in C?

Apply

1. Write a recursive function to calculate the factorial of number.

2. Write a C program to check whether the given number is palindrome or not

3. Write a program to check whether the given number is prime or not.

4. Write a C program to find the roots of quadratic equation ax2+bx+c=0.

5. Write a C program to find average of „n‟ numbers.

6. Write a program to generate the pay slip of an employee using Structure.

7. Write a C program to search for a specified element in an array.

8. Write a program to compute Matrix Multiplication.

9. Write a program to perform swapping of two numbers using pointers.

Analyze

1. Explain the difference between while and do-while statements

2. Why are pointers so powerful? Analyze their efficiency giving an example?

3. Is there any advantage of using recursion over looping control structures? Give a suitable example.

4. Illustrate the Limitation of array of pointers to strings using a sample example.

Evaluate

1. Differentiate the keywords BREAK and CONTINUE.

2. Justify the need for Type Casting over Type Conversion.

3. Compare and contrast I/O mapped I/O with Memory mapped I/O.

4. Summarize the various built in String functions.

Create

1. Create a structure to store the following details: Rollno, Name, Mark1, Mark2, Mark3, Total, Average,

Result and Class. Write a program to read Rollno, name and 3 subject marks. Find out the total, result

and class as follows:

a) Total is the addition of 3 subject marks.

b) Result is "Pass" if all subject marks are greater than or equal to 50 else "Fail".

c) Class will be awarded for Graduates who have cleared 3 subjects

i. Class "Distinction" if average >=75

ii. Class "First" if average lies between 60 to 74 (both inclusive)

iii. Class "Second" if average lies between 50 & 59 (both inclusive)

d) Repeat the above program to manipulate 10 Graduates' details and sort the structures as per rank

obtained by them.

Unit I

Introduction

Computer languages - Creating and Running Programs-System Development - Flowcharting - Introduction to C

language – background - C Programs - Identifiers-Types-Variables-Constants - Input/Output - Structure of C

Program-Expressions- Operator Precedence and Associatively -Type Conversion-Statements.

Study of various header files.

12 Hours

Unit II

Control Structures

Selection-Making Decisions-Logical data and Operators-Two Way Selection- Multiway Selection-More

Standard Functions-Incremental Development –Repetition –Concept of Loop-pretest and Post Test loops-

Initialization and Updating.

Evaluation of expression

12 Hours


Arrays and Strings

Arrays-Concepts-Using arrays in C -array Applications-Sorting and Searching of Arrays-Two Dimensional

Arrays-Multi Dimensional Arrays-Strings-String Concepts -String Input/output Functions-Arrays of Strings-

String Manipulation Functions - Data Conversion.

Applications of array in real world problems

12 Hours

Unit IV

Functions and Pointers

Functions-Designing structured Programs- Functions in C- User Defined Functions-Standard Functions -

Storage classes and Type Qualifier-Pointers- Introduction- Pointers to Pointers- compatibility-Lvalue and

Rvalue.

Dynamic memory allocation

12 Hours

Unit V

Structures, Union and Files

Structure and Union - Programming Application.-Text Input/Output-Files-streams-Standard Library

Input/Output Functions- Formatting Input/Output functions- Character Input/Output functions.

Manipulation of array and structures using pointers

12 Hours

Total: 60 Hours

Textbook

1. Behrouz A.Forouzan and Richard F. Gilberg, Computer Science: A Structure program approach using

C, Cengage learning–2008.

References

1. Byron S. Gottfried, Schaum's Outline of Programming with C, McGraw Hill, 1996.

2. D.M.Ritchie and B.W.Kernighan, C Programming Language, PHI, 2000.

3. Deitel & Deitel, C How to program, PHI, 2001.

4. Herbert Schildt, C- The complete Reference, McGraw Hill, 2010.

5. Gary J Bronson, First book of ANSI C, Thomson Learning, 2001.

11I207 STRUCTURED PROGRAMMING LABORATORY


0 0 3 1.5

Objectives

To understand the ways to write a C program effectively

To impart the fundamental knowledge of C Programming methodologies to the Graduates

Make the Graduates to understand the concepts of pointers

Programme Outcomes


languages.

(d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments to

analyze problems.


1. Design the flowchart and write efficient code for problems like recursive and iterative programs.

2. Comprehend the following terms in the context of problem solving by a computer: Problem

specification, input-output analysis, algorithm, flowchart, pseudo-program, programming

language, assembly language, machine language, compiler, assembler, program correctness.

3. Create examples where arrays are better than pointers and examples where pointers are better than

arrays.

4. Create examples where iteration is better than recursion and recursion is better than iteration.

Assessment Pattern

Internal

Assessment

Semester End

Examination

Preparation 10 15


Record 10 -

Mini-Project/Model Examination/Viva-Voce 15 15

Total 50 50

Remember

1. What is a Computer?

2. List five programming languages commonly used.

3. Define Algorithm and Flowchart.

4. What is structured programming?

5. What is the general structure of a C program?

6. List the rules for defining a variable.

7. What are the I/O functions in C?

8. What is a header file?

9. State the associativity property of an operator.

10. Define a ternary operator. Give example

11. What is an array and a pointer?

12. What is the significance of function?

Understand

1. Compare while loop with do – while Loop.

2. What are the advantages of using Macro?

3. Explain how recursive functions affect the run time efficiency.

4. Differentiate between Structure and Union in C.

5. How is memory managed in C?

6. What are the advantages of using Command line Arguments?

7. How garbage collection is done in C?

Apply

1. Write a recursive function to calculate the factorial of number.

2. Write a C program to check whether the given number is palindrome or not

3. Write a program to check whether the given number is prime or not.

4. Write a C program to find the roots of quadratic equation ax2+bx+c=0.

5. Write a C program to find average of „n‟ numbers.

6. Write a program to generate the pay slip of an employee using Structure.

7. Write a C program to search for a specified element in an array.

8. Write a program to compute Matrix Multiplication.

9. Write a program to perform swapping of two numbers using pointers.

10. Write a program to read the content of the file and copy it to another file.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 49 Analyze

1. Explain the difference between while and do-while statements

2. Why are pointers so powerful? Analyze their efficiency giving an example?

3. Is there any advantage of using recursion over looping control structures? Give a suitable example.

4. Illustrate the limitation of array of pointers to strings using a sample example.

Evaluate

1. Differentiate the keywords BREAK and CONTINUE.

2. Justify the need for Type Casting over Type Conversion.

3. Compare and contrast I/O mapped I/O with Memory mapped I/O.

4. Summarize the various built in String functions.

Create

1. The Electricity Production company has to print up the bills for its customers at the following rate:

Write a program to do the above and the output should be in the following order Customer name,

Number of Units and the Total Bill.

2. Define a structure that can describe the employees with the fields Eno, Ename. Basic. Write a

program to calculate DA = 32% of Basic. HRA = 15% of Basic. CCA = 10% of BASIC, PF =

150,0 of Basic and print all details with Net pay All processing should be using pointer notation.

List of Experiments

To demonstrate the following using C programs

1. Operators and expressions

a) Read two integers from the user and perform all arithmetic operations on them and display the

result

b) Read the values for the variables in the given expressions and evaluate them. i) a2 + 2ab + b

2

c) Read two numbers from the user and find the greatest of the two using relational operator

d) Using ternary operator, find the smallest of given two numbers

e) Read two numbers from the user and perform logical operations on them and display the result

2. Looping and decision statements

a) Using if-else statement, find the greatest of given three numbers

b) Given the values for the coefficients of quadratic equation, find and display the type of its roots

(Use switch statement)

c) Find the sum of the digits of the given number

d) Check whether the given number is prime or not

e) Generate the following output

1

1 2

1 2 3

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5

3. Array operations

a) Read a list of ‗n‘ numbers and find their sum and average

b) Read a list of ‗n‘ integers and sort them in ascending order

c) Search and find the availability of given number in a list of numbers

d) Read the elements of two matrices and multiply them

e) Read a list of numbers and generate a histogram for it

For the 1st 50 KWH rate is Rs.2

For the next 100 KWH rate is Rs.6

For the next 200 KWH rate is Rs.7

For more than 350 KWH rate is Rs.8

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 50 4. String operations

a) Find the number of vowels in the given string

b) Reverse the given string without using built-in function

c) Check whether the given string is palindrome or not

d) Read a line of text and find the number of words in the given test

e) Read a line of text and convert it to uppercase

5. Pointer Manipulations

a) Exchange the values of two variables using pointers

b) Increment/decrement the values of variables using pointers

c) Manipulate the elements of an array by using its name as pointer

d) Count the number of consonants in the given string using pointer

e) Illustrate the manipulation of members of structure variable using pointer

6. Functions

a) Find the factorial of given number using function

b) Find the number of perfect numbers from 1 to 100 using function

c) Add/Subtract two matrices using function

7. Recursion

a) Find the factorial of given number using recursive function

b) Generate the first ‗n‘ terms of Fibonacci sequence using recursive function

8. Structures and Unions

a) Design a structure to hold the following details of a student. Read the details of a student and

display them in the following format

Student details: rollno, name, branch, year, section, cgpa

***************************************

NAME:

ROLL NO:

BRANCH:

YEAR:

SECTION:

CGPA:

***************************************

b) Design a union to hold an integer, a floating point number and a string. Read values for the

members and display them

9. File operations

a) Read the details like employee_id, name, designation and salary of 10 employees and store it in a

file. Display the details of employees who get salary more than 10,000

10. Command line arguments

a) Read two integers as command line arguments and perform arithmetic operations on them and

display the result

b) Read the name of a file in command line and check whether such a file exists or not.

Sample Programs

a) To check for Prime number.

b) Greatest of three numbers.

c) Arithmetic operators.

d) Solution of a quadratic equation.

e) To implement Fibonacci series.

f) Sorting of numbers.

g) To find Sum of digits.

h) To check for even and odd.

i) To compute the sum of series.

Design Experiments

Application Oriented Experiments

Mini Project

Total: 45 Hours


PRACTICAL SCHEDULE

11O108 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LABORATORY


0 0 2 1.0

Objectives

To know how to execute experiments properly, presentation of observations and arrival of

conclusions.

It is an integral part of any science and technology program.

To view and realize the theoretical knowledge acquired by the students through experiments

At the end of the course, the students able to realize the theoretical knowledge acquired through

experiments.

Program Outcome

a. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering.

Skill Set

1. Observation and analytical skills are developed

2. Various properties of matter can be known.

3. Different optical properties can be analyzed.

Assessment Pattern

Internal

Assessment

Semester End

Examination

Preparation 10 15


Record 10 -


Total 50 50

SI.No. Experiment Hours

1. Write a C program to check whether the given number is prime or not. 3

2. Write a C program to find greatest of three numbers. 3

3. Write a C program to perform arithmetic operators. 3

4. Write a C program to find solution for quadratic equation. 3

5. Write a C program to implement Fibonacci series. 3

6. Write a C program to Sorting of numbers. 3

7. Write a C program to find the sum of digits of a number. 3

8. Write a C program to generate the pay slip of an employee using Structure. 3

9. Write a C program to compute the sum of series. 3

10. Write a C program to search for a specified element in an array. 3

11. Write a C program to display reverse of the given string. 3

12. Write a recursive function to calculate the factorial of number. 3

13. Write a C program to compute Matrix Multiplication. 3

14. Write a C program to perform swapping of two numbers using pointers. 3

15. Write a C program to read the content of the file and copy it to another file. 3

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 52 List of Experiments

1. Determination of moment of inertia and rigidity modulus of wire using torsion pendulum

(symmetrical masses method).

2. Determination of Young‘s modulus by non-uniform bending.

3. Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor using Lee‘s disc.

4. Determination of frequency of vibrating rod using Melde‘s apparatus.

5. Determination of viscosity of a liquid - Poiseulle‘s method.

6. Determination of thickness of a thin wire - air wedge method.

7. Determination of wavelength of mercury spectrum – grating.

8. Determination of refractive index of a liquid and solid using traveling microscope.

9. Determination of energy band gap of a semiconductor diode.

10. Determination of wavelength of LASER and particle size of a given powder.

11. Measurement of numerical aperture and acceptance angle of a optical fiber.

12. Young‘s modulus – uniform bending (pin and microscope).

Total: 30 Hours

11O109 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY


0 0 2 1.0

Objectives

Imparting knowledge on basic concepts and its applications of chemical analysis.

Training in chemical and instrumental methods.

Develop skills in estimation of a given sample by chemical and instrumental methods.

Program Outcome

a) An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering.

Skill Set

1. Estimate the strength of solution by chemical and instrumental methods.

2. Analyze the water quality parameters of given water samples.

3. Measurement of corrosion rate of a given sample.

4. Knowledge of various components used in analytical instruments.

Assessment Pattern

Internal

Assessment

Semester End

Examination

Preparation 10 15


Record 10 -


Total 50 50

List of Experiments

1. Preparation of molar and normal solutions of the following substances – oxalic acid, sodium carbonate,

sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid.

2. Determination of alkalinity in a water sample.

3. Determination of molecular weight of a polymer by viscometry method.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 53 4. Determination of total, temporary and permanent hardness of water by EDTA method.

5. Conductometric titration of mixture of acids.

6. Determination of strength of iron by potentiometric method using potassium dichromate.

7. Estimation of iron (thiocyanate method) in the given solution by spectrophotometric method.

8. Determination of strength of hydrochloric acid by sodium hydroxide using pH meter.

9. Determination of sodium and potassium ions in water sample by flame photometric method.

10. Determination of corrosion rate by weight loss measurements.

11. Comparison of alkalinities of the given water samples.

12. Comparison of total dissolved solids (TDS) and hardness of water in Bhavani river and Bannari

Amman Institute of Technology campus.

Total: 30 Hours

11O301 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III

(Common to all branches Except CSE and Bio-Tech)

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

To obtain the knowledge of expressing periodic functions as Fourier series, Fourier transform and Z

transform which is used to analyze signals in signal processing.

Ability to solve boundary value problems in heat and wave equation using partial differential

equations.

Programme Outcomes


Skill Set



3. Choose an appropriate method to solve a practical problem

Assessment pattern


Test I

† Test II


†

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. State the Dirichlet‘s Conditions

2. Define even and odd function graphically

3. Write down the complex Fourier transform pair

4. State convolution theorem in Fourier transform

5. Define unilateral and bilateral Z-transform of f(n)

6. State initial value theorem in Z-transform

7. Define complete solution of a partial differential equation

8. Write the complementary function of non homogeneous second order equations of distinct and

repeated roots




Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 54 9. What does a

2 represent in the equation ytt = a

2yxx ?

10. Write any two solutions of the Laplace equation obtained by the method of separation of variables

Understand

1. Find the general solution of .xyzqzxypyzx 222222

2. Solve yxeyxzDDDD 222 2

.

3. Find the half-range cosine series for the function x0,xxf and hence deduce the sum of

the series

04

12

1

n n.

4. Find the Fourier series of period 2 for the function

212

10)(

xx

xxxf

5. Deduce the sum of

,..5,3,12

1

n n .

6. Find the Fourier transform of

1|x|for0

1xforx1xf .

7. Hence evaluate

0

2sin

dxx

x and

0

4

.dxx

xsin

8. Solve the integral equation dxxxf

0

cos)( = e

.

9. Find inverse transform 112

42

3

zz

z

10. Find Z –transform of 21

32

nn

n.

11. Use convolution theorem to find the inverse Z –transform of 1412

8 2

zz

z

12. Give a function which is self reciprocal under Fourier sine and cosine transform.

Apply

1. Find the PDE of all planes having equal intercepts on the x and y axis.

2. Form the PDE of all planes passing through the origin.

3. Expand the function ),(cos)( inxxf as a Fourier series of periodicity 2.

4. A function y=f(x) is given by the following table of values. Make the harmonic analysis of the function

in (0,T) up to the second harmonic.

x 0 T/6 T/3 T/2 2T/3 5T/6 T

y 0 9.2 14.4 17.8 17.3 11.7 0

5. Obtain the constant term and the first harmonic in the Fourier series expansion in (0,12) for the

function y = f(x) defined by the table below

x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

f (x) 1.8 1.1 0.3 0.16 0.5 1.5 2.16 1.88 1.25 1.30 1.76 2.00

6. A taut string of length L is fastened at both ends. The midpoint of the string is taken to a height of b

and then released from rest in this position. Find the displacement of the string at any time t.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 55 7. A string is stretched between two fixed points at a distance 2L apart and the points of the string are

given initial velocities v where v = cx /L 0 < x <L

= c ( 2L - x) /L L < x < 2L . x being the distance from an end

point. Find the displacement of the string at any subsequent time.

8. A rod 30 cm long, has its ends A and B at 20ºC and 80ºC respectively, until steady state conditions

prevail. The temperature at the end B is then suddenly reduced to 60º C and at the end A is raised to

40º C and maintained so. Find the resulting temperature u (x,t).

9. A rectangular plate with insulated surface is 10 cm wide so long compared to its width that it may be

considered infinite length .If the temperature along the short edge y=0 is given by )10

sin(8x

, while

the two long edges x=0 and x=10 as well as the other short edge are kept at 00c . Find the steady state

temperature.

10. Solve the equation 0,2127 1012 yythatgivenyyy n

nnn.

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Solve (D2-5DD‘+6D‘

2) z= y sinx.

2. Solve (4D2-4DD‘+D‘

2)z = 16 log(x+2y).

3. Solve z = p x + q y + p2 q

2 .

4. Evaluate

0

2222 bxax

dx using transform method.

5. Evaluate

0

222 ax

dx and

0

222

2

.ax

dxx

6. Find Fourier sine transform of x

e ax

, a >0.

7. Find Fourier sine and cosine transform of e-ax

, a > 0 and hence find Fourier sine and cosine transform

of x e-ax

.

8. Find Fourier transform of 22xae

, a > 0 and hence find Fourier transform of 2

2x

e

.

9. Find Fourier sine and cosine transform of X n-1

.

10. Find inverse transform 112

42

3

zz

z.

Unit I

Fourier Series

Dirichlet‘s conditions – General Fourier series – Odd and even functions – Half range cosine and sine series –

Parseval‘s Identity - Harmonic Analysis- Application to engineering problems.

9 Hours

Unit II

Fourier Transform

Fourier transform pair – Sine and Cosine transforms – Properties – Transforms of simple functions –

Convolution theorem - Parseval‘s Identity-Finite Fourier Transform- Application to engineering problems.

9 Hours

Unit III

Z -Transform and Difference Equations

Z-transform - Elementary properties – Inverse Z- transform – Convolution theorem -Formation of difference

equations – Solution of difference equations using Z – transform - Application to engineering problems.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Partial Differential Equations

Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions –

Solution of standard types of first order partial differential equations (excluding reducible to standard forms ) –

Lagrange‘s linear equation – Linear partial differential equations of second and higher order with constant

coefficients.

9 Hours

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 56 Unit V

Boundary value problems

Classification of second order quasi linear partial differential equations – Fourier series solutions of one

dimensional wave equation – One dimensional heat equation (Insulated ends excluded ) – Steady state solution

of two-dimensional heat equation (Insulated edges excluded ) – Fourier series solutions in Cartesian coordinates

9 Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours

Textbooks

1. B. S .Grewal , Higher Engineering Mathematics , Khanna Publications , New Delhi ,2000

2. K. Megalai, P. Geetha and D. Jayanthi , Mathematics for Engineers, Volume III, Vikas Publishing

House, New Delhi,2008

References

1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Engineering Mathematics ,Volume III , S.Chand &

Co., New Delhi, 2008

2. E. Kreyszig. Advanced Engineering Mathematics , 8th Edition , John Wiley & Sons,Inc,Singapore

2008

3. T. Veerarajan , Engineering Mathematics ,Tata McGraw Hill Publications , New Delhi, 2008

11I302 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS - I

Objectives 3 0 0 3.0

To learn the basics of Abstract Data types in data structures

To learn the principles of Linear Data structures

To understand, implement and apply the concept of List, Stack and Queue ADTs

To know the various levels of storage management and File structures

Programme Outcomes

a) Graduateswill demonstrate knowledge of mathematics, science and basic engineering.

b) Graduateswill demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using programming

languages.

d) Graduateswill demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments to analyze

problems.

j) Graduateswill develop confidence for self education and ability for life –long learning.

k) Graduateswho can participate and succeed in competitive examinations.

Skill Set

1. Able to Analyze and Compare different Algorithms.

2. Able to apply different data structures in real time applications.

Assessment Pattern

S.No. Bloom’s Taxonomy

(new Version)

Test I * Test II * Model

Examination *

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20

4 Analyze/Evaluate 40 40 40 40

5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

___________________




Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 57 Remember

1. How does one measure the efficiency of algorithms?

2. Name all the types Asymptotic Notations used for algorithm analysis.

3. Define a linear and non linear data structure.

4. What is Dynamic Memory Allocation?

5. What are the problems with dynamic memory allocation?

Understand 1. Name the four factors that are to be considered in analyzing an algorithm.

2. List out the areas in which data structures are applied extensively.

3. What are the major data structures used in the following areas: RDBMS, Network data model &

Hierarchical data model?

4. List the operations performed in stack.

5. Give examples for recursive process.

Apply 1. What is the data structure used behind FACEBOOK?

2. Find the decimal equivalent of binary 10011001 using two‘s complement.

3. Implement a Stack S of n elements using arrays.

4. Write an algorithm to retrieve the mth

element of the stack from the top (m<n), leaving the stack

without its top m-1 elements.

5. Show how a sequence of insertions and removals from a queue represented by a linear array can cause

overflow to occur upon an attempt to insert an element into an empty queue.

Analyze 1. Analyze the time complexity of Iterative factorial Algorithm.

2. Distinguish between best, worst and average case complexities of an algorithm.

3. Compare Array Implementation and Linked Implementation of data structures.

4. Why should we use separate algorithms for inserting a node at the front, at the middle and at end of a

list?

5. Point out the merits and demerits of sequential file with that of Direct file Organization.

Evaluate 1. Evaluate the given postfix expression: ((((A+B)*D)/F)*(G+H)/I)

2. State the benefits and drawbacks of Fixed block storage allocation.

3. Is it possible in linked list to insert an element before the node pointed to by p? Justify your Answer.

4. Whether Linked List is linear or Non-linear data structure? Justify your answer.

5. Explain the use of Big O notation in the analysis of algorithms.

Create

1. Create an algorithm that can store 100 business cards and return the information quickly (no external

databases), keeping in mind that the company would want to increase the no. of cards later.

2. Create a Game applications using stack, Queue and List ADTs.

3. Create a program that uses a stack to check from matching left and right parentheses, left and right

braces and right brackets in strings of characters.

4. Develop a program to simulate a calculator which performs the addition, subtraction, multiplication

and division of polynomials.

5. Demonstrate the use of Direct file in an online banking system.

Unit I

Basics of Data Structures

Need for Data structures-Benefits- Data Types and Representations - Abstract Data Types - Data Structures-

Time & Space complexity – Best, Worst & Average cases- -Asymptotic notations -Running time Calculation.

Running Time calculation of Different Algorithms

9 Hours

Unit II

List ADT

List Definition- Basic Operations -Array Implementation-Linked Implementation – Comparisons - Doubly

linked list-Circular linked list-Cursor implementation.

Polynomial manipulation.

9 Hours


Stack ADT and Recursion

Stack-Definition and Concepts -Operations on Stack- Array Implementation – Linked Implementation -

Applications of Stack-Balancing Symbols-Infix to Postfix Conversion-Conversion and Evaluation of Postfix

Expressions- Recursion-Simulation of Recursion.

Conversion and Evaluation of Prefix Expression

9 Hours

Unit IV

Queues ADT

Queue-Definition-Operations-Array Implementation-Linked Implementation-Comparison - Application of

Queue-Circular Queue-Priority Queue.

Queue Simulation

9 Hours

Unit V

Dynamic Memory Allocation

Dynamic Storage Management-Fixed Block Storage allocation-First-fit Storage Allocation-Buddy System-File

Structures-Sequential Files-Structure-Processing Indexed Sequential Files-Processing Direct Files- Structure

Processing.

External Storage Devices

9 Hours

Total : 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. J.P.Tremblay and P.G.Sorenson, An Introduction to Data Structures with Application II Edition,

Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2008 (Unit-2,3,4,5)

2. M.A. Weiss, Data Structures and algorithm analysis in C, Second Edition, Pearson

Education Asia, 2007(Unit-1)

References

1. Y.Langsam, M.J. Augenstein and A.M.Tannenbaum, Data structures using C and C++, Second

Edition, Prentice-Hall of India, 2011

2. Richard F.Gilberg and Vohrouz A.Forouzan, Data Structures: A Pseudo code Approach with C,

Thomson Brooks/COLE, 2009

3. A.V.Aho, J.E.Hopcroft and J.D.Ullman, Data structures and Algorithms, Addison-Wesley Publishing

Company, 2010

11I303 SYSTEM SOFTWARE

3 0 2 4.0

Objectives

To understand the relationship between system software and machine architecture.

To know the design and implementation of assemblers, macro processor, linker and compiler.

To understand loaders and system software tools.

To understand the process of scanning and parsing.

Programme Outcomes



problems.


1. Design of a assembler

2. Design of a loader

3. Design of a compiler

4. Design of a microprocessor

Assessment Pattern

Sl. No. Bloom’s Taxonomy

(New Version) Test I* Test II* Model

Examinations*

Semester End

Examination*

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Name the registers present in SIC and SIC/XE.

2. What are the assembler directives?

3. Name the fields present in define and refer record.

4. List the use of a relocation bit.

5. What is a MACRO?

Understand

1. How indirect, immediate and simple addressing mode is indicated using bits n, i, x, b, p and e?

2. How the LABELS are entered in SYMTAB and when they are referred?

3. Can you explain how program relocation is indicated and handled by assemblers?

4. How would you classify the phases of compiler?

5. Summarize the design of an editor.

Apply

1. How would you use the SIC instruction to swap values of two numbers?

2. Identify the difference between the following sequences of statements.

a. LDA #3

b. THREE EQU 3

.

.

LDA #THREE

c. THREE EQU 3

.

.

LDA THREE

3. How programmers decide whether to use a macro or a sub routine to accomplish a given logical

function?

4. Suppose we want macro definitions to appear as a part of the assembly listing, how could the macro

processor and the assembler accomplish this?

5. How could a recursive macro processor be implemented in assembler language?

Analyze / Evaluate

1. How would you analyze the source program errors that could be detected during lexical analysis?

2. Can you list the errors that could be found during syntactic analysis?

3. Identify the errors during code generation phase and Compare it with the errors found in other phases

of compiler.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 60 Create

1. How would you design and implement a Text editor with the following options?

a. Create

b. Open

c. Save

d. Insert

e. Delete

f. Replace

g. Move

h. Copy

i. Cut

j. Paste

Unit I

Assemblers

SIC and SIC/XE Machine Architecture-Basic Assembler Functions-Machine Dependent Assembler Features-

Machine Independent Assembler Features-Assembler Design Options-One-Pass Assemblers.

Multi Pass Assemblers.

9 Hours

Unit II

Loaders and Linkers

Basic Loader functions- Machine Dependent Loader Features-Machine Independent Loader Features-Loader

Design Options-Linkage Editors-Dynamic Linking.

Bootstrap Loaders.

9 Hours

Unit III

Macro Processors

Basic Macro Processor Functions-Macro Call; Expansion; Conditional Expansion-Macro Processor - Machine

Independent Macro Processor Features-Macro Definition; Design Options-Recursive Macro Expansion.

General Purpose Macro Processors

9 Hours

Unit IV

Compilers and Interpreters

Aspects of Compilation-Memory Allocation-Compilation of Expressions-Compilation of Control Structures-

Code Optimization-Interpreters.

Phases of the Complier

9 Hours

Unit V

System Software Tools

Software tools for Program Development-Editors-Debug Monitors-Programming Environments-Working

Principle of C Compiler.

User Interfaces

9 Hours


Textbooks

1. Leland L. Beck and D. Manjula, System Software - An Introduction to Systems Programming, Pearson

Education 2011.(Unit-1,2,3)

2. D. M. Dhamdhere, System programming and Operating System, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.(Unit-4,5)


1. Santanu Chattopadhyay, ―System Software‖, Prentice-Hall India, 2007

2. Alfred V. Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D. Ullman, ―Compilers: Principles, Techniques,

and Tools‖, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2008

List of Experiments

1. Symbol Table Creation

2. Pass 1 Assembler

3. Pass 2 Assembler

4. Absolute Loader

5. Relocating Loader

6. One pass Macro Processor

7. One Pass compiler.

Design oriented experiments

Application oriented experiments

Total: 45+30 Hours

11I304 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a digital computer.

To discuss in detail about the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms &

implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition, subtraction, multiplication & division.

To study in detail about the different types of control and the concept of pipelining.

Programme Outcomes



problems.

Skill Set

1. Able to recognize different parts used in the design of computer system components.

2. Know various arithmetic operations.

3. Basic knowledge on hardware and software components.

Assessment Pattern



Examinations*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is clock rate?

2. List various addressing modes.

3. State booth‘s algorithm.

___________________





4. What is instruction set?

5. List out the types of buses.

Understand

1. How would you measure the performance of the computer?

2. Provide an outline of various mapping techniques in cache memory.

3. How would you compare the different types of addressing modes?

4. Illustrate the virtual memory technique.

5. How would you classify various types of secondary storage?

Apply

1. Convert the following pairs of decimal number to 5-Bit, signed, 2‘s complement, and binary number

and add them. State whether or not overflow occurs in each case

(a) 5 and 10

(b) 7 and 13

(c) -14 and 11

(d) -5 and 7

(e) -3 and -8

(f) -10 and -13

2. A computer uses a small direct mapped cache between the main memory and the processor. The cache

has four 16-bit words, and each word has an associated 13-bit tag, as shown in fig (a). When a miss

occurs during a read operation the requested word is read from the main memory and sends to the

processor. At the same time, it is copied into the cache, and its block number is stored in the associated

tag. Consider the following loop in a program where all instruction and operands are 16-bits long:

i. LOOP Add (R1)+,R0

a. Decrement R2

b. BNE LOOP

ii. (A) Cache (B) Main Memory

3. FIGURE (a) cache and (b) main memory contents

(a) Assume that, before this loop is entered, registers R0, R1and R2 contain 0,054E and 3,

respectively. Also assume that the main memory contain the data shown in the fig above,

where all entries are given in hexadecimal notation. The loop starts at the location

LOOP=02EC. show the contents of the cache at the end of each pass through the loop

4. Assume that the access time of the main memory is 10τ and that of the cache is 1τ. Calculate the

execution time for each pass. Ignore the time taken by the processor between memory cycles.

5. Assume that 20 percent of the dynamic counts of the instructions executed on a computer are branch

instructions. Delayed branching is used, with one delay slot. Estimate the gain in performance if the

compiler is able to use 85 percent of the delay slots.

6. In many computers the cache block size is in the range of 32 to 128 bytes. What would be the main

advantages and disadvantages of making the size of cache blocks larger or smaller?

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 63 7. A tape drive has the following parameters:

(a) Bit density 2000 bits/cm

(b) Tape speed 800cm/s

(c) Time to reverse direction of motion 225 ms

(d) Minimum time spent at an inter record gap 3 ms

(e) Average record length 4000 characters

(f) Estimate the percentage gain in time resulting from the ability to read records in both the

forward and backward directions. Assume that records are accessed at random and that on

average, the distance between two records accessed in sequence in four records.

Analyze / Evaluate

1. Evaluate the expression, A*B+C*D and write a program in a single-accumulator processor. Assume

that the processor has load, store, multiply and add instructions, and that all values fit in the

accumulator.

2. How would you compare a subroutine and an interrupt-service routine?

3. How would you analyze the advantages and disadvantage of hardwired and micro programmed

control?

4. A program loop ends with a conditional branched to the beginning of the loop. How could you

implement this loop on a pipelined computer that uses delayed branching with one delay slot? Under

what conditions could you be able to put a useful instruction in a delay slot?

Create

1. A pipeline processor uses the delayed branch technique. You are asked to recommend one of two

possibilities for the design of this processor. In the first possibility, the processor has four stage

pipeline and one delay slot, and in the second possibility, it has 6 stage pipeline with two delay slot.

Compare the performance of these two alternatives, taking only the branch penalty into account.

Assume that twenty percent of the instructions are branch instructions and that an optimizing compiler

has 80 percent success rate in filling the single delay slot. For the second alternative, the compiler is

able to fill the second slot 25 percent of the time

Unit I

Computer Structures

Functional units - Basic operational concepts - Bus structures - Software - performance – Memory locations and

addresses – Memory operations – Instruction and instruction sequencing – Addressing modes – Assembly

language – Basic I/O operations – Stacks and queues.

Concepts of Stacks and Queues

9 Hours

Unit II

Arithmetic Operations

Addition and subtraction of signed numbers – Design of fast adders – Multiplication of positive numbers -

Signed operand multiplication and fast multiplication – Integer division – Floating point numbers and

operations.

Unsigned Integers 9 Hours

Unit III

Basic Processing Unit

Fundamental concepts – Execution of a complete instruction – Multiple bus organization – Hardwired control –

Micro programmed control - Pipelining – Basic concepts – Data hazards – Instruction hazards – Influence on

Instruction sets – Data path and control consideration – Superscalar operation.

Concepts of Hardwired Control

9 Hours


Input/Output Unit

Accessing I/O devices – Interrupts – Direct Memory Access – Buses – Interface circuits – Standard I/O

Interfaces (PCI, SCSI, USB) - Computer Peripherals – Input Devices – Output Devices.

Computer Peripherals

9 Hours

Unit V

Memory Unit

Basic concepts – Semiconductor RAMs - ROMs – Speed - size and cost – Cache memories - Performance

consideration – Virtual memory- Memory Management requirements – Secondary storage

Secondary Storage Devices

9 Hours

Total: 45 +15 Hours

Textbook

1. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic and Safwat Zaky, Computer Organization, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.

References

1. William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture – Designing for Performance, Pearson

Education, 2003.

2. David A. Patterson and John L. Hennessy, Computer Organization and Design, Morgan Kaufmann,

2002.

3. John P.Hayes, Computer Architecture and Organization, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.

11I305 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

The purpose of this course is to develop a strong foundation in analysis and design of digital

electronics.

Understand concepts of combinational and sequential circuits.

Analyze the synchronous and asynchronous logic circuits

Understand the concepts of memory, programmable logic and digital integrated circuits.

Programme Outcome

c) Graduateswill demonstrate an ability to design and develop digital and analog systems.

Skill Set

1. Able to Design Combinational Circuit & Sequential Circuit.

2. Able to design and develop digital display for various automation system.

Assessment Pattern


(New Version) Test I * Test II * Model

Examination *

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

___________________





Remember

1. What is use of K Map?

2. Which gate is equal to OR-inverter Gate?

3. What is Magnitude Comparator?

4. Difference between decoder and Multiplexer?

5. How is priority encoder differ from encoder?

Understand

1. What is the use of Don‘t care conditions?

2. Why we go for tabulation method?

3. State the limitations of karnaugh map.

4. What are prime-Implicants?

5. Why parity generator is necessary?

Apply

1. Simplify the following Boolean function by using Tabulation method.

F (w, x, y, z) =∑(0,1,2,8,10,11,14,15)

Determination of Prime Implicants

Selection of prime Implicants

2. Simplify the following Boolean functions by using K‘Map in SOP & POS.

F (w, x, y, z) =∑(1,3,4,6,9,11,12,14)

i)Find the Number of variable map

ii)Draw the Map

iii)Simplification of SOP & POS

3. Design a combinational logic circuit to convert the Gray code into Binary code.

i)Truth table

ii)K‘Map Simplification

iii)Draw the Logic Diagram

4. Design a combinational logic circuit to convert the BCD to Binary code.

i)Truth table

ii)K‘Map Simplification

iii)Draw the Logic Diagram

5. Implement the following function using PLA.

A (x, y, z) = ∑m (1, 2, 4, 6)

B (x, y, z) =∑m (0, 1, 6, 7)

C (x, y, z) = ∑m (2, 6)

i)K‘Map Simplification

ii)PLA table

iii)PLA Logic Diagram

Analyze/Evaluate

1. From the truth table of a full adder derive the logic equation.

2. How many bits would be required for the product register if the multiplier has 6 bits and the

multiplicand has 8 bits?

3. Design an Asynchronous sequential circuit using SR latch with two inputs A and B and one output y.

B is the control input which, when equal to 1, transfers the input A to output y. when B is 0, the output

does not change, for any change in input.

State Table

Primitive Flow Table

Formal Reduction (Implication Method)

Merging

Reduced Table

K‘Map Simplification

Logic Diagram

4. Reduce the number of the states in the following state diagram and tabulate the reduced state table and

state diagram for the same.


5. To design an Asynchronous sequential logic gated latch circuit from the following state table.

States

Inputs Output

Comments D G Q

A 0 1 0 D = Q

B 1 1 1 D = Q

C 0 0 0 After state a or d

D 1 0 0 After state c

E 1 0 1 After state b or f

F 0 0 1 After state e

Create

1. Design a digital clock circuit.

2. Design a digital Seven Segment display.

3. Design of Mod 8 Asynchronous counter

4. Design of Digital Speedometer.

5. Design of Coin based Payphone Controller.

Unit I

Fundamentals

Number system and conversions- Boolean algebra and Simplification- Minimum and maximum expansion -

Sum of Products and product of sums- Minimization of Boolean functions - Karnaugh map QuineMcCluskey

Method. Prime implications and Essential Prime Implicants.

Essential Prime Implicants

9 Hours

Unit II

Combinational Circuits

Combinational Circuits- Design Procedure-Binary Adder-Subtractor, BCD Adder - Binary Multiplier-

Magnitude Comparator – Encoders -Decoders - Multiplexers, Demultiplexers - Design using standard ICs,

Programmable Logic Devices. ROM, PAL, PLA and PGAs -.

Design Using PLDs

9 Hours


Unit III

Sequential Circuits

Sequential Circuits - Latches- Flip-Flops- SRFF, JKFF, DFF, Design Procedure – Shift Registers - Ripple

Counters - Synchronous Counters –up down counters,–Registers and Counters, State Reduction and

Assignment.

HDL For Sequential Circuits

9 Hours

Unit IV

Analysis of Synchronous Sequential networks

Counter design using SR, JK and DFF- Structure operation – Transition Table- Excitation Table – State Tables

and State Diagram, Reduction of State and Flow Tables - Race - Free State Assignment – Hazards: Static and

Dynamic Hazards.

Hazards

9 Hours

Unit V

Digital ICs:

Digital Integrated Circuits - Special Characteristics- Bipolar Transistor Characteristics- RTL and DTL Circuits.

Transistor - Transistor Logic (TTL)- Emitter-Coupled Logic (ECL)- Metal - Oxide Semiconductor (MOS) -

Complementary MOS (CMOS)- CMOS Transmission Gate Circuits – Switch - Lever Modeling With HDL.

Transmission Gate Circuits – Switch - Lever Modeling With HDL

9 Hours


Textbook

1. M.Morris Mano, Digital Design, 4th

edition, Pearson Education, 2008

References

1. Charles H.Roth, Jr., Fundamentals of Logic Design, 4th

Edition, Jaico Publishing House, 2000

2. Donald D.Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003

11I306 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To understand the concepts of Object Oriented Programming.

To gain thorough knowledge in programming with C++.

To know the dynamic activity in Real world application.

Programme Outcomes


languages.


Skill set

1. Gain clear understanding of programming paradigms.

2. Graduates are able to know the factors that influence the complexity of software development.

3. Ability to understand the design strategies embedded in object oriented programming.


Assessment Pattern



Examination*

Semester End

Examination*

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Label some characteristics of procedure-oriented language.

2. List out the features of Object Oriented Programming.

3. Name any four applications of OOPS.

4. What is the use of this pointer?

5. Define pure virtual functions.

Understand

1. Compare structural and object oriented programming.

2. Explain how will you overload Unary and Binary operator using member functions and friend

functions?

3. How will you contrast the types of inheritance?

4. Demonstrate how the endl and setw manipulator works with an example program.

5. Can you summarize the data types supported by C++.

Apply

1. Construct a program to perform complex number arithmetic operations using operator

overloading.

2. Develop a program in C++ to count the number of words in a line of text.

3. Can you transfer values from derived class constructor to base class constructor.

4. How would you organize a program to create arrays dynamically at run time?

5. Identify the various operators available in C++ .

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Criticize the problems of programming with switch logic. Explain why polymorphism is an

effective alternative for using switch logic.

2. Differentiate between inheriting interface and inheriting implementation. How do inheritance

hierarchies designed for inheriting interface differ from those designed for inheriting

implementation?

Create

1. Create a class MAT of size m x n. Define all possible matrix operations for MAT type objects.

Unit I

Introduction

Need for object oriented programming – Procedural Languages vs. Object oriented approach - Characteristics

Object oriented programming - C++ Programming Basics: Basic Program Construction - Output Using Cout -

Input with Cin - Data types-Variables and Constants – Operators -Control Statements-Manipulators-Type

conversion.

Survey of programming techniques- Unstructured, Modular, Procedural and Object Oriented

9 Hours

___________________





Objects and Classes

Simple Class - C++ Objects as Physical Objects – C++ Object as Data types- Constructors and Destructors-

Object as Function Arguments - Returning Objects from Functions - Structures and Classes - Arrays and

Strings.

Default arguments

9 Hours

Unit III

Operator Overloading and Inheritance

Need of operator overloading - Overloading Unary Operators - Overloading binary Operators-Overloading

Special Operators - Data Conversion- Inheritance: Derived Class and Base Class-Derived Class Constructors-

Overriding Member Functions-Class Hierarchies - Public and Private Inheritance-Levels of Inheritance-

Multiple Inheritance.

Function Overloading

9 Hours

Unit IV

Polymorphism and File Streams

Virtual Function – Friend Function – Static Function-Assignment and Copy Initialization- Memory

Management: new and delete-Pointers to Objects, this Pointer- Streams – String I/O – Character I/O – Object

I/O – I/O with Multiple Objects – File Pointers – Disk I/O with Member Functions- Error Handling in File I/O.

Abstract Classes and Friend Functions

9 Hours

Unit V

Templates and Exception Handling

Templates: Introduction - Function Templates - Overloading Function Templates - Class Templates - Exception

Handling – Syntax, multiple exceptions, exceptions with arguments.

Multifile Programs

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Robert Lafore, Object Oriented Programming in-C++, Galgotia Publication, New Delhi, 2009

References

1. Deitel and Deitel, C++ How to program, Prentice Hall, New Delhi,2005

2. D. S. Malik , C++ Programming, Thomson,New Delhi, 2007

3. K. R. Venugopal, Rajkumar and T. Ravishankar, Mastering C++, Tata McGrawHill, New Delhi, 2006.

11I307 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS-I LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5

Objectives

To design and analyze the Algorithms.

To implement the operations of List, Stack, Queue, ADTs.

To create program for real time applications using Data Structures.

Programme Outcomes



languages.

i) Graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments.

j) Graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life –long learning.

k) Graduates can participate and succeed in competitive examinations.


1. To identify and apply suitable Data structures to real world problems.

2. Gain knowledge in practical applications of Data structures.

Assessment Pattern

Internal

Assessment

Semester End

Examination

Preparation 10 15


Record 10 -

Mini-Project/Model Examination/Viva-voce 15 15

Total 50 50

Remember

1. List the characteristics of a Good Algorithm.

2. What is meant by Time complexity and Space Complexity?

3. Write down the C structure for a doubly Linked List.

4. What are the two ways of representing Stack ADT?

5. Write down the functions related with file manipulation in C.

Understand

1. List out the areas in which data structures are applied extensively.

2. Name the four factors that are to be considered in analyzing an algorithm.

3. How do you delete a node from linked list, if you have only a pointer to a node to be deleted?

4. Given a linked list which is sorted, how will you insert in sorted way.

5. Transform the following expression to prefix (A + B) * (C$(D - E) + F) – G.

Apply

1. Implement a Queue Q of n elements using arrays.

2. Demonstrate the insert and delete operation in Linked List.

3. Give an algorithm / C program to reverse a singly linked circular list in place.

4. Illustrate with an example for finding the n-th node from the back in the linked list.

5. How do you remove duplicates from a sorted linked list? Illustrate with an Example.

Analyze

1. Given a linked list which is sorted, how will you insert in sorted way?

2. Analyze the time complexity of recursive factorial Algorithm.

3. State the use of Remove operation in Priority Queue.

4. Use suitable datastructre to solve the 8 queen‘s problem.

5. How do we classify the data structure?

Evaluate

1. How do you test for an empty queue? Explain.

2. Explain the usage of stack in recursive algorithm implementation.

3. Describe the various application of Stack ADT.

4. Evaluate the following prefix expression " ++ 26 + - 1324"

5. How would you Implement stack and use it to convert infix to postfix expression?

Create

1. Design insertion and deletion algorithms for a doubly linked circular lists program.

2. Create an array to hold multiple stacks.

3. Create a Simulation program for Towers of Hanoi.

4. Demonstrate the various operations in stack using C Graphics Functions.

5. Design a program to convert the infix expression into Postfix Expression and trace the program with an

Example.


List of Experiments

1. Running Time Calculation

a. Given an array of characters which form a sentence of words, recommend an efficient algorithm to

reverse the order of the words (not characters) in it and also compute the Running Time.

b. Compare the running time T1 of the linear search algorithm with the running time T2 of the binary

search algorithm when i) n = 2000 and ii) n = 30000.

2. Array and Linked Implementations of List Operations.

a.Write a program which prints the entire alphabetized list of employee records.

b.Write a program which reads the record of a new employee and inserts the record into

the file. Testthe program with user defined data.

3. Array and Linked Implementations of Stack.

a. Converting a decimal number into binary number

b. Arrange the numbers stored in an Array using Stack.

c. List all the prime factors of the given integers in descending order.

4. Array and Linked Implementations of Queue.

a. It is required to split queue of participants enrolled for a dance competition into two queues

so that all the male participants are in one queue and female participants in another queue.

b. Simulate the automatic traffic control system for the junction given in the following figure.

5. Expression Evaluation using Stack.

a. ((a+b)* d ) /( e $ f ) + ((g +h) * i)

b. ++ 26 + - 1324

c. 12 * 3 +14/2+18/3

6. Polynomial Manipulation using List.

a. Find the polynomials POLY1 and POLY2 stored in figure.

1

0

-1

5

2

poly1 1 3

6

1

7

4

-4

2

10

poly2 10 5

2

5

8

6

3

7

9

7

-6

1

1

8

-7

2

3

9

8

6

4

10

0

-1

6

b. Arrange the following polynomial i8n lexicographical order.

P(x,y,z) = 2xy2z

3+3x

2yz

2+4xy

3z+5x

2y

2+6y

3z+7x

3z+5xy

2z

5+3


7. Implementation of Doubly Linked List.

a. In a doubly linked list , there may be several nodes having the same key . write a program

to delete all such node from a doubly linked list.

b. Represent the Sparse Matrix using Doubly Linked List.

8. Implementation of Circular Queue.

A queue is maintained in an array ,and F and R are the front location and rear location of the queue

respectively.

a) Obtain a formula for N , the number of elements in the queue interms of F and R.

b) Delete the ith element in the queue.

c) Insert an item x just after the ith element.

Design Oriented Exercises

Application Oriented Exercises

Mini Project

Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule

Sl. No. Experiment Hours

1 Running time calculation for Keyword Searching in Text 3

2 Array and Linked Implementations of List Operations 6

3 Array and Linked Implementations of Stack 6

4 Array and Linked Implementations of Queue 6

5 Expression Evaluation using Stack 3

6 Polynomial Manipulation using List 3

7 Implementation of Doubly Linked List 3

8 Implementation of Circular Queue. 3

9 Design Oriented Exercises 6

10 Application Oriented Exercises 6

11I308 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5

Objectives

To write a program that uses the concepts of inheritance and operator overloading

To make the Graduateslearn a object oriented way of solving problems

Programme Outcomes

b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify IT related problems and solve using programming

languages.

d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments to analyze

problems.

Skill Set

1. Acquire the knowledge of classes and objects

2. Ability to understand the difference between interface and implementation


Assessment Pattern

Internal

Assessment

Semester End

Examination

Preparation 10 15


Record 10 -


Total 50 50

Remember

1. How would you access a class member?

2. List out the operators that cannot be overloaded.

3. Define scope resolution operator.

4. What are symbolic constants?

5. Label the syntax of switch statement.

Understand

1. Explain the structure of a C++ program with the help of an example.

2. Illustrate the differences between static, dynamic and automatic binding.

3. Compare the branching and looping statements with example program.

4. Demonstrate the Complexity of program and how is it determined

5. Summarize the various programs to demonstrate various types of inheritance.

Apply / Analyse /Evaluate

1. Given an array of characters which form a sentence of words, recommend an efficient algorithm to

reverse the order of the words (not characters) in it.

2. Construct a routine in C++ for an array containing both positive and negative integers and required to

find the sub array with the largest sum.

3. Determine an one-line C expression to test whether a number is a power of 2.

4. Build a function that computes the nth number in the Fibonacci sequence.

5. Examine the simplest way to check if the sum of two unsigned integers has resulted in an overflow.

Create

1. Design an algorithm that calculates the number of words, characters and blank spaces in a text

string.

List of Experiments

1. Define a class to represent a bank account to include the following members. Data Members: Name of

the depositors, Account number, Type of account, Balance amount in the account.Member functions:

To initialize values to data members, To deposit an amount, To withdraw an account after checking the

balance, To display the name and the balance.

Use the following types of constructors and destructor.

Copy constructor

Multiple Constructor

Default Constructor

Parameterized Constructor

Dynamic Constructor

2. Apply Polymorphism

Function overloading : Same name with different number of arguments

Function overloading : Same name with different number of datatypes

Function overloading : Same name with different number of arguments and different number

of datatypes

Operator overloading : Unary operators

Operator overloading : Binary operators

Operator overloading : Special operators


3. Accomplish the following concepts

Default argument functions

Inline functions

Friend functions and friend classes

Static data member and static member functions.

Virtual functions

4. Implement the concept of array of objects.

5. Execute Inheritance.

Aim using the following types of inheritance

Single inheritance

Multiple inheritance

Multilevel inheritance

Hierarchical inheritance

Hybrid inheritance

6. Illustrate the use of by keeping track of number of instances of object that are created and alive.

7. Exercise the file handling concepts

(i) Copy the content of one file to another file by removing unnecessary spaces between

words.

(ii) Merging contents of two files into a single file.

(iii) Count the number of characters, number of lines, vowels, consonants, digits, spaces and

special characters in a file.

(iv) ATM transactions using Random access files

8. Realize class templates and function templates.

9. Develop the following:

Employee management system

Student details

Billing System

Inventory management

Library management

10. Exercise the following using C++ graphic functions:

i. Draw Solid objects like Triangle, Circle, Rectangle.

ii. Display the x and y coordinates for the mouse click event.



Mini projects

Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule


1 Program using constructors 3

2 Program to implement function overloading 3

3 Implement the concept of default argument function. 3

4 Implement the concept of array of objects. 3

5 Implement a class with dynamic objects and use constructors and

Destructors

6

6 Implement the concept of Inheritance. 6

7 Implement the concept of operator overloading. 6

8 Implement the concept of class using static data member and static

member functions.

6

9 Implement friend and friend classes to add the private data member of

two different classes.

6

10 Program using files 3


07I309 DIGITAL SYSTEM AND DESIGN LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5

Objectives

The purpose of this course is to develop a strong foundation in analysis and design of digital

electronics.

Understand concepts of combinational and sequential circuits.

Analyze the synchronous and asynchronous logic circuits

Understand the concepts of memory, programmable logic and digital integrated circuits.

Programme Outcome

c) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to design and develop digital and analog systems.

Skill Set

1. Able to optimize the hardware circuit.

2. Able to design Synchronous & Asynchronous Mod N Counter.

Assessment Pattern

Internal

Assessment

Semester

EndExamination

Preparation 10 15

Observation and Result 15 20

Record 10 -

Mini-Project/Model Examination/

Viva Voce

15 15

Total 50 50

Remember

1. What are the universal gates?

2. What is meant by two variable map?

3. How is latch differing from flip flop?

4. What is Magnitude Comparator?

5. Name the different types of counter.

Understand

1. What the use is of don‘t care conditions?

2. How is K Map methods differ from McCluskey method?

3. What are prime-Implicants?

4. What is Race condition?

5. What is the difference between truth table and excitation table?

Apply/Analyze/ / Evaluate

1. From the truth table of a full adder derive the logic equation.

2. Test the parity checker with both zeros and ones.

3. How will you compare the four bit binary number?

4. Design and Implement the 8:1 Multiplex and 1:8 Demultiplex.

5. Analyze the difference among the various types of shift register and its application usage.

6. Write the code for both combinational and sequential circuit using HDL.

Create

1. Design a digital clock Hardware circuit.

2. Design a digital Seven Segment display.


List of Experiments

1. Boolean laws and theorems verification using digital logic gates.

Law of commutation

Law of distribution

Law of association

Law of absorption

De Morgans theorem

2. Design of combinational circuits using basic gates.

Half adder

Full adder

Half sutractor

Full subtractor

4-bit binary adder/subtractor

3. Implementation of parity generator / checker using basic gates.

Odd parity

Even parity

4. Device a code converter.

BCD to Excess-3 converter

Gray code to binary converter

Binary to gray converter

Excess-3 to binary converter

5. Application using multiplexers and Demultiplexers.

Boolean function implementation using multiplexer

Pulse train generator using MUX.

Boolean function implementation using demultiplexer

Combinational circuit design using demultiplexer

6. Realization of Encoder and Decoder using logic gates.

8:3 encoder

16:4 encoder

3:8 decoder

4:16 decoder

7. Execution of Synchronous and Asynchronous counters.

Mod 5 synchronous counter

Mod 10 synchronous counter

Mod 5 asynchronous counter

Mod 10 asynchronous counter

8. Devise the implementation of Shift registers.

Serial in serial out

Serial in parallel out

Parallel in serial out

Parallel in parallel out

Mini projects.

1. Design of logical calculator

2. Design of memory using flip flops

3. Design of digital clock using counters



Mini projects

Total: 45 Hours


Practical Schedule

SL.No Experiment Hours

1 Verification of Boolean theorems 3

2 Implementation of combinational circuits 3

3 Implementation of 4-bit binary adder / subtractor 6

4 Implementation of parity generator / checker 3

5 Implementation of magnitude comparator

3

6 Implementation of application using multiplexers and

demultiplexers 6

7 Implementation of Shift registers 3

8 Implementation of Synchronous and Asynchronous counters 6

9 Coding combinational circuits using Hardware Description

Language (HDL software required)

6

10 Coding sequential circuits using HDL (HDL software

required)

6

11I401 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

Capable of solving any type of probabilistic situations , equations and have sound knowledge of

Statistics and its applications in the field of Computers..

To understand the properties of Random variables and find the relationship among two or more

variables.

Programme Outcome


Skill Set

1. Probability and its applications

2. Random variables and its properties.

3. Applications of Statistics in computer field.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 78 Assessment pattern

S. No Bloom’s Taxonomy


3 Test II

1 Model Examination

1 Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 30 30 30 30


5 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Probability

2. Define Random Variable.

3. Write the formula for Exponential Distribution.

4. Mention the shape of Normal Distribution and Normal Probability curve and its axis.

5. Name the basic principles of experimental design.

6. Write down the range of coefficient of correlation .

7. State kinds of problems of tests of hypothesis.

8. What is the Level of Significance usually employed in testing of hypothesis.

9. Write down the range of t-distribution .

10. State use of Chi-Square Distribution.

Understand

1. If A and B are events in S such that P(A B)=1/4, P( A )=2/3 and P(A B)=3/4. Find P ( A /B ).

2. State Bayes‘s theorem.

3. State the central limit theorem.

4. If X is a uniform random variable in [-2, 2], find the p.d.f. of X and var(X).

5. State any two properties of Poisson process.

6. The joint pdf of the R.V. (X,Y) is given by f(x,y) = K xy 2 2( )x ye

,x>0, y>0. Find

the value of K and prove also that X and Y are independent.

7. The joint probability function (X , Y ) is given by P(x,y) = k(2x + 3y),

x = 0,1,2; y = 1,2,3. Find the marginal distribution.

8. What is the importance of confidence limits in testing of hypothesis ?

9. State two differences between CRD and RBD.

10. What is the importance of confidence limits in testing of hypothesis ?

Apply 1. If at least one child in a family of three children is a boy, what is the probability that all three are boys?

2. In a class of 100 Graduates 75 are boys and 25 are girls. The chance that a boy gets a first class is 0.25

and the probability that a girl gets first class is 0.21. Find the probability that a Graduatesselected at

random gets a first class.

3. The overall percentage of failure in a certain examination is 40. What is the probability that out of a

group of 6 candidates at least 4 passed the examination.

4. In a newly constructed township, 2000 electric lamps are installed with an average life of 1000 burning

hours and standard deviation of 200 hours. Assuming the life of the lamps follows normal distribution,

find the number of lamps expected to fail during the first 700 hours.

5. From a sack of fruits containing 3 oranges, 2 apples and 3 bananas, a random sample of 4 pieces of fruit

is selected. If X is the number of oranges and Y is the number of apples in the sample, find

P ( X +Y ≤ 2 ) .

1The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The



Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 79 6. The two equations of the variables X and Y are x = 19.13 - 0.87y and y = 11.64 - 0.50x. Find the

correlation co-efficient between X and Y.

7. Ten oil tins are taken at random from an automatic filling machine. The mean weight of the tins is 15.8

kg and standard deviation is 0.5 kg. Does the sample mean differ significantly from the intended weight

of 16 kg ?

8. 40 people were attacked by a disease and only 36 survived. Will you reject the hypothesis that the

survival rate , if attacked by this disease is 85% in favour of the hypothesis that it is more , at 5% level of

significance.

9. Write down the applications of t- distribution.

10. Two groups of 100 people each were taken for testing the use of a vaccine, 15% contracted the diseases

out of inoculated persons, while 25 contracted the diseases .in the other group. Test the efficacy of the

vaccine using 2

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. A given lot of IC-chips contains 2% defective chips. Each is tested before delivery. The tester itself is

not totally reliable. Probability of tester says the chip is good when it is really good is 0.95 and the

probability of tester says chip is effective when it is actually defective is 0.94.If a tested device is

indicated to be defective, what is the probability that it is actually defective ?

2. A passenger arrives at a bus stop at 10.00A.M, knowing that the bus will arrive at sometime

uniformly distributed between 10.00A.M and 10.30A.M.What is the probability that he will have to

wait longer than 10 min ? If at 10.15A.M the bus has not yet arrived, what is the probability that he

will have to wait atleast 10 additional minutes ?

3. In a certain factory turning razor blades, there is a small chance of 1/500 for any blade to be

defective. The blades are in packets of 10. Use Poisson distribution to calculate the approximate

number of packets containing i) 1 defective ii) 2 defective blades respectively in a consignment

of 1000 packets.

4. X and Y are two R.V‘s having joint density function

otherwise

yxyxyxf

:0

42,20);6(8

1

),( .

Find i) andYXPiiYXP )3()),31( )iii )3/1( YXP .

5. If X and Y are independent random variables each normally distributed with mean as 0 and variance

as2 find the density function of

x

yandyxr 122 tan .

6. The table below gives the number of aircraft accidents that occurred during the various days of the

week. Test whether the accidents are uniformly distributed over the week.

Days : Mon Tue Wed Thur Fri Sat

No. of accidents : 14 18 12 11 15 14

7. A certain drug is claimed to be effective in curing cold. In an experiment on 500 persons with cold,

half of them were given the drug and half of them were given the sugar pills. The patients reaction to

the treatment are recorded in the following table.

Helped Harmed No effect

Drug 150 30 70

Sugar pills 130 40 80

On the basis of this data, can it be concluded that the drug and sugar pills differ significantly in

curing cold?

8. Random samples of 400 men and 600 women were asked whether they would like to have a school

near their residence.200 men and 325 women were in favour of the proposal . Test the hypothesis that

the proportion of men and women in favour of the proposal are same , at 5% level of significance.

9. An experiment was designed to study the performance of 4 different detergents for fuel injectors:

Engine 1 Engine 2 Engine 3 Totals

Detergent A 45 43 51 139

Detergent B 47 46 52 145

Detergent C 48 50 55 153

Detergent D 42 37 49 128

Totals 182 176 207 565

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 80 Looking on the detergents as treatments and the engines as blocks, obtain the appropriate analysis of

variance table and test at the 0.01 level of significance whether there are differences in the detergents

or in the engines.

10. Analyze the variance in the following Latin Square of yields (in kgs) of paddy where A, B, C and D

denote the different methods of cultivation.

D122 A121 C123 B122

B124 C123 A122 D125

A120 B119 D120 C121

C122 D123 B121 A122

Examine whether the different methods of cultivation have given significantly different.

Unit I

Probability and Random Variable

Axioms of probability - Conditional probability - Total probability - Baye‘s theorem - Random variable -

Probability mass function - Probability density functions - Properties- Moments - Moment generating functions

and their properties.

9 Hours

Unit II

Standard Distributions

Binomial, Poisson, Geometric, Uniform, Exponential, Gamma, Weibull and Normal distributions and their

properties –Problems- Functions of a random variable.

9 Hours

Unit III

Two Dimensional Random Variables

Joint distributions - Marginal and conditional distributions – Covariance - Correlation and Regression -

Transformation of random variables - Central limit theorem (Without proof).

9 Hours

Unit IV

Testing of Hypothesis

Sampling distributions – Testing of hypothesis for mean, variance, proportions and differences using normal,t,

Chi-square and F distributions- Tests for independence of attributes and Goodness of fit.

9 Hours

Unit V

Design of Experiments Analysis of variance – One way classification –Two way classification –Latin square design.

9 Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours

Textbooks

1. T. Veerarajan, Probability, Statistics and Random Processes ,Tata McGraw Hill Publications, New Delhi ,

2006 Third Edition.

2. R.A. Johnson, Miller & Freund‘s ,Probability and Statistics for Engineers , Pearson Education, Delhi, 2009

.

References

1. R.E. Walpole , R.H. Myers, R.S.L. Myers and K. Ye , Probability and Statistics for Engineers and

Scientists , Pearsons Education, Delhi , 2002.

2. S. Lipschutz and J. Schiller , Schaum‘s outline Series , Introduction to Probability and Statistics , McGraw

Hill Publications, New Delhi, 1998.

3. S.C. Gupta and J.N. Kapur , Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics , Sultan Chand, NewDelhi 1996.

4. S. Ross , A first Course in Probability , Pearson Education, Delhi 2002.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 81 11I402 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS II

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

To learn the principles of non linear Data structures

To build an application using sorting and searching

To understand the concept of Binary tree and Balanced Trees

To discover and learn how to develop the concepts of shortest path algorithms using graph.

Programme Outcomes



languages.


problems.

j) The Graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life –long learning.

k) The Graduates who can participate and succeed in competitive examinations.

Skill Set

1. Able to Analyze and Compare different non linear data structures.

2. Able to apply different data structures in real time applications.

Assessment Pattern


(new Version)

Test I* Test II* Model

Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Explain insertion into a B-tree.

2. Write a procedure for traversing a binary tree in preorder.

3. What are the types of Collision Resolution Techniques used in Hashing.

4. List the different techniques resolving of collision.

5. Write down the best and average complexity of quick sort algorithm.

Understand

1. What do you understand by tree traversal?

2. What is the difference between Merge Sort and Quick sort?

3. Draw tree representation for the prefix expressions.

a)*a + b*c+ de b) *a+*b + cde

___________________




Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 82 4. What are the different ways of representing a graph? Represent the following graph using those ways.

5. State the applications of Dynamic programming.

Apply

1. Draw a binary tree from its inorder and preorder traversal sequences given as follows:

Inorder : d b g e h a c n f

Preorder : a b d e g h c f n

2. Write an algorithm to sort a given list using Quick sort method.

3. Write an algorithm for searching a key from a sorted list using binary search Technique.

4. Write an algorithm for finding solution to the Towers of Hanoi problem. Explain the working of your

algorithm (with 4 disks) with diagrams.

5. Apply binary search algorithm to search element 91 in following list :

13 30 62 73 81 88 91

Analyze

1. Compare and contrast various sorting techniques with respect to memory space and computing time.

2. Describe the behavior of Quick sort when input is already sorted.

3. What are the conditions under which sequential search of a list is preferred over binary search?

4. Trace your algorithm to delete a node (10) from the given binary search tree.

5. How many key comparisons and assignments an insertion sort makes in its worst case?

Evaluate

1. In an un-weighted graph, would breadth first search or depth first search or neither find a shortest path

tree from some node? Why?

2. How do you rotate a AVL Tree? Explain right and left rotations with the help of an example.

3. How many different trees are possible with 10 nodes?

4. Does the minimum spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between any 2 specified nodes?

5. What do you mean by hash clash? Explain in detail any one method to resolve hash collisions?


1. Create a binary search tree using the following data entered as sequential set

14 23 7 10 33 56 80 66 70.

2. Create a demonstration for the Quick sort and Heap sort Algorithms.

3. Demonstrate the operations of AVL tree using C program.

4. Create an animation program to demonstrate the Prims and Kruskals Algorithms.

5. Design an algorithm to solve 8 Queens Problem.

Unit I

Trees

Binary Tree – Definition – Operations Tree Representation - Tree traversals - Expression tree - Binary

Search Tree – Implementation and Operations – Binary Heap - AVL trees - Single rotation, Double rotation

- Splay trees, B-tree (Insertion, Deletion)

9 Hours

B+tree.

Unit II

Graphs

Graph – Basic Concepts - Topological sort- Shortest path algorithm -Dijkstra‘s algorithm, Graphs with

negative edge costs – Minimum Spanning Tree: Prim‘s algorithm, Kruskal‘s algorithm – Depth first and

Breadth first Search.

All Pair Shortest Path 9 Hours

Unit III

Sorting

Bubble sort, Insertion sort, Shell sort, Selection sort, Merge sort, Radix sort, Heap sort, Quick sort, External

sorting.

Comparsion of Sorting Algorithms

9 Hours

Unit IV

Searching and Hashing

Sequential Searching - Implementation - Binary searching – Implementation –External Searching - Hashing

- Hash functions, Separate chaining, Open addressing, Linear probing, Rehashing, Extendible hashing.

Quadratic Probing

9 Hours

Unit V

Algorithm Design Techniques

Greedy algorithm, Divide and conquer algorithm, Dynamic Programming, Randomized algorithm,

Backtracking algorithms.

Eight Queens Problem

9 Hours


Textbooks

1. M.A. Weiss, Data Structures and algorithm analysis in C, Second edition, Pearson

Education Asia, 2007

2. Jean-Paul Trembley, Paul G. Sorenson and P. G. Sorenson, An introduction to Data structures with

applications, Second Edition, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2008

References

1. Y.Langsam, M.J. Augenstein and A.M.Tenenbaum, Data structures using C and C++, Second Edition,

Prentice – Hall of India, 2011

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 84 2. Richard F.Gilberg, Vohrouz A.Forouzan, Data Structures: A Pseudo code Approach with C, Thomson

Brooks/COLE, 2009

3. A.V.Aho, J.E.Hopcroft and J.D.Ullman, Data structures and algorithms, Addison-Wesley Publishing

Company, 2010

11I403 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

To learn the data models and to conceptualize a database system using ER diagram

To understand the internal storage structures and to have an introductory knowledge of SQL and

relational database design.

To understand the internal storage structures using different file and indexing techniques which will

help in physical DB design.

Programme outcomes


problems

h) The graduates will display skills required for continuous learning and up gradation.

Skill Set

1. Design the Structure of a Database

2. Create and Retrieve the Data in an efficient way

3. Create and handle block of the SQL codes(PL/SQL )

4. Maintain and administrate the data present in the Database.

5. Designing authentication and security policy for the Database.

Assessment Pattern


(new Version)


Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Entity.

2. Which one will be specified as multi valued attribute? Give examples.

3. List out various keys present in SQL with its uses.

4. What is the relationship between entities and attributes?

5. How the E-R modeling can be done on the attributes.

6. State normalization.

Understand 1. Outline the logical levels is used in data abstraction

2. Distinguish between static and dynamic SQL.

3. Recite the benefits of data dictionary. Who are the users of data dictionary?

4. How does the domain relational calculus differ from tuple relational calculus?

5. Why is a relation with many NULLs considered to be bad?

___________________





Apply/Create

1. Consider the following tables:

Employee (Emp_no, Name, Emp_city)

Company (Emp_no, Company_name, Salary)

i. Write a SQL query to display Employee name and company name.

ii. Write a SQL query to display employee name, employee city, company name and salary of

all the employees whose salary >10000

iii. Write a query to display all the employees working in ‗XYZ‘ company.

2. For a simple BBS (Bulletin Board System) we use the following SQL statements to create two tables:

one storing all posted messages and the other users who can post them.

CREATE TABLE Message ( mesgid INTEGER, poster INTEGER,subject CHAR(50),body

CHAR(255), postdate DATETIME, PRIMARY KEY mesgid, FOREIGN KEY poster

REFERENCES User (userid) ON DELETE CASCADE ON UPDATE CASCADE )

CREATE TABLE User ( userid CHAR(50), password CHAR(50), email CHAR(50), status

CHAR(1), PRIMARY KEY(userid) )

(a) There is an error in one of the above statements. Point out the error, explain why it is wrong

and correct the error by rewriting that SQL statement.

(b) Suppose there is a user with userid John in the database who has posted 100 messages. What

will the DBMS do if we delete John from table User? What if we change John's userid to

Michael?

(c) Write an SQL statement to create a view of those messages with all their attributes that are

posted by 'John'.

(d) Write an SQL statement to create a domain such that the status attribute can only take two

values, i.e., 'j' and‘s‘.

(f) One desirable advanced feature of the BBS system is that each user can post messages not only

to the public, but also to a subset of other users that are explicitly speci_ed by userid when the

message is posted. How would you change the de_nitions of the above two tables so that this

new feature can be implemented? (You may introduce other tables if necessary.)

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Draw a neat sketch to indicate the architecture of a distributed database system. With an example

explain the various form of data fragmentation used in DDB.

2. Answer the following questions:

(a) Why are keys important?

(b) Identify which ones of the following constraints are (i) structural, (ii) semantic, (iii) static, (iv)

dynamic.

i. A class start time must be before its end time.

ii. A table of Graduates should contain no more than 200 rows.

iii. The mileage of a car can not decrease.

iv. In teaching assignment table that assigns professors to courses, each individual

assignment should correspond to exactly one professor and one course.

Unit I

Introduction

Purpose of Database System - Views of data – Data Models – Database Languages – Database System

Architecture – Database users and Administrator – Entity– Relationship model (E-R model ) – ER

Diagrams, types of database

Introduction to Relational databases 9 Hours

Unit II

Relational Model

The relational Model – The catalog- Types– Keys - Relational Algebra – Domain Relational Calculus –

Tuple Relational Calculus - Fundamental operations – Additional Operations- SQL fundamentals -

Integrity – Triggers - Security – Advanced SQL features –Embedded SQL– Dynamic SQL- Views –

Introduction to Distributed Databases and Client/Server Databases

PL/SQL 9 Hours


Unit III

Database Design

Functional Dependencies – Non-loss Decomposition – Normal forms – First, Second, Third Normal Forms,

Dependency Preservation – Boyce/Codd Normal Form- Multi-valued Dependencies and Fourth Normal

Form – Join Dependencies, stored procedure.

Higher Normal forms

9 Hours

Unit IV

Transactions

Transaction Concepts - Transaction Recovery – ACID Properties – System Recovery – Media Recovery –

Two Phase Commit - Save Points – Concurrency – Need for Concurrency – Locking Protocols – Two

Phase Locking – Intent Locking – Deadlock- Serializability – Recovery Isolation Levels – SQL Facilities

for Concurrency.

SQL Facilities for recovery

9 Hours

Unit V

Implementation Techniques

Overview of Physical Storage Media – Magnetic Disks – RAID – Tertiary storage – File Organization –

Organization of Records in Files – Indexing and Hashing –Ordered Indices – B+ tree Index Files – B tree

Index Files – Static Hashing – Dynamic Hashing – Query Processing Overview, Catalog Information for

Cost Estimation – Selection Operation

Sorting – Join Operation – Database Tuning

9 Hours


Textbooks

1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth and S. Sudharshan, Database System Concepts, Tata McGraw

Hill, 2009.

2. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant and B. Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, Pearson / Addision

Wesley, 2008.

References

1. C. J. Date, A. Kannan, S. Swamynathan, An Introduction to Database Systems, Pearson Education,

2009.

2. Raghu Ramakrishnan, Database Management Systems, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

3. S. K. Singh, Database Systems Concepts, Design and Applications, Pearson Education, 2006.

11I404 CONCURRENT PROGRAMMING

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To impart the knowledge of basic concurrent programming to the Graduates

To study the concepts of Java applets and Java Library

To study the Real world application creation methods

Programme Outcomes


languages.


problems.

Skill Set

1. Implement the basic algorithms using java.

2. Design a website using java applications.

3. Implement the algorithm for gaming using java.

4. Design a application using Java Applets.


Assessment Pattern



Examination*

Semester End

Examination*

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Multi level inheritance.

2. What is an abstract class?

3. Show the relationship between method overloading and method overriding

4. Why the method overriding is needed?

5. List the applet methods.

Understand

1. Compare single threading and multi threading.

2. Demonstrate abstract class and interface.

3. Outline the Traveling salesman problem.

4. Can you explain the Applet Display Methods.

5. Relate application programs and applets.

Apply

1. Apply a backtracking problem in data structure.

2. Build the sorting algorithms.

a. Merge sort

b. Bubble sort

c. Quick sort

d. Insertion sort

e. Radix sort

define a function area() to compute the area of objects of different shapes – triangle, rectangle and

square. Invoke these in the main program.

3. Apply the JAVA applcation to prepare the mark sheet of an university examination with the following

items from the keyboard :

a) Name of the student

b) Roll no.

c) Subject name

d) Subject code

e) Internal marks

f) External marks

Design a base class consisting of data members Name of the Graduatesand Roll no. The derived class

consists of the data members Subject name, Subject code, Internal marks and External marks.

4. How will you Create a class to Patient that stores the patient name (a string) and the disease (a string)

of the patient. From this class derive two classes: InPatient which has a data member roomrent (type

float) and OutPatient which has a data member OPDCharges (float). Each of these three classes should

have a nondefault constructor and a putdata() function to display its data. Write a main() program to

test InPatient and OutPatient classes by creating instances of them and then displaying the data with

putdata().

___________________





5. Make use of a complete JAVA program to do the following :

a. ‗Student‘ is a base class, having two data members: entryno and name; entryno is integer and

name is String. The value of entryno is 1 for Science Graduatesand 2 for Arts student,

otherwise it is an error.

b. ‗Science‘ and ‗Arts‘ are two derived classes, having respectively data items marks for

Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics and marks for English, History, Economics.

c. Read appropriate data from the screen for 3 science and 2 arts Graduates.

d. Display entryno, name, marks for science Graduates first and then for arts Graduates.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Distinguish method overloading and method overriding

2. Analyze and design a simple calculator using applets.

3. Explain a program to implement the multi threading concept for producer consumer problem.

Create

1. Develop an animation program to demonstrate towers of annoy.

2. Design an animation program to demonstrate sorting techniques.

3. Build a java animation game.

Unit I

Java Basics and Multithreaded Programming

History & Evolution of Java Overview of Java - Data Types, Variables, and Arrays - Operators - Control

Statements - Introducing Classes - Methods and Classes. Inheritance Basic – Super – Multilevel –

Method overriding – Abstract Classes - Packages Basics – Access protection – Importing - Interfaces

Definitions and Implementations - Exception Handling- Types – Try and Catch – Throw – Throws -

Multithreaded Programming – Synchronization -Inter thread Communication

Multithreading , Synchronization 9 Hours

Unit II

Generics and I/O Streams

Enumerations - Autoboxing, - Annotations - Simple Generics – Generic Class – I/O Classes and Interfaces -

File – The Byte Streams – The Character Streams - Using Stream I/ O – Serialization.

9 Hours Collection classes

Unit III

The Java Library

String Handling – Special String operations and Methods – String Buffer - primitive type Wrappers – System –

Math -Collections Interfaces and Classes - Date and Time – Formatter – Database Connectivity -Networking.

String operations and Windows Controls 9 Hours

Unit IV

Applets, Event Handling and AWT

Applet Basics – Applet Architecture – Applet Display Methods – Parameter Passing – Event Handling

Mechanisms – Event Classes – Event Listener – Working with Windows , Graphics , Fonts and Colors – AWT

Controls – Layout Managers and Menus.

AWT(Abstract Windows Toolkit) Controls

9 Hours

Unit V

Implementation of Algorithms using Java Backtracking – n-Queen‘s Problem – Hamiltonian Circuit problem – Subset-Sum problem – Branch and bound

– Assignment problem – Knapsack problem – Traveling salesman problem.

Searching and Sorting Algorithms

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours


Textbooks

1. Herbert Schildt, Java -Complete Reference, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010

2. Kathy sierra and Bert Bates Head First Java second edition,Oreilly,2010

References

1. Harvey M. Deitel and Paul J. Deitel, Java How to Program, Prentice Hall of India, 2010

2. Gary Cornell and Cay S.Horstmann, Core Java Vol.1 and Vol.2, Sun Microsystems Press, 2008

3. Herbert Schildt, Java(R) 7, A Beginners Guide, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010

11I405 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS

3 0 2 4.0

Objectives

To study about the architecture of microprocessors.

To learn the assembly language program of microprocessors.

To interface microcontroller with other devices.

Programme Outcomes



problems.


Skill Set

1. Learn about the different types of Processors.

2. Design and test a practical application using various interfaces.

Assessment Pattern

SL.No. Bloom’s

Taxonomy

(new Version)


Examination*

Semester

End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. How many bits does 8086 microprocessor have?

2. Can you tell the relationship between 8086 processor frequency & crystal frequency?

3. Why does DMA controller transfer data faster?

4. What do you mean by cycle stealing?

5. What is RALU?

Understand

1. Explain the functions of ALE and IO / M signals in microprocessor.

2. Differentiate 8259 and 8259A.

___________________





3. Explain the functions of the following instructions in 8086:

(i) XLAT

(ii) DAA

(iii)XCHG AX, BX

(iv) MOVSB

4. How 8259A does differentiate between an 8-bi and 16bit processors?

5. Which flags of 8086 are not present in 8085?

Apply

1. Write a program to add the following data bytes stored in memory locations starting at XX60H in

INTEL 8085 microprocessor and display the sum at the output port if the sum does not generate a

carry. If a result generates a carry, stop the addition, and display 01H at the output port. The data in

hexadecimal code is

First set : 37, A3, 24, 78, 97.

Second set : 12, 1B, 29, 42, 07.

2. An 8086 system has a DMA controller 8257 interfaced such that address of its mode set register is F8H

and address of its DMA address register of channel ‗0‘ is F0H. Write an ALP to read 2K bytes of data

from location 5000H : 2000H in the system memory to a peripheral on channel of the DMA controller.

Disable all other channels, program TC stop, no auto load is required, normal priority.

3. Interface four 8 Kbyte chips of RAM each and two chips of EPROM, each of 4 Kbyte with 8051 so

that it starts execution in the external program memory and the RAM is mapped at the end of the

external data memory address map. Also interface two 8255s with the 8051 and write an ALP to

initialize the 8255 chips with all ports as input ports in mode 0, read all the 8255 ports and store the

data read from the 8255 ports in the external data RAM at addresses starting from D000H.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Develop a program to find out whether a given byte is the string or not. If it is in the string, find out

the relative address of the byte from the starting location of the string.

2. Construct a program for the addition of two 3*3 matrices. The matrices are stored in the form of lists.

3. Display the message ―The Study of microprocessor is interesting‖ on the CRT screen of a

microcomputer.

Create

1. Design of a Microprocessor Based Pattern Scanner System.

2. Design an 8086 Microprocessor based stopwatch using 8253 and 8255. The stop-watch counts up to

100 seconds in the steps of 10 ms and displays the time on a four digit 7 segment multiplexed display.

The CLK input frequency to 8253 is 2.4 MHZ. Draw the required hardware scheme and write the

required ALP. Select suitable addresses for 8253 and 8255.

Unit I

The 8085 Microprocessor

Introduction to 8085 – Microprocessor Architecture – Instruction set – Programming with the 8085

Special Architectural Features & Related Programming.

9 Hours

Unit II

INTEL 8086/8088 Architecture

Introduction to 8086/ 8088 - 8086/ 8088 architecture- Instruction Set & Assembler Directives - Assembly

Language Programming with 8086/ 8088.

Special Architectural Features & Related Programming

9 Hours


Communication Interfaces

Basic Peripherals & their Interfacing with 8086/ 8088 - Special Purpose Programmable Peripheral Devices &

their Interfacing.

Internal Architecture of 8279.

9 Hours

Unit IV

DMA & CRT Controller

DMA Controller 8257 - DMA Transfers & Operations - Programmable DMA Interface 8237 -CRT Controller

8275.

CRT Controller 6845

9 Hours

Unit V

Introduction to Microcontrollers

Architecture of 8051- Signal Description of 8051 - Register set of 8051 – Operational Features of 8051 -

Memory & I/ O Addressing by 8051 - Interrupts of 8051 - Instruction Set of 8051.

Design of Microcontrollers 8051 based length measurement system.

9 Hours


Textbook

1. Ramesh S Gaonkar Microprocessor Architecture, Programming, and Applications with the 8085,

Prentice Hall, 3rd Edition, 2010

2. A.K.Ray and K M Bhurchandi, Advanced Microprocessor & Peripherals, Tata McGraw Hill,2nd

Edition, 2009

References

1. Douglas V Hall, Microprocessor & Interfacing, Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2005

2. M. Rafiquzzuman , Microprocessor theory & Applications, Prentice Hall of India, 2002

3. Yuchenhiu, Glenn A Gibson, Microprocessor Systems - 8086/ 8088 Family, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd

Edition, 2003

List of Experiments

1. Design and Implementation of 8-bit Addition & Subtraction

2. Implement the concept 8-bit Multiplication &Division

3. Design and Implementation of 16-bit Addition & Subtraction

4. Design and Implementation of 16-bit Multiplication &Division

5. Basic arithmetic & Logical operations

6. Implement the concept Sorting & searching algorithms

7. Design and Implementation of Data transfer instructions

8. Implement the concept RAM size & system date



Mini Projects


11I406 PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To introduce communication and to demonstrate the importance of different communication

technologies

To evaluate and discuss the characteristics of different communication systems.

To study about the analog and digital communication methods

Programme Outcomes



Skill Set

1. Able to determine the suitable transmission and reception techniques.

2. Understand the design of modulator/demodulator.

3. Understand the design of transmitter/receiver.

Assessment Pattern



Examination*

Semester End

Examination*

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Amplitude modulation.

2. Give the relation between bandwidth and the maximum modulating signal frequency.

3. Mention the three primary functions of high-level transmitter?

4. List the properties of analog signals.

5. Mention the types of source coding of speech for wireless communication.

Understand

1. Differentiate modulation and demodulation process.

2. Derive the expression for bandwidth requirement of AM waveform.

3. Explain the double- conversion process and super heterodyning process using spectra diagrams.

4. Summarize the bandwidth requirement for BPSK. QPSK. and FSK.

5. Derive the expression for Nyquist‘s criterion for distortion less baseband binary data transmission.

Apply

1. For an AM DSBFC modulator with a carrier frequency fc=100 KHZ and a maximum modulating

signal frequency of 5% KHZ. Determine

LSB and USB

Bandwidth

USF and LSF when fm(max)=3 KHZ tone

Draw the output frequency spectrum

__________________________





2. For an FM modulator with a modulation index of 1(no unit), a modulating signal Vm(t)=Vm

sin(2π1000t) and an unmodulated carrier Vc(t)= 10 sin(2 π500kt), determine

Number of sets of significant side frequencies

Their amplitudes

Draw the frequency spectrum showing their amplitudes

3. For an FM modulator circuit with a transfer function Kd=0.2 V/KHZ and an FM input signal with peak

frequency deviation of 20 KHZ, determine the peak output voltage.

4. Apply duo-binary encoding technique to find the encoded and decoded binary input sequence of

0101010101100111.

5. How would you draw the naturally encoded pulse waveform for the input sequence 0110100011.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Derive and analyze an expression using sampling theorem when aliasing effect is more in the received

signal spectrum.

2. Model a communication system with less interference problems.

Create

1. Design a digital communication system for noiseless reception.

Unit I

Spectral Analysis and Random Process

Spectral characteristics of periodic and aperiodic signal – Spectra of common signals related to communication

– cross correlation – autocorrelation and power / energy density spectra – random signals and process –

modeling noises.

Analyzing the spectrum of random process

9 Hours

Unit II

Analog Modulation Systems

Basic principles of AM, FM, and PM – Spectra – power consideration – receivers characteristics and detection

of AM, FM, and PM and Systems performance – Threshold effects reduction.

Signal transmission and reception using Amplitude, Phase and Frequency

9 Hours

Unit III

Base Band Data Communication

Sampling and quantization – PCM, ADPCM, DM, ADM, Base band pulse shaping – binary data formats – base

band transmission – ISI – correlative coding – optimum SNR – matched filter detection.

Discrete Signal Processing using sampling theorem

9 Hours

Unit IV

Digital Modulation

Digital modulation – coherent binary modulation techniques – Coherent quadrature modulation techniques –

non-coherent binary modulation – M-array modulation – performance of digital modulation systems based on

probability of error – band width – ISI.

Digital Transmission and reception

9 Hours


Unit V

Mobile communication technologies and Spread Spectrum modulation

Multiple access techniques in mobile communication- TDMA, FDMA, CDMA and OFDMA. Fundamental

concepts of spread spectrum – Direct sequence spread spectrums and frequency hopping spread spectrum.

Wireless medium access methods

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Michael Rice, Digital Communication, Pearson Education ,New Delhi, 2009

References

1. B. P. Lathi, Analog and Digital Communication Systems, PHI, 1998

2. John Proakis, Massoud Salehi, Digital Communication, McGraw-Hill, 2008.

3. B. Carlson, Communication Systems McGraw-Hill, 2002

4. K. Sam Shanmugam, Digital and Analog Communication Systems, John Wiley, 2008

5. Taub & Schilling, Principles of Communication systems, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2007

11I407 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS-II LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5

Objectives

To design and Analyze the Algorithms of Non linear Data Structures

To implement the operations of Balanced Trees

To implement the Sorting algorithms

To create program for real time applications using Data Structures

Programme Outcomes



languages.

i) The graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments.



Skill Set

a) To identify and apply suitable Data structures to real world problems

b) Gain knowledge in practical applications of Data structures

Assessment Pattern

Internal

Assessment

Semester

Endexamination

Preparation 10 15


Record 10 -


Total 50 50

Remember

1. What is the complexity of linear search and binary search?

2. Write a 'C' Program to construct Expression tree for the expression (A + B) * (C$(D – E) + F) – G

3. Write the algorithm for creating a Binary tree.

4. What is mean by depth first traversal in a graph.

5. Define Complete Binary Trees.

Understand 1. Give two examples of Almost Complete Binary Trees.

2. Write down the steps to delete a node from binary tree.

3. What is an AVL tree?

4. State the process involved in Merge sorting.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 95 Apply

1. Write a C program to find the minimum value in a binary search tree.

2. Write C code to return a pointer to the nth node of an inorder traversal of a BST.

3. Solve the knapsack problem using backtracking algorithm.

4. Draw two different B – trees of order 3 that can store seven entries.

5. Execute Prim‘s and Kruskal‘s algorithm to find the minimum spanning tree of the following graph.

Analyze

1. How do you represent an n-ary tree? Write a program to print the nodes of such a tree in breadth first

order?

2. How do you Implement Dijkstra‘s algorithm using priority queues?

3. How would you check if a binary tree is balanced?

4. Write a c program to implement a quick sort. Trace and analyze the program for a sample data.

5. Analyze the merge sorting with a sample data.

Evaluate

1. Illustrate with an example, Breadth first search Algorithm.

2. How do you implement an expression tree? Produce its pre-order, in-order, and post-order Traversals?

3. How many key comparisons and assignments an insertion sort makes in its worst case?

4. Compare complete binary tree and almost complete Binary Tree.

5. Construct and evaluate the Expression tree (((8+3)-4) * 6 ) + (4 * 3) .

Create

1. Create a Number Guessing Game using suitable algorithm.

2. Create a Hash table that stores Name and value pairs as Strings.

3. Draw a Binary Search tree that results from inserting into an initially empty tree records with keys ‗

EASY QUESTION ‗ and then deleting the ‗Q‘.

4. Develop Animation program to demonstrate the Tree traversal.

5. Develop a C program to find the shortest path using Dijikstra‘s Algorithm

List of Experiments

1. Binary Tree Implementation.

a. Construct the binary tree for the following list of numbers 23, 4, 5 6, 2, 13, 56, 76 ,

22 , 33. insert 34 , 58, and delete 13 , 33 and 12.

b. Construct the binary tree for the Student list containing 10 students.

2. Expression Tree Construction.

a. Construct the binary tree for the expression (A * (B-C)) / ((D-E)* (F+G-H)

b. Obtain the post order traversal list for the above expression

c. Obtain the pre order traversal list for the above expression

3. Binary Search Tree Implementation.

a. Construct the binary search tree for the following numbers 35, 20, 44, 17,28 , 40 ,

22,27 and 33. Find the minimum and maximum value in it.

b. Construct the binary search tree for the Employee list of a Company.

4. Determination of Shortest path from source to destination using Dijikstra‘s Algorithm


5. Implementation of DFS and BFS. Find the DFS and BFS for the given Graphs.

6. Implementation of Quick Sorting.

a.Translate quicksort into a sub program Quickcount(A,N ,NUMB) which sorts the Array A with N

elements and which also counts the number of Comparisions.Trace the partition method on the

following list of 9 elements. 99 88 77 66 55 44 33 22 11.

7. Implementation of Heap Sorting.

a.Sort the following list of elements 15 35 55 75 05 95 85 65 45 and 25.

b.Read the name of twelve months in chronological order and sort them using heap sort.

8 .Construction of MST from the Graph using Prims and Kruskal Algorithm.

9. Implementation of Linear and Binary Search Algorithms.

a.Search the following list using binary search. 25 63 1 0 9 55 2 96

b. Search the following list using linear search. 10,5,15,4,20,5,7,2

c. perform linear and binary search 49,5,30,65,45,76,4,23,87

10. Hash Table Implementation.

a.Suppose a file contains 100 records. What should be the size of the hash table and hence h? Create an

array of key values of the records as hash table. Generate 100 random numbers and assume them as

key values. Apply different hash functions to calculate hash address and load the key values into the

hash table.

b. Construct the hash table for the following list of numbers 10 19 35 43 62 59 31 49 77 33

Application oriented

Design

Mini project


Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule

Sl.

No.

Experiment Hours

1 Binary Tree Implementation 3

2 Expression Tree Construction 3

3 Binary Search Tree Implementation 6

4 Determination of Shortest path from source to destination using Dijikstra Algorithm 3

5 Implementation of DFS and BFS 3

6 Implementation of Quick Sorting 3

7 Implementation of Heap Sorting 3

8 Construction of MST from the Graph using Prims and Kruskal Algorithm 3

9 Implementation of Linear and Binary Search Algorithms 3

10 Hash Table Implementation 3

11 Design Oriented Exercises 6

12 Application Oriented Exercises 6

11I408 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5

Objectives

Describing the basics of database structure

To use SQL to interact with most database applications

To learn PL/SQL which would provide the ability to do iterative programming at database level

Programme outcomes b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using programming

languages.


problems.

Skill set 1. Design the Structure of a Database.

2. Create and Retrieve the Data in an efficient way.

3. Can Create and handle block of the SQL codes (PL/SQL).

Assessment Pattern

Internal

Assessment

Semester

Endexamination

Preparation 10 15


Record 10 -


Total 50 50

Remember

1. Define candidate key, alternate key, composite key.

2. What's the difference between DELETE TABLE and TRUNCATE TABLE commands?

3. Identify the benefits of constraints.

4. Which operator performs pattern matching?

5. Specify the command is used to create a table by copying the structure of another table.


Understand

1. Differentiate group by and order by.

2. Recite SQL aggregates and other built-in functions.

3. Mention the uses of NULL value.

4. When can an insert of a new primary key value threaten referential integrity?

5. Differentiate IN subselects and EXISTS subselect.

Apply / Analyse / Evaluate /

1. Create a SQL query to concatenate two strings using the SUBSTR keyword.

2. Generate the SQL query to show the difference between a data block, an extent and a segment.

3. Give two SQL query to determine the structure of the table DEPT

Create

1. Produce SQL query to showcase the constraints find in Oracle and indicate their purpose.

2. How would you determine the time zone under which a database is operating?

List of Experiments

1. Creating a database, simple queries.

a. Design a relational database for a university registrar‘s office. The office maintains data about each

class, including the instructor, the number of students enrolled and the time and place of the class

meetings. For each student-class pair, a grade is recorded.

b. Create a database for ABC private limited which contains the fields like person name, street, city,

company name, salary, city and manager name. Here the primary keys are person name and

company name.

i) Find the names of all employees who work for ABC private limited.

ii) Find the names and cities of residence of all employees who work for ABC private

limited.

iii) Find the names, street address and cities of residence of all employees who work for

ABC private limited and earn more than $10,000 per annum.

2. Uses of select statement for queries using.

(i) AND, OR, NOT operation

a. Consider the insurance database that contains the fields like driver id, name, address,

license, model, year, report number, date, location, car and damage amount.

b. Find the total number of people who owned cars that were involved in accidents in

1989 and date is 03/04/1999.

c. Find the number of accidents in which the cars belonging to a particular person in

your database.

d. Add a new value to database ; assume any value for required attributes.

(ii) Union, Intersection, Projection and Join operations

a) Get all the department names by concatenating two tables(for example from

Employee and project).

b) Get all the employee's full name that are working on a project.

c) Get the information on employee that work for R&D department.

d) Get information regarding the employee 'John Smith'.

e) Get all the employee numbers for the employee.

f) Let a and b be relations with schemas A(name,address,title) and

B(name,address,salary) respecticvely. Show how to express a Left outer join, right

outer join and natural full outer join b using the full outer join operation with an on

condition.

(iii) Sorting and grouping

a) In a bank database, Find the branch that has the highest average balance.

b) Find the average account balance of those branches where the average account

balance is greater than $1000.

c) Find the maximum across all branches of the total balance at each branch and sort

the result by branch name.

(iv) Nested queries using SQL

a) Every employee works for a company located in the same city as the city in which

the employee lives.

b) No employee earns a salary higher than that of his manager.

3. Built-in functions of SQL.

a. Create a table called ―Orders‖ with fields of order_id, order date, order price and customer and then

find out the results for following SQL quereies.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 99 i. Find the average value of the "OrderPrice" fields.

ii. Count the number of orders from "Customer Nilsen".

iii. Find the first value of the "OrderPrice" column.

iv. Find the last value of the "OrderPrice" column.

v. Find the largest value of the "OrderPrice" column.

vi. Find the smallest value of the "OrderPrice" column.

4. Triggers, Assertion and Pl/SQL

a. Create two triggers that will result in the automatic tracking of the number of employees a company

manages. The triggers will interact with the following tables:

EMPLOYEE table with these columns: ID, NAME, ADDRESS, and POSITION.

COMPANY_STATS table with these columns: NBEMP, NBPRODUCT, and REVENUE.b.

Create a trigger that ensures that whenever a parts record is updated, the following check and

(if necessary) action is taken:

If the on-hand quantity is less than 10% of the maximum stocked quantity, then issue a

shipping request ordering the number of items for the affected part to be equal to the

maximum stocked quantity minus the on-hand quantity.

The trigger will interact with the PARTS table with these columns: PARTNO,

DESCRIPTION, ON_HAND, MAX_STOCKED, and PRICE.

5. In a bank batabase,

a. Ensuring the sum of loan amounts for each branch is less than the sum of all account balances

at the branch.

b. Ensuring every loan customer keeps a minimum of $1000 in an account.

6. Use of indexes, creating views and querying in views.

a. In a bank database,

i. Create a virtual table named as ―All-Customer‖ which consists of branch names and the

names of the customers who have neither an account nor a loan at that branch.

ii. Design a virtual table which returns the result for each branch, the sum of the amounts of

all the loans at the branch.

b. In a ―orders‖ table,

i. Modify the attribute ―order_id‖ as ―order_no‖ and display the result in a new name as

―orders_modified‖.

ii. Drop all the virtual tables which has been created so far.

7. Mini projects using Visual Basic and oracle

a) Modern Library management system.

b) Banking application with credit card transaction.

c) Telecommunications system.

d) Health care information systems and electronic patient record.

e) Online Ticket reservation systems.


Mini Projects

Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule

Sl.No Experiment Hours Sl.No Experiment Hours

1 Creating a database, simple queries. 12 5 PL/SQL 3

2

Uses of select statement for queries using.

(i) AND, OR, NOT operation

(ii) Union, Intersection, Projection and Join

operations

(iii) Sorting and grouping

(iv) Nested queries using SQL

6 6 Creating views and querying in

views

6

3 Built-in functions of SQL. 6 7 Application Program using

Visual Basic and oracle 6

4 Triggers, Assertion 6


1I409 CONCURRENT PROGRAMMING LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5

Objectives

Understand the basics of the java language and how it relates to OO Programming and Object

Models

Learn to use concurrent muliti-threading and exception handling features

Understand and use classes, inheritance, polymorphism, collections, packages, interfaces, string

and applet

Programme outcomes


languages.


problems.

Skill Set

1. Implementation of inheritance.

2. Implementation of multithreading in producer consumer problem.

3. Implementation of interface.

4. Design of an applet game.

Assessment Pattern

Internal

Assessment

Semester EndExamination

Preparation 10 15

Observation and results 15 20

Record 10 -

Mini-Project/Model

Examination/Viva voice

15 15

Total 50 50

Remember

1. Define an object.

2. What is the purpose of inheritance?

3. Can we implement multiple inheritance in java? If not why?

4. Give the difference between multi threading and single threading.

5. How can we run the applet program?

Understand

1. Compare method overloading and method overriding?

2. Is java fully object oriented? If so why?

3. When will we use multithreading?

4. Illustrate the drawback of single threading?

5. Explain the methods in Applets?

Apply

1. Build a function area() to compute the area of objects of different shapes – triangle, rectangle and

square. Invoke these in the main program.

2. Construct a backtracking problem in data structure.

3. Develop a JAVA program to prepare the bill statement for the electricity board.

4. Construct a base class consisting of data members Name of the Graduatesand Roll no. The derived

class consists of the data members Subject name, Subject code, Internal marks and External marks.

5. Develop a program in JAVA to create a database of the following items of the derived class. Name of

the patient, sex, age, ward number, bed number, nature of illness, date of admission. Design a base

class consisting of data members: name of the patient, sex and age; and another base class consisting of

the data members: bed number and nature of the illness. The derived class consists of the data member,

date of admission. Program should carry out the following methods

i. Add a new entry.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 101 ii. List the complete record.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Distinguish between inheritance and interface

2. Explain the concept of multithreading

3. Compare operator overloading with method overloading

Create

1. Build an animation program to demonstrate towers of annoy.

2. Design an animation program to demonstrate sorting techniques.

3. Compose a java animation game.

List of experiments

1. Classes and Methods.

a) Design a class named FixedInvestment that contains:

i) A double data field named depositAmount that specifies the investment amount

(default 1000).

ii) A double data field named annualInterestRate that specifies the fixed interest rate

(default 5.0%).

iii) An int data field named numberOfYears that specifies the investment duration

(default 1).

iv) A no-arg constructor that creates a default instance.

v) A constructor that creates an instance with the specified depositAmount,

annualInterestRate, and numberOfYears.

vi) The accessor methods for depositAmount, numberOfYears and annualInterestRate.

vii) A method named getTotalReturn() that returns the investment return after the specified

number of years. The total return can be computed using the following formula:

totalReturn= investmentAmount * (1+monthlyInterestRate)numberOfYears*12

b) Write a test program that creates two Fan objects. Assign maximum speed, radius 10, color

yellow, and turn it on to the first object. Assign medium speed, radius 5, color blue, and turn

it off to the second object. Display the objects by invoking them their toString method.

c) Write the following method to return an integer reversed :

public static int reverse( int number)

For example, reverse(3456) returns 6543.

d) Write a method that computes the sum of the digits in an integer. Use the following method

header:

public static int sumDigits(long n)

For example, sumDigits(234) returns 9(2+3+4).

e) Write a class that contains the following two methods:

public static double celsiusToFahrenheit(double celsius)

public static double fahrenheitToCelsius(double Fahrenheit)

The formula for the conversion is:

Fahrenheit=(9.0/5)*Celsius+32

2. Implementation of Inheritance.

a) Fetch the file AnimalTest.java and examine the source code to see four classes: Animal, Bird and

Eagle and a tester class AnimalTest. Class Bird inherits from Animal and class Eagle inherits from

Bird.

b) Consider a superclass PurchaseItem which models customer‘s purchases. This class has:

i) two private instance variables name (String) and unitPrice (double).

ii) One constructor to initialize the instance variables.

iii) A default constructor to initialize name to ―no item‖, and unitPrice to 0. use this()

iv) A method getPrice that returns the unitPrice.v)Accessor and mutator methods.

vi) A toString method to return the name of the item followed by @ symbol, then the

unitPrice

c) Consider two subclasses WeighedItem and CountedItem.

WeighedItem has an additional instance variable weight (double) in Kg while

CountedItem has an additional variable quantity (int) both private.

Write an appropriate constructor for each of the classes making use of the constructor of the

superclass in defining those of the subclasses. - Override getPrice method that returns the

price of the purchasedItem based on its unit price and weight (WeighedItem), or quantity

(CountedItem). Make use of getPrice of the superclass - Override also toString method for

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 102 each class making use of the toString method of the superclass in defining those of the subclasses.

toString should return something that can be printed on the receipt.

For example : Banana @ 3.00 1.37Kg 4.11 SR (in case of WeighedItem class)

Pens @ 4.5 10 units 45 SR (in case of CountedItem class)

Write an application class where you construct objects from the two subclasses and print them on

the screen.

d) Write a program in Java to display the name and birthday of a Person.

a. Create a class Person. It has first name and last name.

b. Create a class Date. It has day, month and year.

Using composition, create a class called BirthdayInfo.

Supply a test program which creates an instance of the BirthdayInfo class, and displays the

name and birthday for that person

3. Implement the concepts of Interfaces and Packages.

a. Write a program that uses the GregorianCalendar class and displays the current month by using the

methods getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek(), get() and getActualMaximum().

b. Design an interface name Colorable with a void method named howToColor(). Every class of a

colorable object must implement the Colorable interface. Design a class named Square that extends

GeometricObject and implements Colourable. Implement howToColor to display a message on how to

color the square.

c. Write a class named Octagon that extends GeometricObject and implements the Comparable and

Cloneable interfaces. Assume that all the eight sides of the octagon are of equal size. The area can be

computed using the following formula: area= (2+4/√2)side*side.

4. Exception handling Mechanisms.

a) Write a program that meets the following requirements:

i) Create an array with 100 randomly chosen integers

ii) Create a text field to enter an array index and another text field to display the array

element at the specified index

iii) Create a Show Element button to cause the array element to be displayed. If the specified

index is out of bounds, display the message Out Of Bound.

b) Implement a method that returns the sum of two arrays of integers. Throw a custom exception,

named ArraySizeException, if the input arrays have different sizes. Include the two array sizes in

the exception objects.

c) Write a program which contains a method parseBinary(StringbinaryString), which converts a binary

string into a decimal number. Implement the parse Binary method to throw a

NumberFormatException if the string is not a binary string.

d) Write a program which implements a method parse Hex to throw a NumberFormatException if the

string is not a hex string. Define a custom exception called HexFormatException. Implement the

parseHex method to throw HexFormatException if the string is not a hex string.

5. Create a Multithreaded Programming.

a) Write a multi-threaded Java program to print all numbers below 100,000 that are both prime and

fibonacci number (some examples are 2,3,5,13, etc..).

Design a thread that generates prime numbers below 100,000 and writes them into a pipe. Design

another thread that generates fibonacci numbers and writes them to another pipe. The main pipe

should read both the pipes to identify the numbers common to both.

b) Write a thread that launches 1000 threads. Each thread adds 1 to a variable sum that initially is 0.

You need to pass sum by reference to each thread. In order to pass it by reference, define an Integer

wrapper object to hold sum. Run the program with and without synchronization to see the effect.

c) Write a program that constructs 4 threads. Each thread prints a number twice. Serial execution

output would be:

11

22

33

44

First execute the program to verify that the threads execute automatically; that is, threads do not

always execute an operation as a single, atomic operation. A thread starts first does not guarantee it

will execute first.

Our goal is for each thread to execute the run() method automatically; so the numbers printed from

each thread stay together; 11, 33, 22, 44 is acceptable. Modify the program using single lock

common to all the threads to produce the output above. Note that yout output will not necessarily be

in order of 1-4.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 103 6. String Handling Methods and Collections Classes.

a) Write a method that finds the number of occurrences of a specified character in the string using the

following header:

public static int count(String str, char a)

For example, count(―Welcome‖,‘e‘)returns 2.

b) Write a method that randomly shuffles a string using the following header:

public static String shuffle(String s)

For example, shuffle(―Welcome‖) may return melWcol.

c) Create two array lists ―George‖,‖Jim‖,‖John‖,‖Blake‖,‖Kevin‖,‖Michael‖ and

―George‖,‖Katie‖,‖Kevin‖,‖Michelle‖,‖Ryan‖ and find their union, difference and intersection.

(You may clone the lists to preserve the original lists from being changed by these methods)

d) Write the method that counts the number of digits in the string using the following header:

public static int countDigits(String s)

For example, countDigits(―C++ and Java in 2020‖) returns 4.

7. Input/Output Streams.

a) Write a program to create a file named Exercise18_1.txt if it does not exist. Append new data to it.

Write 100 integers created randomly into the file using text I/O. Integers are separated by a space.

b) Encode the file by adding 5 to every byte in the file. Write a program that prompts the user to enter

an input file name and an output file name and save the encrypted file version of the input file to

the output file.

c) Write a program that stores an array of five int values 1,2,3,4 and 5, a Date object for current time,

and a double value5.5 into the file named Exercise19_5.dat.

8.Applet Programs.

a) Write an applet that contains one button called Purchase Calculator. When you click the button a

new window will open for calculating a purchase. You should create a new class for the second

window.

b) Write an applet that will display a sequence of images from a single image file in different sizes.

Initially, the viewing area for this image has a width of 300 and a height of 300. Your program

should continuously shrink the viewing area by 1 in width and 1 in height until it reaches a width

of 50 and a height of 50. At that the viewing area should continuously enlarge by 1 in width and 1

in height until it reaches a width of 300 and a height of 300. The viewing area should shrink and

enlarge to create animation for a single image.

c) Write an applet that meets the following requirement:

i) Get an audio file. The file is in the class directory.

ii) Place three buttons labeled Play, Loop and Stop.

iii) If you click the Play button, the audio file is played once. If you click the Loop button, the

audio file keeps playing repeatedly. If you click the Stop button, the playing stops.

iv) The applet can run as an application.

9. Abstract Window Toolkit Classes and Event Classes.

a) Write a program that will change the color of a circle from one color to another when the circle

is clicked but will not change the color of the circle if somewhere else is clicked.

b) Write a program to rotate the following messages for the matching mouse events, ―Mouse Pressed‖,

―Mouse Released‖, ―Mouse Clicked‖, ― Mouse entered‖, ―Mouse Exited‖.

c) Write a program that receives a string form the keyboard and displays it on the panel. The Enter key

signals the end of the string. Whenever a new string is entered, it is displayed on the panel.

10 .Implementation of JDBC concepts.

a) Write a java application that views, inserts and updates course information stored in the database. The

View button displays a record with the specified courseID.

b) Write a program that displays the number of students in each department in a pie chart and a bar chart.

The number of students for each department can be obtained from the Student table using the

following SQL statement:

select deptId, count(*)

from Student

where deptId is not null

group by deptId;

c) Develop a JavaBeans component named DBConnectionPanel that enables the user to select or enter a

JDBC driver and a URL and to enter a username and password. When the OK button is clicked, a

Connection object for the database is stored in the connection property. You can then use the

getConnection() method to return the connection.

Total: 45 Hours

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 104 Practical Schedule


1 Programs on Classes and Methods

3

2 Inheritance and multilevel Inheritance Implementations

3

3 Implementation of Interfaces

3

4 Implementation of Packages

3

5 Implementation of Multithreaded Programming

6

6 Implementation of Generic Classes

6

7 Implementation of String Handling Methods and Collections

6

8 Implementation of I/O Streams

. 6

9 Applet Programs

6

10 Programs on AWT Controls

3

11I501 APPLIED NUMERICAL METHODS

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

Acquire the knowledge of finding approximate solutions of algebraic, transcendental, differential and

integral equations by numerical methods and interpolating the values of a function using Lagrange‘s and

Newton‘s polynomial approximations.

Ability to find solution of initial and boundary value problems using multi step approximations and ability

to solve boundary value problems using finite difference methods.

Programme Outcome

(a) Graduateswill demonstrate knowledge of mathematics, science and basic engineering.

Skill Set

1. Acquire more knowledge in basic concept of engineering mathematics.

2. Improvement in problem evaluation technique.


Assessment pattern

S. No Bloom’s Taxonomy Test I *

Test II*

Model Examination* Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 30 30 30 30


5 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

___________________




Remember

1. State the Fundamental theorem of algebra.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 105 2. Define Algebraic and Transcendental equations.

3. Write the formula for Regula Falsi method .

4. What do you mean by Interpolation?

5. State the derivatives of Newton‘s Forward and Backward Interpolation formula.

6. Write the conditions for applying Trapezoidal and Simpson‘s rules.

7. Write the formula for two point and three point Gaussian quadrature.

8. Mention the multistep methods available for solving ordinary differential equation.

9. Write the Bender schmidt Scheme for solving one dimensional heat equation.

10. Write the explicit formula for one dimensional wave equation.

Understand

1. What is a transcendental equation?

2. Write the condition of convergence of Iteration method.

3. What is the order of convergence of Newton - Raphson method?

4. Write the differences between Direct and Iterative method.

5. State the sufficient condition for solving Gauss Jacobi and Gauss Seidel method.

6. Using Lagrange‘s interpolation, find the polynomial through (0,0), (1,1) and (2,2).

7. Explain power method of finding the Eigen values of a matrix.

8. How will you find the solution for Laplace equation?

9. Write Milne‘s & Adam‘s Predictor and Corrector formula.

10. What are the methods for solving simultaneous algebraic equations?

Apply

1. Obtain by power method, the numerically largest Eigen value of the matrix

2420

61210

3415

A with the starting vector

1

1

1)0(x . Perform only 4 – iterations.

2. Explain briefly Gauss Elimination Iteration to solve simultaneous equations.

3. If 2

1)(

xxf , find the divided difference f(a,b).

4. What is the relation between divided differences and forward differences ?

5. Find the value of )8('f from the table given below 158.2908.1690.1556.1:)(

12976:

xf

x

6. The following data gives the velocity of a particle for 20- secs at an interval of 5-secs.

Find the acceleration for the following data 228691430:)/(

20151050:(sec)

smvelocity

time

7. If y,= xy 3

1

, y(1)=1, find y(1.1) using Taylor‘s method.

8. If y‘= x

2+y

2, y(0)=1 find y(0.1) by Euler‘s method.

9. For which points of x and y, the equation xfxx+yfyy=0, x>0, y>0 is elliptic.

10. Name at least two numerical methods that are used to solve one dimensional diffusion equation.

Analyze / Evaluate

1. Using Newton‘s method, find the positive root of cos x = 3x – 1.

2. Solve by Gauss-Elimination method : 6x + 3y +12z = 36; 8x -3y +2z = 20; 4x +11y –z =33 .

3. Using Power method, find all the Eigen values of A = 5 0 1

0 2 0

1 0 5

.

4. Use Lagrange‘s interpolation formula to find the value of x when y = 20 for the following

data . X : 1 2 3 4

Y : 1 8 27 64

5. Given 5 x y‘ + y 2 – 2 = 0 ; y(4 )= 1; y(4.1) = 1.0049 find

i)y ( 4.2 ) by Euler‘s method ii) y(4.3) by Runge-kutta method

iii) y ( 4.4 ) by Adam‘s method. iv) y(4.5) by Milne‘s method.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 106 6. Using Taylor series method, find the value of y(0.1) , given dy /dx = x + y and y(0)=1 and correct

to 3 decimal places.

7. Using Bender-Schmitt formula, solve

2

2

u u

x t

, u(0,t)=0, u(5,t)=0, u(x,0)= x

2 (25 - x

2).

Assume x =1. Find u(x, t) up to t=5.

8. Solve2

2

2

2

x

u

t

u

,0<x<1, t>0; u(x,0)=100(x-x

2), ut (x,0)=0, u(0,t)=0, u(1,t)=0.

9. Solve 0 yyxx uu over the square mesh of side 4 units, satisfying the following conditions

u(x,0)=3x for 0 x 4 ; u(x,4)=x2 for 0 x 4; u(0,y)=0 for 0 y 4 ; u(4,y)=12+y for

0 y 4.

10. Evaluate

2. 2 2.6

2 2

2 1

dydx

x y using Trapezoidal formula.

Unit I

Solution of Equations and Eigen Value Problems

Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations by the method of False position – Newton- Raphson

method- Solution of system of linear equations : Gauss- elimination method and Gauss-Jordan method -

Iterative method: Gauss – Seidel method- Inverse of a matrix by Gauss-Jordan method. Eigen value of a matrix

by power method.

9 Hours

Unit II

Interpolation and Curve Fitting

Newton‗s Forward and Backward interpolation. Newton‘s divided difference interpolation formula –

Lagrange‘s interpolation formula – Fitting of curves by the method of Least squares: Straight line, parabolic

curves and the conversion of equation of the curves in the form of straight lines.

9 Hours

Unit III

Numerical Differentiation and Integration

Derivatives from difference table – Numerical differentiation using Newton ‗s forward and backward

interpolation Formulae - Numerical integration by Trapezoidal and Simpson‘s 1/3 and 3/8

rules - Romberg‘s

method - Two and three point Gaussian quadrature formulae - Double integrals using Trapezoidal and

Simpson‘s rules.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Initial Value Problems for Ordinary Differential Equations Single step Methods : Taylor Series method for solving first and second order equations - Euler‘s and Modified

Euler‘s methods - Fourth order Runge-Kutta method for solving first order equations - Multistep methods –

Milne‘s and Adam‘s predictor and corrector methods.

9 Hours

Unit V

Boundary Value Problems

Finite difference solution for the second order ordinary differential equations- Finite difference solution for one

dimensional heat equation by implicit and explicit methods - one dimensional wave equation and two

dimensional Laplace‘s and Poisson‘s equations.

9 Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours

MAT LAB: Invited Lectures on Mat lab and its applications on Numerical methods.

Textbooks

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 107 1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Numerical Methods, S.Chand and Co.

New Delhi, 2009.

2. M.B.K. Moorthy, P.Geetha, Numerical Methods ,Tata McGraw-Hill Publication company Ltd, New

Delhi 2010, First Edition

References

1. R. L Burden, and T.D Faries, Numerical Analysis, Seventh Edition, Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd.,

Singapore, 2002.

2. K. Sankara Rao , Numerical Methods for Scientists and Engineers, Third Ed.Prentice Hall of India, 2007.

3. C.F Gerald., and P.OWheatley, Applied Numerical Analysis, Sixth Edition, Pearson Education Asia,

New Delhi.2006.

4. T.Veerarajan, Numerical Methods with programs in C Second Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publication,co.Ltd, New Delhi ,2008.

11I502 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 3 1 0 3.5

Objectives To have an overview of signals and systems and to analyze the signals in frequency domain. To study the frequency response and design of digital filters To understand the concept of Finite word length effect and multirate signal processing.

Programme Outcomes

(a) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of mathematics, science and basic engineering. (b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using programming

languages. (c) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to design and develop digital and analog systems. (j) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for lifelong learning. (k) The graduates who can participate and succeed in competitive examinations Skill Set

1. Analysis of signals and systems

2. Design of IIR filters

3. Design of FIR filters

4. Implementation of IIR and FIR filters

5. Determine the overflow and truncation error

Assessment Pattern

S.No Bloom’s

Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester

End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

_________________________





Remember

1. Define and classify signals 2. List some of the real time signals. 3. What is the use of transformation of a signal from time domain to frequency domain? 4. Define Z-transform and ROC. 5. What is meant by correlation of signals?

Understand

1. When a discrete time signal is called periodic? 2. What is the condition for stability and causality? 3. Explain i) FIR system ii) IIR system iii) Recursive system iv) Non recursive system 4. What is truncation? What is the error that arises due to truncation in floating point numbers? 5. What is the need for anti-aliasing filter prior to down sampling?

Apply

1. Identify the Z-Transform and ROC for the following signals. a. Unit step sequence b. x(n)= a

n u(n) - b

n u(-n-1)

c. x(n) = cos(won) u(n) d. x(n)= 4,5,2,1,3,2,1

2. Construct the cascade and parallel form realization structures for the following system. a. y(n)= 0.75y(n-1)-0.125y(n-2)+6x(n)+7x(n-1)+x(n-2)

3. How would you apply the bilinear transformation method to design a high pass filter? 4. Design an ideal high pass filter with a frequency response of magnitude 1 from -pi/4 to pi and 0

otherwise using hanning window. Find the values of h(n) for N=11. 5. Apply impulse invariant method to design a digital filter for T=0.2 sec, where the analog filter transfer

function is given as H(S)= 10 / (S2+3S+2)

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Compare Butterworth and chebyshev filter. 2. Analyze when the limit cycle oscillation will occur for the following system.

y(n)=x(n)+0.5 x(n-1) 3. Examine the necessity for windowing technique in FIR filter design. 4. Analyze multirate signal processing system with different sampling rate. 5. Categorize the quantization errors.

Create

1. In a communication system with channel bandwidth of 10MHz, an audio signal has to be transmitted.

Design a suitable filter for the transmission of the audio signal without aliasing.

Unit I Signals and Systems Continuous and discrete time signals - Classification of Signals: Periodic and aperiodic – even and odd – energy

and power signals – Deterministic and random signals – complex exponential and sinusoidal signals –

periodicity - Analysis of Linear time invariant systems – Convolution. Correlation

9 Hours Unit II Analysis of Discrete Time Signals Spectrum of DT Signals, The DTFT, Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT), FFT: Radix - 2 DIT and DIF

algorithms, Z – Transform: Basic principles - region of convergence –Properties of z-transform – inverse z-

transform using Power Series expansion, Relationship between z-transform and Fourier transform. Inverse Z-transform using Partial fraction expansion

9 Hours


Unit III IIR Filter Design Structure of IIR System, Butterworth and Chebyshev approximations. Design of Discrete time IIR filter from

continuous time filter – IIR filter design by Impulse Invariance. Bilinear transformation.

IR filter design using Approximation of derivatives 9 Hours

Unit IV FIR Filter Design Linear phase filter - Symmetric & Anti-symmetric FIR filters – Windowing technique – Rectangular, Hamming,

Hanning windows – Frequency sampling techniques – Structure for FIR systems – Direct form I, Direct Form II

– Cascade form.

Parallel form Realization Structure

9 Hours Unit V Finite Word Length Effects & Multirate Signal Processing Quantization noise – Derivation for quantization noise power – Over flow error – Truncation error – Limit cycle

oscillation – Signal scaling – Interpolation and Decimation , Decimation by an integer factor - Interpolation by

an integer factor - Sampling rate conversion by a rational factor. Applications: Signal processing- Spectral

estimation, enhancement. Fixed point and binary floating point number representation

9 Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours

Textbook 1. John G Proakis and Dimtris G Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing Principles, Algorithms and

Application, 4th

Edition ,PHI/Pearson Education, 2008 References

1. Michael J Roberts, Govind Sharma, Fundamentals of Signals and Systems, McGraw-Hill, 2007. 2. Alan V Oppenheim, Alan S Willsky with S.Hamid Nawab, Signals and Systems, PHI/Pearson

Education, 2010, 2nd Edition. 3. R Johny Johnson, Introduction to Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall of India/Pearson education,

2009. 4. Vinay K.Ingle, John G.Proakis, Digital Signal Processing with Matlab, Cengage Learning, edition 3,

2011.

11I503 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To define software engineering and explain its importance

To discuss the concepts of software products and software processes

To explain the importance of process visibility

To introduce the notion of professional responsibility

Programme Outcomes

(d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use software and equipments to analyze problems and build a

working model implementing all the phases of software development


Skill Set

1. Acquire skills to be technically competent and well organized

2. Able to work as a member of multi-disciplinary team

3. Able to understand the implications of engineering a project


S.No Bloom’s

Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester

End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define the computer based system.

2. State the various Rapid prototyping techniques

3. Give the other name for Level 0 DFD

4. What is a state transition diagram?

5. List the common activities in a design process

Understand

1. What do you infer from prototyping and its types?

2. Can you summarize the commonly used architectural styles.

3. Classify the various testing strategies for conventional software.

4. Compare and contrast alpha and beta testing in software testing.

5. What are the common approaches in debugging?

Apply

1. Organize how both waterfall model and prototyping model can be accommodated in the spiral process

model.

2. Construct ways and means for collecting the software requirements and how are they organized and

represented

3. Can you build a Control Flow diagram depicting the transform flow. Explain the process of

Transform mapping with an illustration.

4. What are the characteristics of a good design? How design evaluation is performed.

5. Identify the various testing strategies in software testing.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Justify ―Design is not coding and coding is not design‖.

2. Suggest software testing sequence for a 100% bug free software. Explain

3. A department of computer engineering has usual resources and usual users for those resources. A

software is to be developed so that resources are assigned without conflict Draw a DFD specifying the

above system.

4. Assuming that you want to design a software for library management, with common functionalities

such as issue, return of book, report generation, user database maintenance, etc., draw a complete DFD

for this software

5. Write down a non recursive procedure for searching an element in a given list using binary search

technique. Draw a control Flow Graph (CFG) for this procedure and find out it cyclomatic complexity.

Also identify independent paths in this procedure to ensure the basis path testing.

___________________





1. Consider a simple program to classify a triangle. Its input is a triple of positive integer (say x, y, z) and

the data type for input parameters ensures that these will be integer greater than zero and less then

and equal to 200. The program output may be one of following:

(Scalene, isosceles, equilateral, not a triangle)

a) Define boundary value test cases

b) Identify equivalence class test cases for output & Input domain.

c) Identify test cases using decision table discussed in the classroom

2. The following table represents data collected at XYZ Software Company with respect to their last five

projects:

Project

Project Resources 1 2 3 4 5

Size (KSLOC) 40 35 20 30 45

Cost (Man Month) 260 220 105 180 285

Schedule 21 15 12 15 23

Assign software development mode to any three of the projects.

Unit I

The Process

Software Engineering the nature of Software -Software Process Models: Waterfall Model-Incremental process

models- Evolutionary process models: Prototyping-Spiral model – Concurrent model- Comparison study of

Software Process Models -Introduction to Agile process-Metrics in The Process and Project Domains-Software

Measurements- Metrics for Software Quality.

System Engineering

9 Hours

Unit II

Requirements Analysis

Requirements Engineering-Establishing the groundwork-Eliciting requirements-Building the requirements

model-Requirements analysis- Software Project Estimation- Decomposition Techniques- Empirical Estimation

Models- The Make/Buy Decision.

Analysis Modeling

9 Hours

Unit III

Design Concepts and Principles

The Design concepts-The Design model-Architectural design-User interface design: user analysis and design,

Interface analysis, Interface design steps-Requirements modeling: Flow oriented modeling- Software risk

management, Case Studies .

Real Time Systems

9 Hours

Unit IV

Software Testing Techniques

Software Testing Fundamentals – Internal and External views of testing - White-Box Testing –Basic Path

Testing- Control Structure Testing- Black Box Testing- Software Testing Strategies – A Strategic Approach to

Software Testing- Unit Testing- Integration Testing- Validation Testing - System Testing- The Art of

Debugging.

Test Activities

9 Hours

Unit V

Software Quality Assurance

Elements of Software Quality Assurance- SQA Tasks, Goals and Metrics- Software Review Techniques:

Informal reviews-Formal Technical Reviews-Software Reliability- Software Configuration Management-The

SCM Process- Version Control- Change Control- Configuration Audit.

Software Maintenance

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 112 Textbook

1. Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioner Approach, McGraw-Hill, 2010

References

1. Fairley, Software Engineering Concepts, McGraw-Hill, 2009.

2. I. Summerville, Software Engineering, Addison Wesley, Eighth Edition,2006.

3. David Gustafson, Software Engineering, Schaums outlines, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003.

11I504 OPERATING SYSTEMS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To be aware of the evolution of operating systems

To learn what processes are, how processes communicate, how process synchronization is done and

how to manage processes

To have an exposure to Linux and Windows 2000 operating systems

Programme Outcomes

(c) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to design and develop digital and analog systems.


problems.


Skill Set

1. Implement process scheduling, deadlock detection and avoidance algorithm.

2. Construct paging and segmentation in memory.

3. Improve file security and I/O management.

Assessment Pattern

S.No Bloom’s

Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester

End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is an operating system?

2. List the different categories of system calls.

3. Define response time

4. How can the system recover from deadlock?

5. Why fixed partition is not suitable for multi programming?

____________________________





Understand

1. How the operating system designer must protect I/O devices, memory and CPU from user. Since

protecting hardware unit from user is crucial in Operating system design

2. Consider one file is in optical device and you need to copy that file into pen drive. Illustrate the

concepts of System Calls using above scenario and group them into process, file system and

Information maintenance system calls.

3. What steps must the Linux developers take to ensure that the system is portable to different processors

and memory-management architectures, and to minimize the amount of architecture-specific kernel

code?

4. What is the main difficulty that a programmer must overcome in writing an operating system for real-

time environment?

Apply

1. Consider the following set of processes, with the length of CPU-burst time and priority :

a. P1(10,3), P2(1,1), P3(2,3), P4(1,4) and P5(5,2)

The processes are assumed to have arrived in the order P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, all at time 0. Draw four

Gantt charts illustrating the execution of these processes using FCFS, SJF, a non pre-emptive priority

(a smaller priority number implies a higher priority), and RR (quantum = 1) scheduling.

2. Consider that a disk drive has 5000 cylinders, numbered 0 to 4999. The drive is currently serving a

request at cylinder 143, and the previous request was at cylinder 125. The queue of pending requests,

in FIFO order, is

a. 86, 1470, 913, 1774, 948, 1509, 1022, 1750, 130

3. Starting from the current head position, what is the total distance that the disk arm moves to satisfy all

the pending requests, for each of the disk scheduling algorithms?

4. Consider a variation of round-robin we will call progressive round-robin. In progressive round- robin,

each process has its own time quantum. This starts out at 50 ms, and increases by 50 ms each time it

goes through the round-robin queue. Give the advantages and disadvantages of this variant over

ordinary round-robin.

5. Which algorithm makes the most efficient use of memory? Given memory partitions of 100K, 500K,

200K, and 600K (in order), how would each of the First-fit, Best-fit, and Worst-fit algorithms place

processes of 212K, 417K, 112K, and 426K (in order)?

Analyze / Evaluate

1. A barbershop consists of a waiting room with n chairs and the barber room containing the barber chair.

If there are no customers to be served, the barber goes to sleep. If a customer enters the barbershop and

all chairs are occupied, then the customer leaves the shop. If the barber is busy but chairs are available,

then the customer sits in one of the free chairs. If the barber is asleep, the customer wakes up the

barber. Apply process synchronization technique to coordinate the barber and the customers.

2. Consider the following page reference string:

1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 1, 5, 6, 2, 1, 2, 3, 7, 6, 3, 2, 1, 2, 3, 6.

How many page faults would occur for the following replacement algorithms, assuming one, two,

three,four, five, six, or seven frames? Remember all frames are initially empty, so your first unique

pages will all cost one fault each.

LRU replacement

FIFO replacement

Optimal replacement


1. Write a program to indicate the CPU utilization time of current running process using various

scheduling algorithms.

2. Write a program that implements the FIFO and LRU page-replacement algorithms. First generate a

random page reference string where page numbers range from 0 to 9. Apply the random page-reference

string to each algorithm and record the number of page faults in each algorithm.

3. Write a program that implements the Banker‘s algorithm for solving deadlock problem. List out the

drawbacks of this algorithm.

Unit I

Introduction

Computer System structures-Definition of OS, Kernel and OS Shell - Structure of Operating Systems-Types of

Operating systems-Operating System concepts-Operating System functions- System Programs – System Call.

Surface Technology

9 Hours

Unit II

Process Management

Introduction to processes – Process Scheduling-Threads- CPU Scheduling objectives, criteria –types of

Scheduling algorithms-Performance comparison- Interprocess communication-Synchronization-Semaphores-

Monitors-Classic problems of Synchronization. Deadlock Prevention, Recovery, Detection and Avoidance.

Printer‟s Scheduling Algorithm

9 Hours

Unit III

Memory and Device Management

Memory management requirements-Single contiguous allocation-Partitioned allocation-Paging-Virtual

memory concepts-Swapping-Demand paging-Page replacement algorithms-Allocation of frames- Segmentation

with Paging.

Thrashing

9 Hours

Unit IV

Device and File Management

Principles of I/O hardware- I/O Software – Disks - Disk Scheduling Algorithms. File Concepts-Access

Methods-Directory Structure-File System Implementation-Allocation methods- File Sharing –Security.

File Protection Mechanism

9 Hours

Unit V

Input/Output and File Systems

I/ O management and disk scheduling - I/ O devices, organization of I/ O functions; OS design issues, I/ O

buffering, disk scheduling, RAID, Disk cache, UNIX and Windows 2000 I/ O; File management - organization,

directories, file sharing, record blocking, secondary storage management; Case study UNIX.

Linux and Windows XP Architecture

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1 Silberschatz, Galvin and Gagne, Operating System Concepts, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 9th edition,

2012.


References

1 Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Modern Operating Systems, Addison Wesley, 3rd edition, 2007.

2 H. M. Deital, P. J. Deital and D. R. Choffnes, Operating Systems, Pearson Education,3rd edition 2010.

11I505 COMPUTER NETWORKS

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

To understand the concepts of data communications.

To study the functions of different layers.

To make Graduates to get idea about the different protocols and network components.

Programme Outcomes (a) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of mathematics, science and basic engineering.

(d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments

to analyze problems.


(i) The graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments.

Skill Set

1. Basic Network Concepts.

2. Design of a network topology.

3. Related concepts of Different network algorithms.

Assessment Pattern

S.No Bloom’s

Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester

End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is the fundamental purpose behind data communication?

2. List out the types of data communication.

3. Label the terms data and information.

4. List out the fundamental characteristics on which the effectiveness of data communication depends on.

5. Give the components of data communication.

Understand 1. Describe the functions of the layers in the OSI reference model.

2. Explain the various topologies.

3. Explain in detail the standards and its transmission medias.

4. With reference to transmission media, describe the relative merits of optical fibers and copper.

5. List and discuss the components in an optical transmission system.

_____________





Apply

1. Consider a 32 bit block of data 11100111 11011101 Longitudinal Redundancy Check is used what is

the transmitted bit stream.

2. What is the class of each of the following addresses?

a. 10011101 10001111 11111100 11001111

b. 11011101 10001111 11111100 11001111

c. 01111011 10001111 11111100 11001111

d. 11101011 10001111 11111100 11001111

e. 11110101 10001111 11111100 11001111

3. Find the class of each address.

a. 4.23.145.90

b. 227.34.78.7

c. 246.7.3.8

d. 29.6.8.4

e. 198.76.9.23

4. Identify the class and default subnet mask of the IP address 217.65.10.7 IP address 217.65.10.7

belongs to class C address and default subnet mask is 255.255.255.0.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. How to make dial up connection in XP?

2. Evaluate the program for subnet using LAN.

3. Analyze socket program (TCP) between two computers and enable file transfer between them.

Create

1. Construct the subnet for institution.

Unit I

Data Communications Basic concepts of hubs , switches, gateway and routers - Direction of Data Flow - Types of Networks - Types

of Communications - Topologies – Protocols, Standards and Internet Standards - OSI Reference Model -

Transmission Media –Modem and its types

Satellite Transmission

9 Hours

Unit II

Data Link Layer Data Link Layer types and Design Issues - Services Provided to the Network Layer - Framing - Flow and Error

Control: Error Detection and Error Correction - VRC, LRC, CRC, Checksum, Hamming Codes - A Simplex

Stop and Wait Protocol - Stop and Wait Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ)- Go Back N ARQ - Selective Repeat

ARQ - HDLC - ADCC - LAN - Ethernet - concepts of IEEE 802.3 - IEEE 802.11 - FDDI - Bridges.

SDN and IEEE 802.4

9 Hours

Unit III

Network Layer Functions of Network layer - Packet Switching and Datagram Approach - IP addressing modes - Subnetting -

Routing algorithms-Distance Vector Routing - Link State Routing - Routers, Compare IPV4 & IPV6

RIP (Routing Information Protocol) and OSPF (Open Shortest Path first Protocol)

9 Hours

Unit IV

Transport Layer Duties of Transport Layer - Multiplexing - Demultiplexing - Sockets - Concepts of User Datagram

Protocol(UDP) - Concepts of Transmission Control Protocol(TCP) - Congestion Control - DCCP - SCTP

QoS Integrated Services

9 Hours


Application Layer Domain Name Space (DNS) - SMTP - FTP - HTTPS -WWW - Security - SSL, MIME, Network Bandwidth.

Upload and Download Channel

9 Hours

Total: 45 +15 Hours

Textbook 1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Communication and Networking, 5

thEdition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2012

References

1. James F. Kurose and Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the

Internet,

2. Pearson Education, 2009

3. Larry L. Peterson and Bruce S. Davie, Computer Networks, Elsevier, 2009

4. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, Pearson Education, 2008

5. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communication, PHI, 2007

6. Douglas E. Comer and M. S. Narayanan, Computer Networks and Internets, Pearson Education, 2008

ELECTIVE I

- - - 3.0

11I507 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5

Objectives

Implementation of digital signal processing algorithms.

Developing a thorough understanding of the central elements of digital signal processing theory

(including sampling theory, FIR and IIR filter theory, and spectral analysis) and the ability to apply

this theory to real-world signal processing applications,

Obtaining a significant open-ended engineering design experience through learning, applying, and

implementing advanced signal processing methods.

Programme Outcomes



languages.


(h) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life –long learning.

(i) The graduates who can participate and succeed in competitive examinations.

Skill Set

1. To analyze signals and systems.

2. To identify, apply and gain knowledge in practical applications of filter design in DSP.

Assessment Pattern

Internal

Assessment

Semester

Endexamination

Preparation 10 15


Record 10 -


Total 50 50


Remember

1. Distinguish between CT and DT signals.

2. Define linear and time invariant properties of a system.

3. Write an inbuilt function to find FFT and convolution of given the input signals.

4. State the steps to convert the analog filter to digital filter using bilinear transformation techniques.

5. What is the operation to be performed to convert the sampling rate from 4 kHz to 16 kHz?

Understand

1. Perform addition & multiplication of the following discrete time signal,

a. X1(n) = 1,4,1,2 and x2(n) =-2, -2, 3, 2

2. Summarize the steps to find convolution and correlation.

3. Explain the methods for designing a digital filter from analog filter.

4. What are the applications of FIR and IIR filters?

5. What is meant by upsampling and downsampling?

Apply

1. Develop a Matlab coding to find DFT of the given sequence.

2. How the linear and circular convolution of two sequences can be obtained.

3. Apply the impulse invariant method to design a high pass filter, monotonic in passband with cutoff

frequency of 1000 Hz and down 10dB at 350 Hz. The sampling frequency is 5000Hz.

4. Design an ideal lowpass filter with a frequency response

22;1)(

foreH j

d

||2

;0 for

a. Find the values of h (n) for N=11. Find H (z). Plot the magnitude response.

5. Design an ideal band pass filter

4

3||

4;1)(

foreH j

d

otherwise;0

a. Find the values of h (n) for N=11.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Analyze the number of computations in DFT and FFT.

2. Compare linear and circular convolution in terms of length of sequence.

3. Analyze the results of IIR filter with and without warping effect.

4. Design a FIR filter using different windowing techniques and analyze the results interms of ripples.

Create

1. With suitable filtering technique enhance the blurred image.

2. Enhancement of noisy speech signal.

List of Experiments

1. Generate various signals in which amplitude is continuously changing and generate signals which have

constant amplitude for some time duration.

2. Sample the continuous time signal by different sampling rate, verify the sampling theorem. With the

results find the effect of aliasing. (Interpolation and Decimation)

3. Check the system for linearity, causality, stability and time variant properties.

4. In an LTI system the input signal is of x (n) and the impulse response of the system is of h (n). Find the

output of the system using the concept of Convolution. With the same concept perform correlation of

two signals. (LTI systems like Amplifier, filters, modulators can be considered as the given system)

5. Convert the given time domain signal into frequency domain signal with minimum number of

operations.

6. Using Rectangular, Hamming and Hanning windows design a FIR filter for different band

specifications.


7. Design an analog butterworth and chebyshev filters and convert them into digital IIT filters.

8. With suitable experiment generate the direct sequence spread spectrum modulated signal.

9. Record the speech signal in a noisy and clean environment and obtain the enhanced speech signal

using speech enhancement techniques.

10. Enhance the noisy image and perform edge detection.

Miniproject

Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule

Sl.

No.

Experiment Hours

1 Generate various signals in which amplitude is continuously changing and generate signals

which have constant amplitude for some time duration. 3

2 Sample the continuous time signal by different sampling rate, verify the sampling theorem.

With the results find the effect of aliasing. ( Interpolation and Decimation) 3

3 Check the system for linearity, causality, stability and time variant properties. 3

4

In an LTI system the input signal is of x (n) and the impulse response of the system is of

h(n). Find the output of the system using the concept of Convolution. With the same concept

perform correlation of two signals. 3

5 Convert the given time domain signal into frequency domain signal with minimum number

of operations. 3

6 Using Rectangular, Hamming and Hanning windows design a FIR filter for different band

specifications. 3

7 Design an analog butterworth and chebyshev filters and convert them into digital IIT filters. 3

8 With suitable experiment generate the direct sequence spread spectrum modulated signal. 3

9 Record the speech signal in a noisy and clean environment and obtain the enhanced speech

signal using speech enhancement techniques. 3

10 Enhance the noisy image and perform edge detection. 3

11I508 OPERATING SYSTEMS LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5

Objectives

Operating systems provide the basic functionality on every computer that allows any type of

application software to be run.

To efficiently use programming languages to develop software built on top of the operating system.

To create the command line user Interface

Programme Outcomes



analyze problems.

Skill Set

1. Analyze the Deadlock Prevention, avoidance algorithm.

2. Create the Process and Analyze the Management Policy.

3. Analyze the Memory Management Policy.


Assessment Pattern

Internal

Assessment

Semester

Endexamination

Preparation 10 15


Record 10 -


Total 50 50

Remember

1. Name the data structure used to maintain file identification?

2. How many prompts are available in a UNIX system?

3. What are various IDs associated with a process?

4. List the system calls used for process management:

5. Distinguish between cmp and diff commands?

Understand

1. Which command is used to delete all files in the current directory and all its sub-directories?

2. Write a command to display a file‘s contents in various formats?

3. How does the kernel differentiate device files and ordinary files?

4. What is the use of ‗grep‘ command?

5. Predict the output of the following program code

main()

fork();

printf("Hello World!");

Apply/Analyze/Evaluate

1. What is the significance of the ―tee‖ command?

2. Is it possible to restrict incoming message?

3. What is the use of the command "ls -x chapter[1-5]"

4. How do you change File Access Permissions?

5. Differentiate Paging and Swapping.

Create

1. Construct pipes to execute the following jobs.

a. Output of who should be displayed on the screen with value of total number of users who

have logged in displayed at the bottom of the list.

b. Output of ls should be displayed on the screen and from this output the lines containing the

word ‗poem‘ should be counted and the count should be stored in a file.

c. Contents of file1 and file2 should be displayed on the screen and this output should be

appended in a file.

d. From output of ls the lines containing ‗poem‘ should be displayed on the screen along with

the count.

e. Name of cities should be accepted from the keyboard. This list should be combined with the

list present in a file. This combined list should be sorted and the sorted list should be stored in

a file ‗newcity‘.

f. All files present in a directory dir1 should be deleted any error while deleting should be stored

in a file ‘errorlog‘.


List of Experiments

1. Installing Linux Operating System

2. UNIX - Basic Commands.

a. Environmental Commands

i. Change the password of the current user

ii. List all the users on the workstation

iii. List the current user

iv. Display current date and time

v. Display current capacity of disk

b. File Manipulation

i. List the content of the current directory

ii. Counts lines, words, and characters in file

iii. Copy and move one file to another file

iv. Remove one file

v. Display the size of current directory

vi. Compress and decompress the file

vii. Find the location of file in the directory and sub-directories.

viii. Sort the content of the file

c. Directory Manipulation

i. Show the present working directory

ii. Change directory from present to next level

iii. Make new directory

iv. Remove directory

d. Process Control

i. Execute command in background

ii. Print expanded list of all processes

iii. Remove process pid1

iv. Interrupt current process

v. Suspend current process

vi. Display background and suspended processes

vii. Remove suspended process

3. Develop the following utility for the operating system using shell script

a. Determine whether given file exist or not.

b. Digital clock

c. Convert file names from UPPERCASE to lowercase file names or vice versa.

d. Retrieving system information such as CPU, disks, Ram and your environment etc.

4. Design a program to emulate the following basic UNIX operating system command using system calls.

a. CP Command

b. LS Command

c. MV Command

d. GREP Command

5. Create a simulator for scheduling a given set of processes in user space only. The simulator should read

from a configuration file a set of parameters for each process: Length of time for which process will

execute, priority of the process and the preferred scheduling policy - FIFO or Round Robin, the time at

which the process executes and if it is a CPU intensive process _or an I/O intensive process. Apart from this

read the quantum of time given to each process and the number of priority levels for scheduling the process.

Now simulate a scheduling algorithm which uses FIFO/Round Robin with priority based scheduling. At the

end of the run print the following quantities for each process:

a) Number of times the process was scheduled.

b) A timeline for the process containing the state transitions - Ready, waiting, running

and Terminated and the timestamp for each transition.

c) Time taken to complete the process.


d) Number of times the process waited for I/O.

e) The priority of the process and preferred scheduling algorithm.

After printing the above values print the average time of completion for each process.

6. Implementation of Bankers algorithm.

a. In Distributed shared environment, there are four shared resources, namely Tapes, Plotters,

Printers and Disks, each in some counts and there are five processes shared among these

resources. Apply banker‘s algorithm and find whether the following allocation of resources

and processes matrix in deadlock free or not.

Assigned Resource

Needed Resource

Processes Tapes Plotters Printers Disks

A 1 1 0 0

B 0 1 1 2

C 3 1 0 0

D 0 0 1 0

E 2 1 1 0

7. On scanning primary memory pm addresses 00..0. We find holes of the following sizes 10K, 15K, 5K,

32K and 2K. In what order would the allocation happen if we need to allocate segments having sizes

2K, 7K, 27K and 1K if we followed

a. First fit policy

b. Next fit policy

c. Best fit policy

Find the solution from implementing memory management policy using respective algorithm.

8. Consider the following page reference string 7,0,2,0,3,0,4,2,3,0,3,2,1,2,0,1,7,0 How many page faults

would occur in the case LRU, optimal and FIFO algorithm applied? Optimal algorithms assuming

three frames. Note that initially all frames are empty.

Processes Tapes Plotters Printers Disks

A 3 0 1 1

B 0 1 0 0

C 1 1 1 0

D 1 1 0 1

E 0 0 0 0

Total Existing 6 3 4 2

Total Claimed by Processes 5 3 2 2

Remaining Unclaimed 1 0 2 0

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 123 9. Mini Project

a) Create a process which creates a list of prime numbers in a given range of numbers. The

process has the ability to run in two modes - supervisor mode and slave mode. In the

supervisor mode the process takes a range of numbers from the user between which prime

numbers have to be calculated. It also takes a list of tuples containing the hostname and port

numbers. Each of this host runs another similar process in slave mode. The supervisor divides

the range into equal parts and sends each range to different slave processes. The supervisor

and the slave then calculate the prime numbers in their respective ranges. The slaves return

back the prime numbers found to the supervisor. When all slaves have communicated back

the prime numbers, the supervisor prints the list in ascending order. Use sockets to

communicate between the processes running on different hosts. Simulate the same system

using pipes and FIFOs on the local system.

b) Implement a basic file system managed from within a file. The operations to the file system

are to be done using a daemon process running in the background. Applications requiring the

use of the file system should connect to the server using some known Linux domain socket.

The commands are given on the socket. Develop a protocol for this purpose. The file system

should have the following capabilities:

i. List files stored along with their sizes.

ii. Create files

iii. Allow changes to files

iv. Delete files

Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule


1 Installing Operating Systems 3

2 UNIX Basic Commands 6

3 Developing Utility Program 6

4 Emulation of UNIX commands 3

5 Implementation of CPU Scheduling Algorithm 6

6 Implementation of Deadlock Avoidance Algorithm 3

7 Implementation of Memory Management Policy 3

8 Implementation of Page Replacement Policy 6

9 Mini Project 9


11I509 COMPUTER NETWORKS LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5

Objectives

To have a thorough knowledge in computer networking

To visualize the networking concepts in the real world

To understand the working & basics of the various networking protocols

Programme Outcomes (a) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of mathematics, science and basic engineering. (d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments to analyze

problems. (h) The graduates will display skills required for continuous learning and up gradation. (i) The graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments.

Skill Set

1. Ability to analyze the functionality of OSI Layers, Network Components & topology. 2. Knowledge about IP Classifications (IPV4 & IPV6). 3. Analyze the routing algorithm, Flow & Error control Mechanism.

Assessment

Internal

Assessment

Semester

Endexamination

Preparation 10 15


Record 10 -


Total 50 50

Remember

1. List the different layers of OSI. 2. How would you explain the classification of IP and addressing? 3. Name the packet capturing and analyzing tools. 4. Can you recall the basic network commands?

Understand

1. Compare IP Addressing, ARP and RARP. 2. How would you classify the network components? 3. Explain Classless addressing. 4. Describe cloud infrastructure components. 5. Summarize the packet format for PING, TRACERT, TELNET commands.

Apply

1. How would you use IP configuration in Switckes and Hub? 2. Compare Packets, frames and Datagram. 3. What is your opinion of the basic network commands such as PING, TRACEROUTE and NETSTAT.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Analyze the different Network Topologies. 2. Develop an algorithm for Packet Capturing.

Create

1. Adapt a network of your own for an organization consisting of 750 employees using any available

simulator and apply subnetting concept. 2. What way would you design different network topologies for LAN?

List of Experiments:

1. Network configuration,(Sub-netting, Gateway, proxy and DHCP Setting) and network commands 2. Network Design for an organization 3. Transport Layer: Datagram(UDP) socket programming

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 125 4. Transport Layer: Stream (TCP) socket Programming 5. Implementation of Routing and Flow Control algorithms 6. Application Layer: SMTP and HTTP programming 7. Experiment on packet capturing and analyzing tools 8. A study on Network Simulator tools 9. A Mini Project involving Network Concepts

Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule

Sl.

No.

Experiment Hours

1 Network configuration(Sub-netting, Gateway, proxy and DHCP Setting) and network

commands

Try to set the DHCP setting on your machine and explain the steps to perform the

same

Consider the college network and try to identify the following values

Determine the number of host bits to be used for the subnetting

Enumerate the new subnetted network IDs.

Enumerate the IP addresses for each new subnetted network ID.

Consider you college network and try to identify the default gateway settings

Develop an application to display the path between yahoo.com server to your

desktop system using TRACEROUTE.

Create an application to execute the following operations with remote desktop

computer

Restart

Shutdown

Log off

3

2 Network Design for an organization

Configure the star network topology that could be implemented at small

organization.

Configure the bus topology that could be implemented at school level.

Create two different local area networks each consisting of different number of

nodes using switch and hub, try to connect both the networks and visualize the

packet transformation in real time.

Create a Network of your own for an organization consisting of 750 employees and

apply Sub-netting concept.

Create a secured network (Intranet) for departments of an engineering industry with

highly access prohibition to HR department.

6

3 Transport Layer: Datagram(UDP) socket programming

Develop an application for smart campus of an institution, which helps to manage

the students profile and performance records.

Create a software to calculate the EMI for car loan.

3

4 Transport Layer: Stream(TCP) socket Programming

Implement an application

To display active TCP connections and the process IDs every 5 seconds

To display active TCP connections and the process IDs using numerical

form

To display all ports open by a process with id pid

Create an apps to display the CGPA of the Student.

6


11I510 TECHNICAL SEMINAR-I

- - -1.0

11I601 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

To understand the purpose and categories of embedded systems.

To understand the embedded system software and hardware.

To study about the real time operating system.

Programme Outcomes

c) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to design and develop digital and analog systems


Skill set

1. Able to design embedded systems for real time Applications.

2. Able to Maintain and modify existing code using RTOS.

5 Implementation of Routing and Flow Control algorithms

Configure a network with router using the Distance Vector Routing for postal

service with 7 cities.

Configure a network with router using the Distance Vector Routing for getting the

purchase order from different companies with minimum expenses.

Establish a network and implement stop-and-wait flow control at the data-link layer

level

6

6 Application Layer: SMTP and HTTP programming

To send e-mail from a PHP application using the System.Net.Mail API, you must

configure Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) e-mail. Configuring e-mail

services tells the System.Net.Mail application programming interface (API) to which

SMTP server to deliver the e-mail generated by your application. Mail can be

delivered immediately, or it can be delivered to a file location on disk where it can

be retrieved for delivery later. For example, a company can provide an e-mail link

for sending feedback messages or for requesting information.

3

7 Experiment on packet capturing and analyzing tools

Configure the LAN with heavy traffic congestion and then implement the congestion

control algorithm for the same network. Analyze the network and show that the

traffic congestion has been removed from the network.

3

8 A study on Network Simulator tools

Create a scenario using the Network Simulator 3 (NS3) to configure a network

structure for an organization comprising employees around 500 nos.

Create a scenario using the Network Simulator 3 (NS3) to provide communication

between the departments of an institution.

6

9 A Mini Project involving Network Concepts 9



Test II*


Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 30 30 30 30


5 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What are the complicating factors in embedded design?

2. Explain digital signal processing in embedded system

3. Give the general registers used in embedded system.

4. Give the limitations of polling technique.

5. What are the various scheduling criteria for CPU scheduling?

Understand

1. Explain the various timer and counting devices

2. What is an interrupt? What are the types of interrupts? Explain in detail.

3. Discuss the scheduling architecture and the algorithms used in embedded software development.

4. Explain the various RTOS Task scheduling models.

5. Explain round robin scheduling with example.

Apply

1. Explain the synchronous and asynchronous communications from serial devices.

2. Describe the functions of a typical parallel I/O interface with a neat diagram.

3. Explain the features of assemblers, compilers and cross compilers used in embedded systems.

4. Explain process management and memory management in embedded system.

5. Explain inter process communications using signals.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Write the "standard" MIN macro-that is, a macro that takes two arguments and

i. returns the smaller of the two arguments.

ii. #define MIN(A,B)

iii. ((A) <= (B) ? (A) : (B))

2. Using the variable a, give definitions for the following:

a) An integer

b) A pointer to an integer

c) A pointer to a pointer to an integer

d) An array of 10 integers

e) An array of 10 pointers to integers

f) A pointer to an array of 10 integers

g) A pointer to a function that takes an integer as an argument and returns an integer

h) An array of ten pointers to functions that take an integer argument and return an integer

_____________





3. Consider a system that controls the traffic lights at a major intersection. It reads from sensors that

notice the presence of cars and pedestrians, it has a timer , and it turns the lights red and green

appropriately . What architecture might you use for such a system? Why? What other information, if

any, might influence your decision.

Create

1. Embedded systems always require the user to manipulate bits in registers or variables. Given an integer

variable a, write two code fragments. The first should set bit 3 of a. The second should clear bit 3 of a.

In both cases, the remaining bits should be unmodified.

2. Design an Embedded system for a smart card and automatic vending machine.

Unit I

Introduction

Introduction – Embedded Systems Overview – Design Challenge – Optimizing Design Metrics - Processor

Technology – Design Technology –Trade-offs - Custom Single - Purpose Processors: Hardware -

Combinational Logic – Sequential Logic.

Interrupts

9 Hours

Unit II

State Machine and Concurrent Process Models

Models vs. Languages, Text vs. Graphics - A Basic State Machine Model: Finite-State Machines - Finite-State

Machine with Data path Model: FSMD - Using State Machines - Program- State Machine Model - Concurrent

Processes - Communication among Processes - Synchronization among Processes - Condition Variables -

Monitors – Implementation.

Shared Memory - Message Passing

9 Hours

Unit III

Embedded Communication System

Serial Communication, PC-to-PC Communication, Serial Communication with the 8051 Family of Micro-

controllers, Protocol Converter, Voice-over-IP, Embedded Applications over Mobile Network example MP3

Sound Player.

Types of Embedded Operating systems.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Software Development

Round Robin - Round Robin with Interrupts - Function - Queue Scheduling Architecture & Algorithms -

Introduction to - Assemblers, Compliers, Cross Compliers- Object Oriented Interfacing - Recursion -

Debugging Strategies - Simulators.

Integrated Development environment(IDE)

9 Hours

Unit V

Real Time Operating System

Task & Task States - Tasks & Data - Semaphores & Shared Data - Operating System Services - Message

Queues - Timer Functions - Event Memory Management - Basic design Using RTOS - Interrupt Routines &

RTOS Environment.

RTOS Security Issues

9 Hours



Textbooks

1. Frank Vahid and Tony Givargis, Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software

Introduction, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

2. David E. Simon, An Embedded Software Primer, Pearson, 2011.

References

1. Peter Marwedel, Embedded System Design: Embedded Systems Foundations of Cyber-Physical

System Springer, 2011.

2. Wayne Wolf, Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Computer System Design, Elsevier,

2012 (3rd Edition).

3. Michael J. Pont, Embedded C, Pearson Education, 2010.

11I602 OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

3 1 0 3.5 Objectives

To know about the object modeling and its benefit.

To learn about the Unified Modeling Language (UML)

To understand the Software Quality Procedures

Programme Outcomes


languages.

d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments to

analyze problems.

.

Skill Sets

1. Graduates can develop a diagrammatic representation for the software.

2. Graduates can learn of using the tools used for developing the visual representation.

Assessment Pattern


Test II*


Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 30 30 30 30


5 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

_________________________





Remember

1. State the two orthogonal views of the software.

2. Define use cases.

3. State the 80-20 rule.

4. State the four phases in OMT.

5. List out the steps for finding the attributes of a class.

Understand

1. Identify the attributes and methods of a dishwasher object.

2. Comprehend the steps required to build high quality software?

3. State the differences between the <<extend>> and <<include>> relationship in the usecase diagram.

4. What are the various diagrams that are used in analysis and design steps of Booch Methodology?

5. How is recursion represented in a sequence diagram?

Apply

1. Choose an area of commercial activity (business, industry, government agency, etc.)with which you

are familiar. Identify some ways in which products show the use of generalization and some ways that

components used as inputs. Show the use of generalization.

2. Lee Turner is director of information systems (IS) for the city of Providence. The IS department ‗s

customer are the public library ,the fire department ,the police department ,the finance department ,the

sanitation department and the water department .Lee belives close communication with these

customers is the key t meeting their needs. Currently, the police and fire department need fast access to

a map of the city for dispatching the city‘s ambulance and fire trucks to accident sites.Identify the

actors.

3. Show the incorporation of users‘ needs into the system development process.

4. Develop a simple use-case model.

5. Assume the drinks (alcoholic, nonalcoholic, grape juice, mineral water, lemonade, beer, wine) have the

following characteristics:

a. Alcoholic drinks are not for drivers or children.

b. Non alcoholic Drinks are thirst quenching.

c. Wine is made of grapes and for adults.

d. Grape juice is made from grapes and has the taste of a fruit.

e. Mineral water is bubbling and does not taste like fruit.

f. Lemonade is bubbling and tastes like a fruit.

How would you define the class hierarchy?

Create

1. Create a class hierarchy to organize the following drink classes: alcoholic, nonalcoholic, grape,juice,

mineral water, lemonade, beer, wine(Hint: At the top of the hierarchy are the most general classes and

at the bottom are the most specific. Classes should be related to one another in superclass-subclass

hierarchies.)

2. For an organization (Agate Ltd) gather the requirement, specify the actors and usecases and construct

the usecase diagram, activity diagram.

3. Find out from your library about the coding system that is used for classifying books, videos, etc.

Construct part of the structure in UML notation as a generalization hierarchy. Think up some attributes

for ‗classes‘ in your model to show how the lower levels are progressively more specialized.


Unit I

Introduction

An Overview of Object Oriented Systems Development - Object Basics – Object Oriented Systems

Development Life Cycle- The software development process.

Building high quality software

9 Hours

Unit II

Object Oriented Methodologies

Rumbaugh Methodology - Booch Methodology - Jacobson Methodology – Patterns- Unified Approach –

Unified Modeling Language – Use case diagram - Class diagram - Interactive Diagram - Package Diagram -

Collaboration Diagram - State Diagram - Activity Diagram.

Frameworks

9 Hours

Unit III

Object Oriented Analysis

Identifying use cases - Object Analysis – Use-case model - Classification – Approaches for Identifying Classes

- Identifying Object relationships - Identifying Classes and their behaviors through Sequence/ Collaboration

Modeling - Identifying Object Relationships.

Identifying Attributes and Methods Identifying Attributes

9 Hours

Unit IV

Object Oriented Design

Object Oriented Design Axioms - Designing Classes –Class visibility- Redefining attributes – Designing

methods and protocols- Packages and managing classes-Access Layer - Object Storage-object store and

persistence-Database Management systems-Logical and physical databases-Distributed database-Object

oriented Database-object relational systems-Multi database systems-Designing Access layer classes.

Object Interoperability

9 Hours

Unit V

Software Quality and Usability

Designing Interface Objects – User Interface Design as a creative process-Designing view layer classes-Macro

level process-Micro level process-The Purpose of view layer interface-Prototyping the user interface-Case

study-Software Quality Assurance– System Usability

Measuring User Satisfaction

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Ali Bahrami, Object Oriented Systems Development, Tata McGraw-Hill, Edition 2011

References

1. Mahesh P.Matha, Object –Oriented Analysis and Design Using UML, PHI,2008

2. Martin Fowler, UML Distilled, PHI/Pearson Education, 2009.

3. James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson and Grady Booch The Unified Modeling Language Reference:

Manual, Addison Wesley, 1999.

4. Hans-Erik Eriksson, Magnus Penker, Brain Lyons and David Fado, UML Toolkit, OMG Press Wiley

Publishing Inc., 2004.


11I603 INFORMATION SECURITY

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

Information security is concerned with the confidentiality, integrity and availability of data regardless

of the form the data may take: electronic, print, or other forms.

Computer security can focus on ensuring the availability and correct operation of a computer system

without concern for the information stored or processed by the computer.

For the individual, information security has a significant effect on privacy, which is viewed very

differently in different cultures.

Programme Outcomes


languages.

(e) The graduates will be good team players.

Skill set

1. Ability to understand the risky network security algorithms

2. Provide good framework for security algorithms

3. Maintain and modify existing code

4. Modularity and reusability

Assessment Pattern


Test II*


Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 30 30 30 30


5 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define the Caesar cipher.

2. What is Steganography?

3. Why is it important to study feistel cipher

4. Define Kerberos.

5. List ways in which secret keys can be distributed to two communicating parties.

Understand

1. What is the difference between an unconditionally secure cipher and a Computationally secure cipher?

2. Why do some block cipher modes of operation only use encryption while others use both encryption

and decryption?

3. Which parameters and design choices determine the actual algorithm of a feistel cipher?

4. Why is it not desirable to reuse a stream cipher key?

5. Differentiate symmetric and Asymmetric Encryption.

_________________________





Apply

1. Apply the DSS algorithm to encrypt and decrypt the data

2. Decrypt the Hill cipher LVWADSOWVCIY where the cipher text VC and YH correspond to the

plaintext EN and TH respectively.

3. Apply the discrete logarithm for a number and discuss role of discrete logarithms in the diffie hellman

key exchange in exchanging the secret key among two users.

4. How the authentication dialogue used by Kerberos for obtaining required services.

5. Describe requirements for the design of an Elliptic Curve Crypto system. Using that, explain how

secret keys are exchanged and messaged are encrypted.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Discuss the security violations in Symmetric ciphers.

2. Implement the Diffie Hellman algorithm for the users A & B who exchanges the key using Diffie

Hellman algorithm. Assume á=5 q=11 XA=2 XB=3. Find YA, YB, K.

3. Analyze the strength of RSA and perform an encryption and decryption using RSA algorithm. For the

following.

i. P=7; q=11; e=17; M=8.

4. Discuss the various types of attacks while sharing the information across the internet.

5. Suggest any three password selection strategies and identify their advantages and disadvantages if any.

Create

1. Consider any message M of length 4120 bits ending with ABCDEF in hexadecimal form. Construct

the last block of message to be given as input for the MD5.

2. Construct the cipher text for the given values in the diffie hellman key exchange:

q=23

a=5

Xa=6

Xb=19

Unit I

Overview and Symmetric Ciphers

Computer Security Concepts, OSI Security Architecture, Security Attacks, Security Services, Security

Mechanisms, Model for Network Security, Classical Encryption Techniques, Block Ciphers and the Data

Encryption Standard, Advanced Encryption Standard, Block Cipher Operation.

Security violations in symmetric ciphers

9 Hours

Unit II

Asymmetric Ciphers

Number Theory, Prime Numbers, Fermats and Eulers Theorems, Testing for Primality, The Chinese Remainder

Theorem, Discrete Logarithms, Public-Key Cryptography and RSA Algorithm, Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange,

ElGamal Cryptosystem, Elliptic Curve Cryptography.

Elliptic curve Cryptosystem and Discrete Logarithm Problem

9 Hours

Unit III

Cryptographic Data Integrity Algorithms

Applications of Cryptographic Hash Functions, Two Simple Hash Functions, Requirements and Security,

Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA), Message Authentication Codes, Message Authentication Requirements,

Message Authentication Functions, Security of MACs, HMAC, Digital Signatures, Digital Signature Standard

(DSS).

Advanced Secure Hash Algorithms and Digital Certificates

9 Hours


Mutual Trust, Network and Internet Security

Key Management and Distribution, X.509 Certificates, User Authentication Protocols Kerberos, Transport-

Level Security, Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), IEEE 802.11i Wireless LAN

Security, Electronic Mail Security, Pretty Good Privacy (PGP), S/MIME, IP Security Overview, Encapsulating

Security Payload, Combining Security Associations.

Wireless LAN Security and Advanced Network Security Algorithms

9 Hours

Unit V

System Security

Intruders, Intrusion Detection, Password Management, Types of Malicious Software Viruses, Worms,

Distributed Denial of Service Attacks, Firewalls, Types of Firewalls, Firewall Location and Configurations,

Cybercrime and Computer Crime, Intellectual Property, Privacy, Ethical Issues, ethical hacking.

Firewalls and Ethical Hacking

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice, Prentice Hall, Fifth

Edition 2012.

References

1. Charlie Kaufman, Radia Perlman and Mike Speciner, Network Security, Prentice Hall, 2010.

2. Atul Kahate, Cryptography and Network Security, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.

11I604 WEB SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

To study about designing HTML pages with the help of frames, scripting languages, and evolving

technology like DHTML.

To develop web sites which are secure and dynamic in nature using ASP?

Writing scripts which get executed on server side like JSP and Servlets.

Programme Outcomes


analyze problems.


Skill Set

1. Ability to design a web-based information systems using service-oriented architecture

2. Understand the client-side scripts using Java Script, AJAX.

3. Ability to design server-side scripts for web interactivity.


Assessment Pattern


Test II*


Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 30 30 30 30


5 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Why JavaScript is not a programming language but a script language? Justify.

2. How do you write "Hello World" in PHP.

3. Which sign does jQuery use as a shortcut for Web?

4. Why is XML such an important development?

5. Can a root element type be explicitly declared in the DTD?

Understand

1. Explain the various methodologies by which you can retrieve data from Internet?

2. Outline the various Client Server Technologies in Internet?

3. Interpret JSP scripting component for form design and write a program?

4. Illustrate the use of constructor, instead of init (), to initialize servlet?

5. Summarize the JSP Standard Actions provide for JSP implementers with access to the several DBs?

Apply/Analyse

1. Build an XML DTD work for bank details, and show some of its limitations?

2. Construct the correct way to create a function in PHP for radio button processing in a form?

3. Identify the HTML tag used to define an internal style sheet?

4. Organize the use of XSLT, how would you extract a specific attribute from an element in an XML

document?

5. If you have two machines both connected to the internet. One you are told has a web server running on

it, the other doesn‘t have a web browser of any kind. Using the machine without the browser, how can

you tell that the web server is running on the other machine?

Evaluate

1. How to Change HTML content using PHP and Ajax in a web page.

2. Compare the Javascript and PHP to create Borders, font, Outlines, Margin?

3. Explain how you insert Style Sheet in the HTML document?

4. Justify the use CSS to separate content and design?

_______________________________





5. Use a one dimensional array and write a script to solve the problem.Read in 20 numbers each of which

is between 10 and 100.As each number is read,print it only if not duplicate of a number that is already

read.

Create

1. Build a JavaScript code to call multiple functions with a single event?

2. Compose a HTML code to control the margins of page?

3. Elaborate the mechanisms that are used by a Servlet Container to maintain session information?

4. Discuss the role that XSL can play when dynamically generating HTML pages from a relational

database.

5. Compile a PHP script to load remote data directly into selected HTML elements of your web page.

Unit I

Introduction to Web

Internetworking - Web Concepts - Web Technology Protocols - Web Severs - Internet Web Server - Personal

Web Server - Apache Web Server - JBOSS.

Emerging Technologies in web

9 Hours

Unit II

Scripting Basics

HTML Basics - Forms - Tables - Links - DHTML - XHTML - CSS - Internal Style sheets - External Style

sheets- PHP Basics –Dynamic Content - Form processing - Ajax Basics - Accessing database

JQuery

9 Hours

Unit III

Java Scripting & XML

JavaScript - Variables - Statements - Popup Boxes - Functions - Loops - Error Handling - Date and String

objects - XML - Document Type Definition - XML SCHEMA.

Validation of XML SCHEMA

9 Hours

Unit IV

ASP, ADO and Web hosting

ASP – Working of ASP – Objects – Request - Response - Application - File System Objects – Session tracking

and cookies – ADO – Access a Database from ASP – ASP Components - Domains – Databases.

Web Hosting Providers

9 Hours

Unit V

Servlets and JSP

Introduction – Servlet Overview Architecture – Handling HTTP Request – Get and post request – Redirecting

request – Multi-tier applications – JSP – Overview – Objects – Scripting – Standard Actions.

JSP Directives

9 Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours

Textbook

1. Harvey M. Deitel and Paul J. Deitel, Internet and World Wide Web – How to Program, Pearson

Education, Fifth Edition 2012.


1. John Pollock, JavaScript- A Beginners Guide, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010.

2. Deven N. Shah, A Complete Guide to Internet and Web Programming, DreamTech Press, 2009.

3. Kathleen Kalata, Web Application using ASP, Cengage Learning, 2007.

11I605 INFORMATION CODING TECHNIQUES

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

To have a complete understanding of error–control coding.

To understand encoding and decoding of digital data streams.

To introduce methods for the generation of these codes and their decoding techniques.

To have a detailed knowledge of compression and decompression techniques.

Programme Outcomes

(b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using

programming languages.


Skill set

1. Gain Knowledge in fundamental concepts of information theory.

2. Perform error detection and correction in linear Block codes.

3. Develop compression and decompression.

Assessment Pattern

SL.No Bloom’s

Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester

End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember 1. What is entropy?

2. Give the properties of syndrome in linear block code.

3. What is Hamming code?

4. What is error tracking?

5. What are blocking artifacts?

Understand

1. a. Use differential entropy to compare the randomness of random variables.

b. A four symbol alphabet has following probabilities Pr (a0) =1/2 Pr (a1) = 1/4 Pr (a2) = 1/8 Pr (a3) =

1/8 and an entropy of 1.75 bits. Find a codebook for this four letter alphabet that satisfies source

coding theorem.

c. Write the entropy for a binary symmetric source.

d. Write down the channel capacity for a binary channel.

______________________





2. A discrete memory less source has an alphabet of five symbols whose Probabilities of occurrence are as

described here

Symbols: X1 X2 X3 X4 X5

Probability: 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.4

Compute the Huffman code for this source. Also calculates the efficiency of the Source encoder.

3. A voice grade channel of telephone network has a bandwidth of 3.4 kHz. Calculate,

(i) The information capacity of the telephone channel for a signal to noise ratio of 30 dB.

(ii) The min signal to noise ratio required to support information transmission through the

telephone channel at the rate of 9.6Kb/s.

4. a. Discuss in brief about the principles of compression.

b. In the context of compression for Text, Image, audio and Video which of the

5. Explain the Linear Predictive Coding (LPC) model of analysis and synthesis of speech signal. State the

advantages of coding speech signal at low bit rates.

Apply

1. Apply Huffman coding procedure to following massage ensemble and determine Average length of

encoded message also. Determine the coding efficiency. Use coding alphabet D=4.there are 10

symbols.

a. X= [x1, x2, x3……x10]

b. P[X]= [0.18,.0.17,0.16,0.15,0.1,0.08,0.05, 0.05,0.04,0.02].

2. A discrete memory less source has an alphabet of five symbols with their probabilities for its output

as given here

i. [X] = [x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 ]

ii. P[X] = [0.45 0.15 0.15 0.10 0.15].

3. Compute two different Huffman codes for this source .for these two codes .Find

a. Average code word length.

b. Variance of the average code word length over the ensemble of source symbols.

4. Write the following symbols and probabilities of occurrence, encode the Message ―went#‖ using

arithmetic coding algorithms. Compare arithmetic coding with Huffman coding

a. principles.

b. Symbols: e n t w #

c. Prob : 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.1

5. a. Explain the encoding procedure of I,P and B frames in video compression techniques, State

intended application of the following video coding standard

i. MPEG -1, MPEG -2, MPEG -3, MPEG -4

b. Consider the following binary sequences 111010011000101110100.Use the Lempel – Ziv algorithm

to encode this sequence. Assume that the binary symbols 1 and 0 are already in the code book.

6. What are the advantages of Lempel – Ziv encoding algorithm over Huffman coding?

Analyze/Evaluate

1. a. Investigate on the ‗block preparation ‗and quantization phases of JPEG Compression process with

diagrams wherever necessary.

b. Elucidate on the GIFF and TIFF image compression formats..

2. a. How will you calculate channel capacity?

b. Write channel coding theorem and channel capacity theorem.

c. Calculate the entropy for the given sample data AAABBBCCD.

d. Prove Shannon information capacity theorem.


Create

1. Consider that two sources S1 and S2 emit message x1, x2, x3 and y1, y2, y3 with joint probability

a. P(X,Y) as shown in the matrix form.

3/40 1/40 1/40

b. P(X, Y) 3/20 1/20

1/8 3/8

Calculate the entropies H(X), H(Y), H(X/Y), and H (Y/X).

Unit I

Information Entropy Fundamentals Uncertainty, Information and Entropy – Source coding Theorem –static Huffman coding –Dynamic Huffman

coding- - Arithmetic coding – Discrete Memory less channels – Channel capacity – Channel coding Theorem –

Channel capacity Theorem.

Shannon Fano coding

9 Hours

Unit II

Data and Voice Coding Differential Pulse code Modulation – Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation – Adaptive subband coding

– Delta Modulation – Adaptive Delta Modulation – Coding of speech signal at low bit rates .

Linear Predictive coding.

9 Hours

Unit III

Error Control Coding

Linear Block codes – Syndrome Decoding – Minimum distance consideration – Cyclic codes – Generator

Polynomial – Parity check polynomial – Encoder for cyclic codes – Calculation of syndrome – Convolutional

Codes.

Viterbi decoding

9 Hours

Unit IV

Image Compression

Image- Compression – Types - spatial, transform based –Bit plane coding DCT, Walsh, and Hadamard

Transforms for compression –Graphics Interchange format – Tagged Image File Format – Digitized

Documents.

JPEG standard

9 Hours

Unit V

Multimedia Coding Perceptual coding, PEG audio coders, Dolby audio coders –H.261, H.263, & MPEG Video standards.

Video compression Principles

9 Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours

Textbooks

1. Simon Haykin, Communication Systems, John Wiley and Sons, 4th

Edition, 2007

2. Fred Halsall, Multimedia Communications, Applications Networks Protocols and Standards, Pearson

Education, Asia 2002

References

1. Rafael C.Gonzalez and Richard E.Woods, Digital image processing, PHI, 2002

2. Mark Nelson, Data Compression Book, BPB Publication, 2004


ELECTIVE II

- - - 3.0

11I607 CASE TOOLS LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5

Objectives

Introduce the lab environment and tools used in the software engineering lab.

The intention of this module is not to make you an expert in the use of these tools but to make you

aware about them and their importance in industrial practice

The Graduates can learn how to write project definition

Programme Outcomes


languages.


analyze problems.

.

Skill Set

1. Graduates can analyze a problem and find the solution.

2. Graduates can represent the given problem in UML diagrams.

Assessment Pattern

Internal

Assessment

Semester

Endexamination

Preparation 10 15


Record 10 -


Total 50 50

Remember

1. Define Generalization.

2. State the purpose of component diagram.

3. Define Association.

4. What is qualifier?

5. Define swim lane.

Understand

1. Depict the notation used for representing class, use case and actor.

2. What is the importance of UML?

3. How do you show complete and incomplete generalization?

4. When would you use interaction diagram?

5. Why an interaction diagram is not used to capture the complex conditional behavior?

Apply/Analyze/Evaluate

1. Outline the steps for identifying classes using noun-phrase approach.

2. Justify how the noun-phrase approach is more effective than the other approaches.

3. For a managing the accessories of a hospital, predict the actors and use cases, classes, attributes and

methodsConstruct the class diagram and use case diagram.

4. In an institution books are the resources, if the necessary book is not available the books has to be

ordered. Devise the necessary actors & use cases.


1. Plan a project for scheduling a system.

2. Generate class diagram, use case diagram, sequence diagram, collaboration diagram for managing the

Library.

3. Create the Class Diagram, Use Case Diagram, and Activity Diagram for managing the inventory of an

organization.

4. Build the Class Diagram, Sequence Diagram, and collaboration diagram for deposit & withdraw

money.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Program Analysis and Project Planning

Thorough study of the problem – Identify project scope, Objectives, Infrastructure.

2. Software requirement Analysis

Describe the individual Phases / Modules of the project, Identify deliverables.

3. Data Modeling

Use work products – Data dictionary, Use diagrams and activity diagrams, build and test class

diagrams, sequence diagrams and add interface to class diagrams.

4. Software Development and Debugging

Choose the suitable software development methodology based on the application type.

5. Software Testing

Prepare test plan, perform validation testing, Coverage analysis, memory leaks, develop test case

hierarchy, Site check and Site monitor.

Mini projects :

1. Library Management System (Develop either in JAVA/ C++ / PHP with DB)

2. Hotel Management System (Hotels Management in J2EE/VB/.Net with DB)

3. Timetable generation (user will input subjects, faculty times, class room times) : User will also

input subject seriality and topics to be taken for the week.

4. Admission procedure in institution

5. Online passport registration (Civil Registry in VB/PHP)

6. Examination result according to the classes (Exam Scheduler in .Net)

7. Ice cream parlor management system

8. Pizza hut - account management system (Pizza Ordering System in .Net/ VB with DB)

9. Multi player strategy game (Project ideas on Visual basic/Java, Database)

*but not limited to the above listed applications

Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule


1 Program Analysis and Project Planning 9

2 Software requirement Analysis 9

3 Data Modeling 9

4 Software Development and Debugging 9

5 Software Testing 9


11I608 WEB TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5

Objectives

This course provides an opportunity to practice various Scripts like HTML, JavaScript, VbScript

XML.

Graduates can able to Design the Web application using CSS and Built in functions.

Enables the Graduates to work with server side programming using JSP and Servlets..

Programme Outcomes

a) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using programming

languages.


Skill Set

1. Programming of web based applications.

2. Implementation of data based Scripting & built in function concepts.

Assessment Pattern

Internal

Assessment

Semester

Endexamination

Preparation 10 15


Record 10 -


Total 50 50

Remember

1. When a client request is send to servlet container, how does the container choose which servlet to

invoke?

2. How do you submit a form using JavaScript?

3. Where are cookies actually stored in hard disk?

4. What is use of JQuery?

5. Label the datatype of variables in JavaScript?

Understand

1. Show that in a pop-up browser window, how do you refer to the main browser window that opened it?

2. Compare Java Script & ASP script.

3. Can we run multiple websites using same port number and different IP address?

4. Summarize the role of http sys in IIS?

5. How Can I Increase and Decrease the Text With jQuery?

Apply / Analyse /Evaluate

1. Write the functionalities of PHP in Server Programming.

2. What‘s the simplest way to check if the same name occurs two times in java servlets.

3. How many objects exist when a JSP has concurrent requests? Analyze JSP support multi-threading

methods.

4. Create and forward multiple requests to a single JSP.

5. Can we forward from one JSP to multiple JSP pages? How can user call a servlet from a JSP?


1. Design a Commercial website application system to track the records of all events in day-to-life

activities.

List of Experiments

Javascripts

1. Implement a Java Script to validate the name and e - mail in form by using functions and loops for an

Insurance Company.

2. Write a JavaScript program using CSS to include search option in a form using custom Calendar

widgets and its events.

3. Design a Webpage using JavaScript to perform the following: Imagine a tollbooth and a bridge. Cars

passing by have to pay Rs. 50 Some cars passed by without paying the tax and some have to pay.

Display message 1.No. of cars passed by, 2.Total no. of cars who have not paid the tax and 3. Amount

of cash collected

DHTML & CSS

1. Design an Online-Shopping website using DHTML. The website should contain five forms like home,

login, registration, catalog and order html pages and apply External Cascading style sheets to all the

web pages using

2. Develop a website for displaying University results where the website should consist of 3 pages. Use

Filter and Transition effects, to HTML pages

3. Create a website for Banking Trade Management using CSS objects, which contains the website

should consist of 4 pages. Use Embedding Cascading Stylesheet Tags to HTML pages

XML

1. Validate an XML which will display about book information includes the following: Title of Book

Author Name, ISBN Number, Publisher, Edition, Price

a) Write a DTD & XML Schema to validate XML File

b) Display XML as follows

c) The contents should be displayed in a table. The header of table should be in Grey color

d) The author Names column should be displayed in one color & capitalized & should be in bold.

Use your own colors for remaining columns. Process XSL & CSS for above purpose.

ASP

1. Develop ASP Code for academy web portals to connect the database for the following:

i) Request object

ii) Response object

iii) ADO

iv) Filesystemobject

v) Cookies

vi) Doget and Dopost Methods

JSP

1. Execute a JSP program to retrieve data from a CSV file to display all items based on user submission

for Order processing.

2. Write a JSP program to access information from a Database using JDBC for Stock Exchange &

Brokerage.

Total: 45 Hours

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 144 Practical Schedule


1 Java Scripts 9

2 DHTML & CSS 9

3 XML 9

4 ASP 9

5 JSP 9

11I609 TECHNICAL SEMINAR -II

- - - 1.0

11O701 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS


3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To understand the basics of Micro and Macro Economics.

To understand the methods by which Demand Forecasting, Cost Analysis, Pricing and Financial

Accounting are done in the Industry.

Programme Outcomes



languages.



problems.

Skill Sets

1. Costing of products and services.

2. Market Analysis.

Assessment pattern


Test I

† Test II

†

Model

Examination†

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Economics




Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 145 2. Define Managerial Economics

3. What are the branches of Economics?

4. What are the two methodologies used for Investigation in Economics?

5. Name the other disciplines which are linked to Managerial Economics.

6. List the theories that explain the basic objectives of a firm.

7. What are the basic concepts in Decision making?

8. What are the types of decisions a manager is expected to make?

9. What are the techniques used in the process of decision making?

10. What is opportunity cost?

11. What is Demand?

12. What are the types of Demand?

13. What are the variations in the nature of Demand?

14. State the law of Demand.

15. What are the factors determining Demand?

16. Define Elasticity of Demand.

17. State the different degrees of elasticity of Demand?

18. What are the factors determining Elasticity of Demand?

19. State the Law Of Diminishing Marginal Utility.

20. What is Consumer Equilibrium?

21. List the factors effecting Demand Forecasting.

22. What methods will you use for forecasting demand for a new product?

23. Define Cost.

24. What is a semi variable cost?

25. What are fixed costs?

26. Define Short Run and Long Run costs.

27. Define Optimum Size of a Firm.

28. Define Replacement Cost and Historic Cost.

29. What is a Monopoly?

30. What is an Oligopoly?

31. What is Price Discrimination?

32. What are the reasons for Price Discrimination?

33. What are the advantages of Price Discrimination?

34. Define Oligopoly in terms of market share.

35. Name the two types of Oligopoly.

36. What are the objectives of Pricing?

37. What are the two basic methods of Pricing?

38. What is Market Skimming?

39. What is sealed bid pricing?

40. Define Accounting.

41. What are the uses of accounting?

42. What is a Balance Sheet?

43. Definitions of key words used in Financial Statements.

44. What is inflation?

Understand

1. Explain the nature and scope of Economics.

2. Differentiate between Macro and Micro economics

3. List and explain the focus areas of Managerial economics.

4. Give reasons why Mangers aim to Maximize Sales even at the cost of a lower profit.

5. Explain the steps in the decision making process.

6. Differentiate between Mechanistic and Analytical Decision making with examples.

7. Explain Giffens Paradox.

8. Explain with examples, exceptions to the Law of Demand.

9. Explain the nature of Demand.

10. Differentiate between Extension and Increase in Demand.

11. What is the significance of Elasticity of Demand?

12. Differentiate between Point and Arc Elasticity of Demand.

13. What are the assumptions made when talking about the Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility?

14. Explain the characteristics of the Indifference Curve with examples.

15. Explain the concepts of consumer‘s equilibrium and consumers‘ surplus with examples.

16. Can Demand Forecasting principles be applied to Services? Substantiate your answer with an example.

17. What is the difference between Accounting Cost and Economic Cost? Explain with an example.

18. Match the following type of question between Cost Concepts and their Basis of Distinction

19. Why is a study of Cost-Output Relationship necessary for a good Manager?

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 146 20. How is Incremental cost different from Sunk Cost?

21. Differentiate between Monopoly and Monopolistic Competition.

22. Explain the concept of a Perfect Market and its features.

23. Explain Total Revenue, Average Revenue and Marginal Revenue.

24. Distinguish between Cost and Price.

25. Explain with an appropriate diagram, the mechanism of pricing in a Perfectly Competitive Market.

26. Explain the role of Time in price determination.

27. Under what conditions can a firm charge different prices for the same products?

28. What are the characteristic features of an oligopoly industry ?

29. What causes Oligopoly?

30. Why does a firm need to have a Pricing Policy?

31. Explain the types and features of Cost Based Pricing.

32. Explain the types and features of Demand Based Pricing.

33. Explain the types and features of Strategy Based Pricing.

34. Under what conditions does a company go in for Cross Subsidization pricing?

35. Explain the Business Entity concept.

36. What are the advantages of Double-entry Book-keeping?

37. What is the role of the Central bank in controlling inflation?

Apply

1. Compare the merits and demerits of the Deductive Method and the Inductive Method of Investigation.

2. Explain decisions based on the degree of certainty of the outcome with examples.

3. Problems involving Marginal and Incremental Costs.

4. Problems concerning Elasticity of Demand.

5. Problems using statistical methods for Demand Forecasting.

6. Problem – Calculate and plot Average Variable Cost, Average Total Cost, Marginal Cost and find the

optimal production volume.

7. Give examples of products falling under the various kinds of Competition, and the reasons they are

able to survive in the market.

8. Give six examples of products that fall under Monopolistic Competitive pricing.

9. Give six examples of products that fall under Oligopolistic pricing.

10. Pick any six Consumer Items and based on your knowledge of the markets, explain the pricing method

that you think is most likely to have been followed for each of these items.

11. Compare the types of information that one can derive from a Balance Sheet and a P&L Statement.

Analyze

1. ―The per-capita income of farmers in the country has to be raised by 20% this year to prevent their

migration to cities‖. Analyze this statement from the point of view of Positive and Normative

Economics.

2. Decision making improves with age and experience. Discuss.

3. Do a survey of the automotive (only cars) industry and analyze the reasons and timing for discounts

offered from the point of view of elasticity of demand.

4. What are the methods you would adopt to forecast demand for an industrial product? Assuming that

the actual demand versus forecast is very high, what would the most likely reason be for failure of the

forecast?

5. ―Most of the cost concepts are overlapping and repetitive‖. Yes or No? Substantiate your answer with

reasons.

6. How would you modify a sealed bid pricing system to take care of different technical approaches by

different bidders for a project for which bids are called for, given that the cost varies depending on the

technical approach?

7. What are the steps you would take to control inflation?

Create

1. Create a matrix consolidating the definitions of the word ―Economics‖ as defined by the leading

Economists in the prescribed textbook. Using this define economics the way you understand it, in less

than 50 words.

2. Study the price of a commodity over a period of one year and explain the possible reasons for the

fluctuations from an economist‘s point of view.

3. You are in a job which is paying you adequately. You are called for an interview for a job that double

your salary. Unfortunately you miss the only train that will take you in time for the interview. How

will you justify the cost of taking a flight considering the cost concepts you have learnt.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 147 4. Due to cancellation of an export order, you are stuck with a huge stock of jeans of international quality.

Device a pricing strategy for disposing this stock without incurring a loss, considering that it is a very

competitive market.

(Question paper will contain at least 50% marks on numerical problems)

Unit I

Introduction Introduction to Economics, Kinds of Economic Systems, Production Possibility Frontier, Opportunity Cost,

Objective of Organizations, Kinds of Organizations, Business Decision Making,

Legal rights and responsibilities of types of Organizations.

9 Hours

Unit II

Demand and Supply

Functions of Demand & Supply, Law of Demand and Supply, Elasticity of Demand, Demand Forecasting

Methods, Price Equilibrium

Role of logistics in managing supply and demand.

9 Hours

Unit II

Production and Cost

Production Function, Returns to Scale, Economies & Diseconomies of scale, Fixed Cost, Variable Cost,

Average Costs, Cost Curves, Break Even point, Law of diminishing Marginal Utility

Costing of a product during the stages of its life cycle

9 Hours

Unit IV

Pricing & Market Structure

Components of Pricing, Methods of Pricing, Return on Investment, Payback Period, Market Structure and

Pricing, Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Oligopoly, Monopolistic, Non price competition, E-commerce.

The secure payment process in e-commerce.

9 Hours

Unit V

Introduction to Macro Economics & Financial Accounting,

National Income – GDP, Per Capita Income, Inflation, Stagflation, Deflation, Business Cycle, Stabilization

Policies, Direct Taxes, Indirect Taxes, Balance of Payment. Accounting - Terminology, Book Keeping, P&L,

Balance Sheet.

Role of Central Excise and Customs

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

A. Ramachandra Aryasri and V V Ramana Murthy, Engineering Economics and Financial Accounting,

Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited , New Delhi, 2006

References

1. V L Samuel Paul and G S Gupta, Managerial Economics – Concepts and Cases, Tata McGraw Hill

Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 1981

2. S N Maheswari, Financial and Management Accounting, Sultan Chand

3. R Kesavan, C Elanchezhian and T Sunder Selwyn, Engineering Economics and Financial Accounting,

Laxmi Publication (P) Ltd , New Delhi, 2005

11I702 C# and .Net FRAMEWORKS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To understand about object-oriented or object-based programming in .NET

To develop application programs using the C#

Writing programs in integrated development environment (Visual Studio 2008)

Understand the concept of .NET framework, study the different techniques of security

Introduce web services with ASP.NET, and explore window based applications.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 148 Programme Outcomes

b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using C#



analyze the problems.

Skill Set

1. Design of Various form controls.

2. Design of Web Application.

Assessment Pattern


Test I

† Test II

†

Model

Examination†

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is metadata? Mention its uses in .NET.

2. How arrays are declared in C#?

3. What are the various types of Exceptions?

4. How is polymorphism achieved in C#?

5. What is delegate? How it is created in C#?

Understand

1. What are the advantages of using .NET?

2. What is the use of ‗new‘ in inheritance?

3. How Single Call is differ from Singleton?

4. What is the main idea of using sealed class?

5. How could you compare the ref parameter in C#?

Analyze

1. Explain about various Namespaces of .NET framework.

2. What is interface? How interface is implemented in C#.

3. What is event? How events are created? Give example.

4. How Multiple Inheritance is implemented in C#?

5. Explain in detail about the concept of operator overloading.

6. What is status bar? Write a program to create status bar and explain.

7. Write a program for the controls List box and Combo box.

Apply / Evaluate

1. List out the various value and reference types supported in C#.

2. Describe the components of the .NET framework and explain the features of each component.

3. Explain the process of creating a window based calculator with your own GUI.

4. Write a web based application to implement a ticket status checking system.

5. Explain the web service architecture. What are the steps involved in the creation and consumption of

web services. Explain with an example.





1. Create an Application for Database application using c#.

2. Create and design the form using various .Net form controls.

3. Design a form for a basic calculator using c# & .Net.

Unit I

Basics of .NET and C#

Architecture of .Net Framework – Components - Class Library – Benefits – C#s Relationship with the CLR –

The CLR and .NET Framework.

Memory Management

9 Hours

Unit II

C# & OOP

C# data types – Variables – Operators – Statements – Input/ output – Control flow – Methods – Debugging and

error handling – Namespaces – Array – Structs – OOP concepts – Classes – Abstract data type – Constructors –

Destructors – Conversions - Operator overloading –Polymorphism.

Inheritance

9 Hours

Unit III

Interface and Inheritance

Interfaces – Indexes – Delegates – Events – Variable argument Lists – Collection – Reflection – Events –

Dynamic creation and invocation

Preprocessor

9 Hours

Unit IV

Windows Forms

Forms and Controls – Windows Presentation Foundation – Features – Architecture – Class Hierarchy –

Application Model – Properties – WPF Events – Data Binding in Windows forms and WPF

Windows communication Foundation (WCF) 9 Hours

Unit V

ASP.Net and Silver light

ASP.Net Life cycle – Web server control – Silverlight – Main features – Architecture – applications

ADO.Net – Security and Cryptography

Web services – Case Study 9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Kogent Solutions Inc, C# 2008 Programming covers .NET 3.5, DreamTech Press, 2010

References

1. E. Balagurusamy, Programming in C#, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002

2. Herbert Schildt, C# 4.0 The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010

3. Joseph Albahari and Ben Albahari, C# 4.0 in a Nutshell, Oreilly Media, 2010

4. Christian Nagel, Professional C# and .Net, Wiley-India, 2010


11I703 TCP/IP

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To impart knowledge on TCP and IP Protocol

To learn the basics of socket programming using TCP sockets and UDP sockets

It also help professionals who are preparing to work with networks based on TCP/IP.

Programme Outcomes

d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and analyze network

related problems.

Skill Set

1. Implement the basic commands needed to develop a socket program

2. Design a webpage for HTTP by creating sockets

3. Implement Remote method invocation

Assessment Pattern

SL.

No.

Bloom’s Taxonomy Test I* Test II* Model

Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define fragmentation.

2. When a router did sends destination-unreachable message?

3. List the use of ARP?

4. What is the use of designing BOOTP?

5. Tell the use of Bind function.

Understand

1. Compare OSI and ISO?

2. What is the main idea of Sliding window protocol?

3. Demonstrate Routing table.

4. Summarize the Fragmentation in Internet protocol.

5. How would you classify the types of OSPF packets?

Apply

1. Apply Echo commands for socket program.

2. Identify a program for File transfer in client server architecture using TCP / IP.

3. What approach would you use for three-way handshake connection in TCP?

Analyze/Evaluate

1. What is the function of webpage upload and download using sockets.

2. Evaluate the program for Telnet using sockets.

3. Analyze socket program (TCP) between two computers and enable file transfer between them.

___________________





1. Create a socket for ARP.

2. What way would you design a socket program for TFTP.

Unit I

Internet Protocols

Internet Protocol-IP Header, IP fragmentation, PPTP, HDLC,PPP, LLDP, STP, Sub netting and subnetting,

Loop back interface - CIDR - ARP, ARP cache and RARP, Internet control message protocol

IPV6, Zero compression technique

9 Hours

Unit II

Transmission Control Protocol

TCP-services and connection establishment and termination , TCP socket options, interactive dataflow, flow

control, TCP finite state machine, TCP dump, TCP Half close, half open-Nagle algorithm, silly window

syndrome- BOOTP-DHCP-DNS.

Network Operating System

9 Hours

Unit III

Network Layer Performance IP Routing - Router as switching - ifconfig-netstat - Static Routing - Dynamic routing protocols - Routing

daemons -RIP-RIPv2-OSPF-Traceroute program-Link state Routing.

Gateway

9 Hours

Unit IV

Socket Options, Elementary UDP Sockets Socket options – getsocket and setsocket functions – generic socket options – IP socket options – ICMP socket

options – Elementary UDP sockets – Multiplexing TCP and UDP sockets – Domain name system –

gethostbyname function – gethostbyadr function – getservbyname and getservbyport functions.

UDP echo server, UDP echo client 9 Hours

Unit V

Advanced Sockets

Ipv4 and Ipv6 interoperability – threaded servers – thread creation and termination – TCP echo server using

threads – Mutexes – condition variables – raw sockets – raw socket creation – raw socket output – raw socket

input .

Ping program

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. Behrouz A. Forouzam, TCP/ IP Protocol Suite, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

2. W. Richard Stevens, Bill Fenner and Andrew M.Rudoff, UNIX network programming vol I, Pearson

Education Asia 2008.

References

1. Douglas E. Comer, Internetworking with TCP/ IP, Volume 1, 2, Pearson Education Asia 2009.

2. Richard Stevens, TCP/IP Illustrated, Vol 1, 2, 3, Pearson education India, 2009.


11I704 GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To study the graphics techniques and algorithms.

To study the multimedia software and animation.

To enable the Graduates to develop their creativity.

Programme Outcomes



languages.


problems.

Skill set

1. Develop 2D & 3D Transformation

2. Perform 2D & 3D Animation

3. Develop Multimedia Software

Assessment Pattern

SL.

No.


Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. List the common attributes of a ‗line‘

2. Define Polygon Clipping

3. Give the types of quadric surfaces.

4. Define Spline.

5. List the components of multimedia.

Understand

1. How are polygon data stored in graphics application?

2. How will you perform transformation between coordinate systems?

3. State the difference between window and viewport.

4. What are the merits of page based authoring tools?

5. Mention the software tools used for manipulating images.

Apply

1. Derive the window-to-viewport transformation by first scaling the window to the size of the viewport

and then translating the scaled window to the view-port position.

2. Explain the basic concept of Midpoint ellipse algorithm. Derive the decision parameters for the

algorithm and write down the algorithm steps.

3. Set up a procedure for a parallel implementation of the midpoint ellipse algorithm.

___________________




Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 153 4. Explain time based and object oriented multimedia authoring tool.

5. Categorize the types of multimedia authoring tools and converse in detail.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Obtain a transformation matrix for rotating an object about a specified pivot point.

2. Derive Bresenham‘s Line Drawing Algorithms.

3. Design a storyboard layout and accompanying key frames for an animation of a single polyhedron.

4. Derive the 3D transformation matrix for rotation about

(i) An arbitrary axis (ii) an arbitrary plane

Create

1. Consider a triangle ABC whose coordinates are A [4, 1], B [5, 2], C [4, 3]

a) Reflect the given triangle about X axis. (04)

b) Reflect the given triangle about Y-axis. (04)

c) Reflect the given triangle about Y=X axis. (04)

d) Reflect the given triangle about X axis.

Unit-I

Graphics Fundamentals

Introduction - Line - Curve and Ellipse Drawing Algorithms - Attributes - Two-Dimensional Geometric

Transformations - Two-Dimensional Clipping and Viewing.

Circle Drawing Algorithms

9 Hours

Unit II

Two Dimensional Graphics

Two dimensional geometric transformations - Matrix representations and homogeneous coordinates, composite

transformations; Two dimensional viewing - Viewing pipeline, viewing coordinate Reference frame; window-

to-viewport coordinate transformation, Two dimensional viewing functions; clipping operations -Point, line,

and polygon clipping algorithms.

Text clipping operations

9 Hours

Unit III

Three Dimensional Graphics

Three dimensional concepts; Three dimensional object representations - Polygon surfaces - Polygon tables -

Plane equations - Polygon meshes; Curved Lines and surfaces, Quadric surfaces; Blobby objects Spline

representations - Bezier curves and surfaces - B-Spline curves and surfaces .

Color models

9 Hours

Unit IV

Animation

Text- Using Text in Multimedia, computer and text, Font Editing and design tools, hypermedia and hypertext,

Image-Making Still Images, color, Image File format, Principles of Animation –animation by computer,

making animation that work, Video –How video works and Is displayed, Digital video containers, shooting and

editing video.

Hypertext Tools

9 Hours

Unit-V

Multimedia Software

Basic software tools - Text, image, and sound editing tools; painting and drawing tools, animation tools; making

instant multimedia - Office suite; Multimedia authoring tools - Types, card and page based authoring tools, icon

and time based authoring tools.

Multimedia `Skills

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 154 Textbooks

1. Donald Hearn & M. Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2012

2. Prabhat K Andleigh and Kiran Thakrar, Multimedia systems design, PHI, 2011

3. Tay Vaughan, MULTIMEDIA Making It Work, Tata McGraw-Hill, 7th Edition, 2011

References

1. Judith Jeffcoate,Multimedia in practice technology and Application, PHI, 2010

2. Foley, Vandam, Feiner, Hughes, Computer Graphics: Principles & Practice, Pearson Education, Third

edition, 2013.

ELECTIVE III

- - - 3.0

ELECTIVE IV

- - - 3.0

11I707 .NET FRAMEWORKS LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5

Objectives

To employ the various classes of the C# Collections Framework and write one‘s own classes for use

with that .Net framework.

Make the Graduates to understand the concept of ADO.NET.

Programme Outcomes

b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using C# programming

languages.


the problems.

Skill Set

1. Implementation of inheritance.

2. Design of Various form controls.

3. Design of Web Application.

Assessment Pattern

Internal

Assessment

Semester

Endexamination

Preparation 10 15


Record 10 -


Total 50 50

Remember

1. What is Form? List out the properties of Form Type?

2. How to create objects in C#?

3. What is metadata? Mention its uses in .NET.

4. What do you mean by Jagged Arrays?

5. What is an assembly?

Understand

1. How arrays are declared in C#?

2. What is polymorphism? How it is achieved?

3. How to delete rows from Data table?

4. How Multiple Inheritance is implemented in C#?

5. What are the different types of dialog box available in C#?


Apply

1. Implement the sorting algorithms

a. Merge sort

b. Bubble sort

c. Quick sort

d. Insertion sort

2. Design a C# program for an electricity board charges the following rates to domestic users to

discourage large consumption of energy :

i. For the first 100 units − 50 P per unit

ii. Beyond 300 units − 60 P per unit

If the total cost is more than Rs.250.00 then an additional surcharge of 15% is added on the difference.

Define a class Electricity in which the function Bill computes the cost. Define a derived class More

Electricity and override Bill to add the surcharge.

3. Create a class Time that has separate int member data for hours, minutes and seconds. One

constructor should initialize this data to zero and another constructor initializes it to fixed values. Write

member functions to display time in 12 hour as well as 24 hour format. The final member function

should add two objects of class Time. A main() program should create three objects of class time, of

which two are initialized to specific values and third object initialized to zero. Then it should add the

two initialized values together, leaving the result in the third. Finally it should display the value of all

three objects with appropriate headings.

4. What is removing? Explain the steps involved in the process of creating remoting application.

5. Implement the delegates program in c#

List of Experiments

1. Basic functions in C#

Implement a C# program encompassing the differences in the visibility modes of the class and its

members

Create a class and display the behavior of the static and non static data members

Write a program that can compile and run. Your program must meet these requirements:

– namespace has the name NamespaceOne

– class has the name ClassTesting

– The program outputs no results

2. Operator Overloading and its types

Implement the concept of Binary operator overloading and Unary operator overloading

Write a program to illustrate

o Explicit and implicit operator overloading

o Overload type conversion operators.

o Overload equality and inequality operators

o Overload relational operators

3. Indexers and Properties

Implement a C# program that uses different accessibility modifier on the property getter-setter method

Build a C# code differentiating the behavior of indexers and properties

4. Multiple Interfaces

Design a C# program for interfaces with three classes implementing the same interfaces and display

the results on method calls to all the classes implementing the interfaces

Develop a program illustrating ―partial‖ keyword for classes with help of interfaces

Create a class implementing multiple interfaces and display the results of the method calls.

5. Delegate and Event Handler

Implement the C# program with delegates performing the following

o Calling Static Functions

o Calling Member Functions

o Multicasting

Implement the Second Change Event Example with help of Events

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 156 6. Iterators

Create an Iterator Block for a List of Integers using the Array Collection

7. Windows form controls and ADO.NET

Develop a project with windows forms containing Text box, listbox, check box, Date picker, Rich text

box, Image list, Panel, table and dialogs.

Design a simple ADO.NET database application that returns results from a database table, writes the

output to a DataGrid and TextBoxes, and uses Buttons (First, Previous, Next, Last) to navigate through

the records.

8. A simple Windows Presentation Framework Application

Design a simple WPF application in the .NET framework

9. Dispatch Method in WPF

Develop a C# application with threads and dispatcher in WPF. Make use of the dispatcher methods and

windows controls

Application Oriented Exercises

1. A Parser to parse code

2. .NET Storage APIs

3. Simple version control system

4. A simple difference tool to compare two or more source files (more of a design project)

Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule


1 Basic functions in C# 6

2 Operator Overloading and its types 3

3 Indexers and Properties 3

4 Multiple Interfaces 3

5 Delegate and Event Handler 6

6 Iterators 6

7 Windows form controls and ADO.NET 6

8 A simple Windows Presentation Framework Application 6

9 Dispatch Method in WPF 6

11I708 GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5

Objectives

To learn the 2D and 3D algorithms.

To study about the translation and rotation algorithms.

To know the techniques of 3D animation.




languages.


problems.

Skill set

1. Develop 2D & 3D Transformation

2. Perform 2D & 3D Animation

3. Develop Multimedia Software

Assessment Pattern

Remember

1. What is DDA algorithm?

2. What is Mid-point algorithm?

3. What is line clipping?

4. How to perform shearing on a line?

5. What is rendering effect?

Understand

1. How to implement Bresenham‘s algorithms for line, circle and ellipse drawing?

2. How to implement Cohen-Sutherland 2D clipping and window-view port mapping?

3. How to perform 3D Transformations such as translation, rotation and scaling?

4. How to convert between colour models?

5. List out the basic operations on image using any image editing software.

Apply / Analyze /Evaluate

1. Study the basic graph functions defined in ―graphics‖ and analyze it.

2. Analyze the program to implement rotation on polygon...

3. Implement set of Basic Transformations on Polygon i.e. Translation, Rotation and Scaling.

4. Evaluate various Photoshop effects.

5. Apply various Photoshop effects like masking, rendering.

Create

1. Create a simple animation of a man bowling, with the ball rolling down the alley and striking the pins.

Describe the sequence of motions in a storyboard. Discuss the various techniques and principles you

might employ to accurately represent the motion of the man moving, the ball rolling, and the pins

falling.

List of Experiments

1. Draw the following figure using DDA and Bresenham‘s line drawing algorithm.

a)

Internal

Assessment

Semester

End

Examination

Preparation 10 15

Observation and results 15 20

Record 10 -

Mini project/Model examination/viva voce 15 15

Total 50 50

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 158 b)

c)

d) Polygon

2. Design the following figure using bresenham‘s circle algorithm.

a)

b)

c)

d) Olympic symbol

3. Sketch the following figure using midpoint ellipse drawing algorithm.

a)

b)

c)

d)


4. Perform Two Dimentional Transformation for the following objects.

a) Triangle

b) Square

c) Rectangle

d) Polygon

5. Clip the line in square window using Cohen-Sutherland 2D clipping Algorithm.

a)

b)

c)

d)

6. Perform 3D Transformations such as translation, rotation and scaling for the following objects

a) Cube.

b) Pyramid

c) Cone

7. Implement the following color model conversion

a) RGB to HSV

b) HSV to RGB.

8. Create an effect similar to morphing using shape tweening.

a)

b)

c)

d)


9. Create the following effect using animation software.

a) Movement of a Cloud

b) A bee flying from a beehive and then to flower

c) Flying Kite

d) A sailing boat

10. Use the image editing tool to do the following.

a) A birthday greeting card for your friend

b) Book cover page.

c) Brouchure for symposium in your college.

d) Prospectus for your college.

Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule


1

Draw the given figure using DDA and Bresenham‘s line drawing

algorithm.

6

2 Design the given closed figure using bresenham‘s circle algorithm.

6

3 Sketch the given figure using midpoint ellipse drawing algorithm.

6

4 Perform Two Dimentional Transformation for the given objects.

6

5 Clip the line in square window using Cohen-Sutherland 2D clipping

Algorithm. 3

6 Perform 3D Transformations such as translation, rotation and scaling for

the given objects 6

7 Implement the following color model conversion

3

8 Create an effect similar to morphing using shape tweening.

3

9 Create the given effect using animation software.

3

10 Use Image editing tool to edit a photo by applying various effects 3

11I709 PROJECT WORK PHASE I

- - -3.0

11O801 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS


2 0 0 2.0

Objectives

To study the basic issues in Professional Ethics.

To appreciate the rights of others and to instill moral, social values and loyalty.

To enable the Graduatesin their engineering profession who explore the ethical issues in technological

society.

Programme Outcomes


(f) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of professional and ethical responsibility.


Skill Set

1. Ability to propose possible solutions using articulated ethical theories.

2. Ability to form opinions based on reasoned ethical positions, supported with facts and evidence.

3. Increase in awareness of the ethical component of daily engineering decisions.



Test I

† Test II

†

Model

Examination†

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 30 30 30 30


3 Apply 30 30 30 30

4 Analyze/Evaluate - - - -

5 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100 4

Remember

1. Define Human Values.

2. What are Morals and Values?

3. What do you mean by Civic virtue and Respect for others?

4. Write the various meanings of ―Spirituality‖?

5. List four different types of Virtues.

6. Mention different Human values.

7. What is meant by moral autonomy?

8. Classify the types of inquiry.

9. What are the steps needed in confronting moral dilemmas?

10. List the levels of moral development suggested by Kohlberg.

11. What do you understand by self-interest and ethical egoism?

12. What are the steps needed in confronting moral dilemmas?

13. What are the three virtues of religion?.

14. What are the professional responsibilities?

15. What is meant by ―Informed consent‖ when bringing an engineering product to market?

16. What is engineering experimentation?

17. What are the different roles and functions of ―Code of Ethics‖?

18. What are the Limitations of ―Code of Ethics‖?

19. Name some of the engineering societies which published ―codes of ethics‖.

20. What is meant by a disaster?

Understand

1. Which are the practical skills that will help to produce effective independent thought about moral

issues?

2. Why does engineering have to be viewed as an experimental process?

3. Why isn‘t engineering possible to follow a random selection in product design?

4. Why is the ―code of ethics‖ important for engineers in their profession?

5. What does the Balanced Outlook on Law stress in directing engineering practice?

6. Are the engineers responsible to educate the public for safe operation of the equipment? How?

7. What kind of responsibility should the engineer have to avoid mistakes that may lead to accident due

to the design of their product?

8. What is the use of knowledge of risk acceptance to engineers?

9. Why is Environmental Ethics so important to create environmental awareness to the general public?

10. Why do the engineers refuse to do war works sometimes?

Apply

1. How does the consideration of engineering as a social experimentation help to keep a sense of

autonomous participation is a person‘s work?

2. How does the ―code of ethics‖ provide discipline among the engineers?

3. How would you classify the space shuttle Challenger case accident?

4. How does the manufacturer understand the risk in a product catalog or manual?

5. How does the knowledge of uncertainties in design help the engineers to access the risk of a product?

6. How can the quantifiable losses in social welfare resulting from a fatality be estimated? Give some

examples.

7. How does the engineer act to safeguard the public from risk?

4 †

The marks secured Test I and Test II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.




Unit I

Human Values

Morals, Values and Ethics – Integrity – Work Ethic – Service Learning – Civic Virtue – Respect for Others –

Living Peacefully – Caring – Sharing – Honesty – Courage – Valuing Time – Co-operation – Commitment –

Empathy – Self-Confidence

Character – Spirituality in business

6 Hours

Unit II

Engineering Ethics

Senses of 'Engineering Ethics' – Variety of moral issues – Types of inquiry – Moral autonomy – Kohlberg's

theory – Gilligan's theory – Consensus and controversy – Models of Professional Roles – Theories about right

action

Self-interest – Uses of ethical theories 6 Hours

Unit III

Engineering as Social Experimentation

Engineering as experimentation – Engineers as responsible experimenters – Codes of ethics – A balanced

outlook on law – The Challenger case study – Bhopal Gas Tragedy – The Three Mile Island and Chernobyl case

studies

Safety aspects in Nuclear Power plants

6 Hours

Unit IV

Responsibilities and Rights

Fundamental Rights, Responsibilities and Duties of Indian Citizens – Collegiality and loyalty – Respect for

authority – Collective bargaining – Confidentiality – Conflicts of interest – Occupational crime – Professional

rights – Employee rights – Discrimination

Right to Information Act

6 Hours

Unit V

Global Issues

Multinational corporations – Environmental ethics and Environmental Protection Act – Computer ethics –

Engineers as managers – Consulting engineers – Engineers as expert witnesses and advisors – Moral leadership

– Sample code of ethics like IETE, ASME, ASCE, IEEE, Institution of Engineers (India), Indian Institute of

Materials Management

Weapons development

6 Hours

Total: 30 Hours

Textbook

1. M. Govindarajan, S. Natarajan and V. S. Senthil Kumar, Engineering Ethics, PHI Learning Private

Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.

References

1. Charles D. Fleddermann, Engineering Ethics, Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall of India , New Jersey,

2004.

2. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, Ethics in Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing

Company Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2003.

3. Charles E. Harris, Michael S. Protchard and Michael J. Rabins, Engineering Ethics – Concepts and

Cases, Wadsworth Thompson Learning, United States, 2005.

4. http://www.slideworld.org/slidestag.aspx/human-values-and- Professional-ethics

5. www.mne.psu.edu/lamancusa/ProdDiss/Misc/ethics.ppt

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 163 ELECTIVE V

- - - 3.0

ELECTIVE VI

- - - 3.0

11I804 PROJECT WORK PHASE II

- - - 3.0

ELECTIVES

LANGUAGE ELECTIVES

Language Elective I

11O10B BASIC ENGLISH I *

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To offer Graduates the basics of the English Language in a graded manner.

To promote efficiency in English Language by offering extensive opportunities for the development of

four language skills (LSRW) within the classroom.

An intense focus on improving and increasing vocabulary.

To improve Spelling and Pronunciation by offering Graduates rigorous practice and exercises.

Programme Outcomes

(g) The graduates will be able to communicate professionally.


Skill Set

1. Listening

2. Reading

3. Writing

4. Speaking.

Unit I

Unit II

* Subject to continuous assessment

Module Vocabulary/ Grammar Skills Sets Skill Sets

1 Basic words- 12 most used words in

English, usage and pronunciation

Starting a conversation and

talking about what one does

Sentence construction

bolstered by Mother Tongue

2 Basic words- 20 oft used words,

usage and pronunciation

Analyzing an action plan Creating and presenting ones

own action plan

3 Basic words with a focus on spelling Discriminative listening Informal conversation

4 Basic words- 10 oft used words,

usage and pronunciation

Content listening and

Intonation

Reading comprehension

5 Tutorial


6 Basic words + greetings to be used at

different times of the day

Formal conversation Intonation to be used in

formal address

7 Last 28 of the 100 most used words Informal conversation

between equals

Reading practice and peer

learning

8 Using the 14 target words to form bigger

words

Informal dialogues using

contracted forms

Guided speaking- talking

to peers using contracted

forms

9 Palindromes, greetings- good luck,

festivals

Placing a word within its

context- culling out meaning

Offering congratulations

10 Tutorial


Unit III


11 Homophones Formal and informal methods

of self-introduction

Let‘s Talk is a group

activity that gives them

some important pointers

of speech

12 Homophone partners, matching words

with their meanings

Contracted forms of the –be

verbs, ‗ve and ‗s

Translating English

sentences to Tamil

13 Briefcase words- finding smaller words

from a big word

Formal and informal ways of

introducing others

Team work- speaking

activity involving group

work, soft skills

14 Compound words and pronunciation

pointers

Giving personal details about

oneself

Using the lexicon

15 Tutorial

Unit IV

Module Vocabulary/ Grammar Skills Sets Skill Sets 16 Proper and common nouns Asking for personal

information and details

Pronunciation pointers- an

informal introduction to

the IPA

17 Pronouns Telephone skills and etiquette Reading aloud and

comprehension

18 Abstract and common nouns Dealing with a wrong number Reading practice and

comprehension

19 Group names of animals, adjectives Taking and leaving messages

on the telephone

Pronunciation pointers

20 Tutorial

Unit V

Module Vocabulary/ Grammar Skills Sets Skill Sets 21 Determiners Interrupting a conversation

politely- formal and informal

Pair work reading

comprehension

22 Conjugation of the verb ‗to be‘- positive

and negative forms

Thanking and responding to

thanks

Comprehension questions

that test scanning,

skimming and deep

reading

23 Am/is/are questions Giving instructions and

seeking clarifications

Small group activity that

develops dialogue writing

24 Present continuous tense-form and usage Making inquiries on the

telephone

Finishing sentences with

appropriate verbs

25 Tutorial

Unit VI

Module Vocabulary/

Grammar Skills Sets Skill Sets

26 Words with silent ‗b‘

Present continuous questions

Calling for help in an

emergency

Dialogue writing

27 Words with silent ‗c‘

Simple present tense- form and usage

Making requests and

responding to them politely

Identifying elements of

grammar in text extract

28 Simple present tense- rules Describing people Guided writing

29 Words with silent ‗g‘

Questions in the simple present tense

Describing places Filling in the blanks with

correct markers of tense

30

Tutorial

Total: 45 Hours

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 165 Resources

1. Basic English Module, L&L Education Resources, Chennai, 2011.

11O10C COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH *

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To equip Graduates with effective speaking and listening skills in English

To help the Graduates develop speaking skills in Business English

Programme Outcomes



Skill Set

1. Graduates will develop the fluency and language competence of learners of Business English at the

lower intermediate level

Unit I

Grammar and Vocabulary

Vocabulary for describing different company structures and company hierarchy – Practice using wh – questions;

there is / there are, Definitions of Quality, Vocabulary of quality management – Using nouns and adjectives to

form group nouns – Phrases for offering and accepting help and invitations – Telephone terms – Verb tenses –

Questions and responses – Conditionals – Gap Filling Exercises.

9 Hours

Unit II

Listening

Business Presentation – Conversation between old friends; introducing a stranger – A Quality Manager talks

about his work – Conversation between acquaintances – Sales talk at a sports equipment stand – Small talk

among colleagues – A tour of a factory in Italy – Lunch in the factory canteen – A meeting to improve the

efficiency of internal communication – A phone conversation arranging to meet – A credit card salesman talks

to the bank – A conversation between business acquaintances - A management meeting about a recent merger –

A conversation about a town, a country and its people.

9 Hours

Unit III

Speaking

Pronunciation Practice – Describing organizations - A company presentation –– Practicing of conversation

starters and closers with friends and strangers – Practice of simple language and step – by – step procedures to

describe complex ideas – Explaining visual information – The language of increase and decrease applied to

graphs and bar charts - Presenting a work – related graph – Making a telephone call – A sports equipment buyer

and a manufacturer‘s sales representative talk business – Entertaining a visitor in your country – A short

marketing meeting – Negotiating to meet around a busy schedule – Pairs or small groups discuss the

implications of problems at an electronics factory – Finding out all you can about a partner – Chairing and

holding meetings – Pairwork on questions and answers about places and people.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Reading

Signalling the structure of a presentation – introducing, sequencing and concluding a talk - Explaining concepts

and ideas – The pattern of phone call conversations – Giving, getting and checking information – Common

Business phrases – Giving encouragement: phrases for positive feedback; more emphatic adjectives and adverbs

– Giving facts and explaining functions and processes – Asking for and clarifying information – How to state

your point, agree and disagree – Practice of frequency, quantity and number - A short marketing meeting –

Suggesting and agreeing times and places – Phrases for the Chairperson – People at work: their emotions, skills

and attitudes.

9 Hours



Writing

Making conditions using the present and future conditional Phrases for stalling for time - Common telephone

phrases and responses - Business Communication – Calling for Quotation – Letter asking for Clarification –

Transcoding – Rearranging the sentences – Cloze – Explaining visual information – Explaining concepts and

ideas – Giving, getting and checking information – Business description – Informal negotiations.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Jeremy Comfort, Pamela Rogerson, Trish Stott, and Derek Utley, Speaking Effectively – Developing

Speaking Skills for Business English, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2002.

References

1. Brook-Hart Guy, BEC VANTAGE: BUSINESS BENCHMARK Upper-Intermediate – Student‟s Book,

Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2006.

2. Aruna Koneru, Professional Communication, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New

Delhi, 2008.

3. P. Kiranmai Dutt, Geetha Rajeevan and CLN Prakash, A Course in Communication Skills, Cambridge

University Press, New Delhi, 2008.

4. Krishna Mohan Balaji, Advanced Communicative English, Tata McGraw-hill Education Private

Limited, New Delhi, 2009.

Language Elective II

11O20B BASIC ENGLISH II *

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives To promote fluency even downplaying accuracy

A tacit acquisition of Basic English Grammar through ample listening, reading and writing inputs with

direct theory or wherever relevant

Specific focus on speaking and conversation skills with an aim to increase speaking confidence

To nurture the capacity to express lucidly and articulate their thoughts and impressions on a wide

gamut of topics both through speaking and writing

To improve spelling and pronunciation by offering rigorous practice and exercises

To correct common mistakes and to teach self-assessment techniques

Programme Outcomes



Skill Set

1. Listening

2. Reading

3. Writing

4. Speaking




31 Difference between present

continuous and simple present

tense.

Calling for help in an

emergency

Reporting an event-

journalistic style

32 Verbs ‗have‘ and ‗have got‘ Describing animals Asking for and giving

directions

33 Simple past tense Inviting people,

accepting and declining

invitations

Self- enquiry and offering

one‘s opinion on a given topic.

34 Spelling rules & table of irregular

verbs

Refusing an invitation Reading and practicing pre-

written dialogues

35 Tutorial

Unit II

36 Questions and the negative form

of the simple past tense

Apologizing and

responding to an

apology

(Reading) conversation

practice

37 Asking questions in the simple

past tense

Reading comprehension Seeking, granting and refusing

permission

38 Past continuous tense Paying compliments and

responding to them

Pair work: writing dialogues

and presenting them

39 Difference between simple past

and past continuous- when and

where to use each

Describing daily

routines

Reading and comprehension

skills

40 Tutorial

Unit III

41 Simple future tense Talking about the

weather

Making plans- applying

grammar theory to written work

42 Simple future tense- more aspects,

possessive pronouns

Talking about

possessions

Opening up and expressing

one‘s emotions

43 Future continuous Talking about current

activities

Listening comprehension

44 Revision of future tense- simple and

continuous forms, prepositions used

with time and date

Asking for the time and

date

Discussion- analyzing and

debating a given topic

45 Tutorial


46 Articles a/an Writing, speaking and

presentation skills

Transcribing dictation

47 Singular- Plural (usage of a/an) Reading practice-

independent and shared

reading

Comprehension –logical

analysis, process analysis and

subjective expression

48 Countable and uncountable

nouns- a/an and some

Listening

comprehension

Vocabulary: using context

tools to decipher meaning

49 Articles- the Sequencing sentences in

a paragraph

Listening to a poem being

recited, answer questions on

it and practice reciting the

same

50 Tutorial

Unit V

51 Articles- the: usage and avoidance Speaking: sharing

stories about family,

village/town, childhood,

etc. 10 students

Listening: comprehend and

follow multiple step

instructions read out by the

teacher

52 Articles- the: usage and avoidance

with like and hate

Speaking: sharing



etc.- 10 students

Reading: make inferences

from the story about the plot,

setting and characters

53 Articles- the: usage and avoidance

with names of places

Speaking: sharing



etc.- 10 students

Comprehension passage

54 This/ that/ these and those Writing a notice-

announcement

Speaking: Debate

55 Tutorial

Unit VI

56 One and ones Collaborative learning-

problem solving

Writing short answers to

questions based on reading

57 Capitalization and punctuation Controlled writing Listen to a story and respond

to its main elements

58 Syntax and sentence construction-

rearrange jumbled sentences

Guided writing Listen to a poem and discuss

its elements

59 Cloze Free writing Frame simple yet purposeful

questions about a given

passage

60 Tutorial

Total:45+15 Hours

Resources

1. Basic English Module, L&L Education Resources, Chennai, 2011.


11O20C ADVANCED COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH*

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

To learn about how to communicate in the business environment

Listen to an explanation and respond

Write a formal letter

Read company literature

Programme Outcomes



Skill set

1. Read graphs and charts

2. Skim and scan texts like job adverts

3. Read business articles for specific information

4. Understand the structure of a text

Unit I

Grammar and Vocabulary

Comparison of adjectives and adverbs – tenses – simple and complex questions – countable/ uncountable nouns,

-ing forms and infinitives – conditionals – comparing and contrasting ideas – modal verbs – while and whereas

for contrasting ideas – passives – used to, articles, reported speech, relative pronouns and expressing cause and

result – workplace-related vocabulary.

9 Hours

Unit II

Listening

Prediction - Ability to identify information – Ability to spell and write numbers correctly – Ability to infer,

understand gist, topic, context, and function, and recognize communicative functions ( complaining, greeting,

apologizing etc.) – Ability to follow a longer listening task and interpret what the speakers say.

9 Hours

Unit III

Speaking

Ability to talk about oneself and perform functions such as agreeing and disagreeing – Ability to express

opinions, agree, disagree, compare and contrast ideas and reach a decision in a discussion – appropriate use of

stress, rhythm, intonation and clear individual speech sounds - take an active part in the development of the

discourse - turn-taking and sustain the interaction by initiating and responding appropriately

9 Hours

Unit IV

Reading

Ability to skim and scan business articles for specific details and information – To understand the meaning and

the structure of the text at word, phrase, sentence, and paragraph level – Ability to read in detail and interpret

opinions and ideas – to develop one‘s understanding and knowledge of collocations – Ability to identify and

correct errors in texts

9 Hours

Unit V

Writing

Ability to write concisely, communicate the correct content and write using the correct register – Ability to

write requests, instructions, explanations, and ask for information by using the correct format in business

correspondences like charts, memo, note, email, letter, fax, report, proposal – understanding formal and

informal styles – responding to written or graphic input

9 Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours



1. Brook-Hart, Guy, Business Benchmark: Upper Intermediate – Student‘s Book, Cambridge University

Press, New Delhi, 2006

References

1. Whitby, Norman, Bulats Edition: Business Benchmark, Pre-Intermediate to Intermediate – Student‘s

Book, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2006

2. Cambridge Examinations Publishing, Cambridge BEC Vantage – Self-study Edition, Cambridge

University Press, UK, 2005

11O20G GERMAN *

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

To help Graduates acquire the basics of German language

To teach them how to converse in German in various occasions

Programme Outcome


Skill Set

1. Listening

2. Reading

3. Writing

4. Speaking

Unit I

Grammar & Vocabulary

Introduction to German language: Alphabets, Numbers – Nouns - Pronouns Verbs and Conjugations - definite

and indefinite article - Negation - Working with Dictionary – Nominative - Accusative and dative case –

propositions - adjectives - modal auxiliaries - Imperative case - Possessive articles.

9 Hours

Unit II

Listening

Listening to CD supplied with the books, paying special attention to pronunciation: Includes all lessons in the

book – Greetings - talking about name – country – studies – nationalities - ordering in restaurants - travel office

- Interaction with correction of pronunciation.

9 Hours

Unit III

Speaking

Speaking about oneself - about family – studies - questions and answers - dialogue and group conversation on

topics in textbooks - talks on chosen topics.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Reading

Reading lessons and exercises in the class - pronunciation exercises: Alphabet – name – country – people –

profession – family – shopping – travel – numbers – friends – restaurant – studies - festivals

9 Hours

Unit V

Writing

Alphabets – numbers - words and sentences - Exercises in the books - control exercises - writing on chosen

topics such as one self – family – studies - country.

9 Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours



11O20J JAPANESE *

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

To help Graduates acquire the basics of Japanese language

To teach them how to converse in Japanese in various occasions

To teach the Graduates the Japanese cultural facets and social etiquettes

Programme Outcome


Skill Set

1. Listening

2. Reading

3. Writing

4. Speaking

Unit I

Introduction to Japanese - Japanese script - Pronunciation of Japanese(Hiragana) - Long vowels - Pronunciation

of in,tsu,ga - Letters combined with ya,yu,yo - Daily Greetings and Expressions - Numerals. N1 wa N2 des -

N1 wa N2 ja arimasen - S ka - N1mo - N1 no N2 - …….san - Kanji - Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25

Numbers)

9 Hours

Unit II

Introduction - Kore - Sore - are - Kono N1 - Sono N1 - ano N1 - so des - so ja arimasen - S1 ka - S2 ka - N1 no

N1 - so des ka – koko - soko - asoko - kochira - sochira - achira - N1 wa N2 (Place) des – dhoko-N1 no N2 -

Kanji-10 - ima….ji…fun des - Introduction of verb - V mas - V masen - V mashitha - V masen deshitha -

N1(Time) ne V - N1 kara N2 des - N1 tho N2 / S ne Kanji-10 - Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers)

– Dictionary Usage.

9 Hours

Unit III

- N1(Place) ye ikimas - ki mas - kayerimasu - Dhoko ye mo ikimasen - ikimasendheshitha - N1(vehicle) de

ikimasu - kimasu - kayerimasu - N1(Personal or Animal) tho V ithsu - S yo. - N1 wo V (Transitive) - N1 wo

shimus - Nani wo shimasu ka - Nan & Nani - N1(Place) de V - V masen ka - V masho - Oo……. Kanji-10 , N1(

tool - means ) de V - ― Word / Sentence ‖ wa …go nan des ka - N1( Person ) ne agemus - N1( Person ) ne

moraimus - mo V shimashitha - , Kanji-10 – Japanese Typewriting using JWPCE Software, Technical

Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers)

9 Hours

Unit IV

Introduction to Adjectives - N1 wa na adj des. N1 wa ii adj des - na adj na N1 - ii adj ii N1 - Thothemo - amari

- N1 wa dho des ka - N1 wa dhonna N2 des ka - S1 ka S2 – dhore - N1 ga arimasu - wakarimasu - N1 ga suki

masu - N1 ga kiraimasu - jozu des - hetha des - dhonna N1 - Usages of yoku - dhaithai - thakusan - sukoshi -

amari - zenzen - S1 kara S2 - dhoshithe, N1 ga arimasu - imasu - N1(Place) ne N2 ga arimasu - iimasu - N1 wa

N2(Place) ne arimasu - iimasu - N1(Person,Place,or Thing ) no N2 (Position) - N1 ya N2, Kanji-10 - Japanese

Dictionary usage using JWPCE Software, Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers)

9 Hours

Unit V

Saying Numbers , Counter Suffixes , Usages of Quantifiers -Interrogatives - Dhono kurai - gurai –Quantifier-

(Period ) ne ….kai V - Quantifier dhake / N1 dhake Kanji - Past tense of Noun sentences and na Adjective

sentences - Past tense of ii-adj sentences - N1 wa N2 yori adj des - N1 tho N2 tho Dhochira ga adj des ka and

its answering method - N1 [ no naka ] de nani/dhoko/dhare/ithsu ga ichiban adj des ka - answering -N1 ga

hoshi des - V1 mas form dhake mas - N1 (Place ) ye V masu form ne iki masu/ki masu/kayeri masu - N1 ne

V/N1 wo V - Dhoko ka - Nani ka – gojumo - Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers)

9Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours


Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 172 Textbooks

1. Japanese for Everyone: Elementary Main Textbook 1-1, Goyal Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi,

2007.

2. Japanese for Everyone: Elementary Main Textbook 1-2, Goyal Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi,

2007.

References

Software

1. Nihongo Shogo-1

2. Nihongo Shogo-2

3. JWPCE Software

Websites

1. www.japaneselifestyle.com

2. www.learn-japanese.info/

3. www.kanjisite.com/

4. www.learn-hiragana-katakana.com/typing-hiragana-characters/

11O20F FRENCH *

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

To help Graduates acquire the basics of French language

To teach them how to converse in French in various occasions

Programme Outcome


Skill Set

1. Listening

2. Reading

3. Writing

4. Speaking

Unit I

Alphabet Français (alphabets) - Les accents français (the accents in French) – aigu – grave – circonflexe – tréma

- cédille - écrire son nom dans le français (spelling one‘s name in French)

9 Hours

Unit II

Les noms de jours de la semaine (Days of the week) - Les noms de mois de l'année (Months) - numéro 1 à 100

(numbers 1 to 100)

9 Hours

Unit III

Moyens de transport (transport) - noms de professions (professions) - noms d'endroits communs (places) -

nationalités (nationalities)

9 Hours

Unit IV

Pronoms (pronouns) - Noms communs masculins et de femme (common masculine and feminine nouns) -

Verbes communs (common verbs)

9 Hours

Unit V

Présentation - même (Introducing Oneself) - narration de son nom - l'endroit où on vit - son âge - date de

naissance - sa profession - numéro de téléphone - adresse (name - where one lives – age - date of birth –

profession - telephone number and address) - Narration du temps (tellling the time)

9 Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours


http://www.japaneselifestyle.com/

http://www.learn-japanese.info/

http://www.kanjisite.com/


1. Angela Wilkes, French for Beginners, Usborne Language Guides, Usborne Publishing Ltd., Ohio,

1987.

References

1. Ann Topping, Beginners French Reader, Natl Textbook Co, 1975.

2. Stanley Applebaum, First French Reader, Dover Publications, 1998.

3. Max Bellancourt, Cours de Français, London: Linguaphone, 2000.

Software

1. Français Linguaphone, Linguaphone Institute Ltd., London, 2000.

2. Français I. Harrisonburg: The Rosetta Stone: Fairfield Language Technologies, 2001.

11O20H HINDI *

3 1 0 3.5

Objectives

To help Graduates acquire the basics of Hindi

To teach them how to converse in Hindi in various occasions

To help learners acquire the ability to understand a simple technical text in Hindi

Programme Outcome


Skill Set

1. Listening

2. Reading

3. Writing

4. Speaking

Unit I

Hindi Alphabet

Introduction - Vowels - Consonants - Plosives - Fricatives - Nasal sounds - Vowel Signs - Chandra Bindu &

Visarg -Table of Alphabet -Vocabulary.

9 Hours

Unit II

Nouns

Genders (Masculine & Feminine Nouns ending in – ā,і,ī, u,ū )- Masculine & Feminine – Reading Exercises.

9 Hours

Unit III

Pronouns and Tenses

Categories of Pronouns - Personal Pronouns - Second person (you & honorific) - Definite & Indefinite pronouns

- Relative pronouns - Present tense - Past tense - Future tense - Assertive & Negative Sentences - Interrogative

Sentences.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Classified Vocabulary Parts of body – Relatives – Spices – Eatables – Fruits & Vegetables - Clothes - Directions – Seasons -

Professions.

9 Hours

Unit V

Speaking

Model Sentences – Speaking practice for various occasions.

9 Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours



1. B. R. Kishore, Self Hindi Teacher for Non-Hindi Speaking People, Vee Kumar Publications (P) Ltd.,

New Delhi, 2009.

References

1. Syed, Prayojan Mulak Hindi, Rahamathullah Vani Prakasan, New Delhi, 2002.

2. Ramdev, Vyakaran Pradeep, Saraswathi Prakasan, Varanasi, 2004.

DISCIPLINE ELECTIVES

11I001 ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURES

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To understand Instruction level parallelism

To be familiar with Thread level parallelism

To understand cache Mapping functions

Programme Outcomes



problems.


Skill Set

1. Determine the various Addressing modes of instructions.

2. Demonstrating the various arithmetic instructions.

3. Determine the pipeline and superscalar operations.

4. Describe the functions of I/O devices.

5. Determine the various types of memory.

Assessment Pattern

Sl No. Bloom’s Taxonomy Test I* Test II* Model

Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. State Amdahl‘s Law.

2. What is Instruction-Level Parallelism?

3. List the four steps involved in instruction execution.

4. What are the assumptions made for an ideal processor?

5. Define miss penalty.

6. Mention the first miss penalty reduction technique.

7. Define synchronization.


Understand

1. Discuss the advantage and disadvantage of a superscalar implementation and a VLIW approach in the

context of MIPS. What level of ILP favor each approach? What other concern would you consider in

choosing which type of processor to build? How does speculation affect the results?

2. Here is an unusual loop. First, list the dependences and then rewrite the loop so that it is parallel.

for (i=1; i<100; i=i+1)

a [i] = b [i] + c [i];

b [i] = a [i] + d 2[i];

a [i+1] = a [i] + e [i];

. 3. List all the dependences (output, anti and true) in the following code fragment. Indicate whether the

true dependences are loop carried or not. Show why the loop is not parallel.

for (i=2; i<100; i=i+1)

a [i] = b [i] + a [i];

c [i-1] = a [i] + d [i];

a [i-1] = 2 * b [i];

b [i+1] = 2 * b [i];

4. Some operations on two operands (subtraction, for example) are not communicative. What are the

advantages and disadvantages of the stack, accumulator, and load-store architectures when executing

non commutative operations?

5. Some memory systems handle TLB misses in software (as an exception), while others use hardware

for TLB misses.

a. What is the trade-offs between these two methods for handling TLB misses?

b. Will TLB miss handling in software always be slower than TLB miss handling in

hardware? Explain.

c. Are there page table structures that would be difficult to handle in hardware, but possible

in software? Are there any such structures that would be difficult for software to handle

but easy for hardware to manage?

d. Are the TLB miss times in part (d) realistic? Discuss.

e. Why are TLB miss rates for floating-point programs generally higher than those for

integer programs?

Apply

1. Here is a code sequence for a two-issue superscalar that can issue a combination of one memory

reference and one ALU operation, or a branch by itself, every cycle:

First instruction slot Second instruction slot

LW R1,40(R2) ADD R3,R4,R5

ADD R6,R3,R7

BEQZ R10,L

LW R8,0(R10)

LW R9,0(R8)

This sequence wastes a memory operation slot in the second cycle and will incur a data dependence

stall if the branch is not taken, since the second LW after the branch depends on the prior load. Show

how the code can be improved using a predicated form of LW.

2. Show a software-pipelined version of this loop, which increments all the elements of an array whose

starting address is in R1 by the contents of F2:

Loop: L.D F0, 0(R1)

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 176 ADD.D F4, F0, F2

S.D F4, 0(R1)

DADDUI R1, R1, #-8

BNE R1, R2, Loop

You mat omit the start-up and clean-up code.

3. Here are three simple 16-bit patterns:

0100 0000 0000 0000

0000 1000 0000 0000

0100 1000 0000 1000

What value do they represent if they are two‘s complement integers? Fixed point numbers?

4. Consider the following three hypothetical, but not a typical, processor, which we run with the SPEC

gcc benchmark:

a) A simple MIPS two-issue static pipe running at a clock rate of 1 GHz and achieving a

pipeline CPI of 1.0. This processor has a cache system that yields 0.01 misses per

instruction.

b) A deeply pipelined version of MIPS with slightly smaller caches and a 1.2 GHz clock

rate. The pipeline CPI of the processor is 1.2, and the smaller cache yield 0.015 misses

per instruction an average.

c) A speculative superscalar with a 64-entry window. It achieves one-half of the ideal issue

rate measured for this window size. (Use the data in figure 3.45.) This processor has the

smallest cache, which leads to 0.02 misses per instruction, but it hides 10% of the miss

penalty on every miss by dynamic scheduling. This processor has an 800 MHz clock.

Assume that the main memory time (which sets the miss penalty) is 100 ns. Determine the relative

performance of these three processors.

5. Assume we have a computer where the clocks per instruction (CPI) are 1.0 when all memory accesses

hits in the cache. The only data accesses are loads and stores, and these total 50% of the instructions. If

the miss penalty is 25 clock cycles and the miss rate is 2%, how much faster would the computer be if

all instruction were cache hits?

Analyze / Evaluate

1. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of a superscalar implementation and a super pipelined

implementation in the context of MIPS. What types of ILP favor each approach? What other concerns

would you consider in choosing which type of processor to build? How does speculation affect the

results?

2. Prove that in a two-level cache hierarchy, where L1 is closer to the processor, inclusion is maintained

with no extra action if L2 has at least as much associativity as L1, both cache use LRU replacement,

and both cache have the same block size.

3. A cache may use a write buffer to reduce write latency and a victim cache to hold recently evicted

(non-dirty) blocks. Would there be any advantage to combining the two into a single piece of

hardware? Would there be any disadvantage?

Create

1. Assume a fully associative write-back cache with many cache entries that starts empty. Below is a

sequence of five memory operation(the address is in square brackets):

Write Mem [100];

Write Mem [100];

Read Mem [200];

Write Mem [200];

Write Mem [100].

What are the numbers of hits and misses when using no- write allocate versus write allocate?

2. Which has the lower miss rate: a 16 KB instruction cache with a 16 KB data cache or a 32 KB unified

cache? Use the miss rate in figure given below to help calculate the correct answer, assuming 36% of

the instructions are data transfer instructions. Assume a hit takes 1 clock cycle and miss penalty is 100

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 177 clock cycles. A load or store hit takes 1 extra clock cycle on a unified cache if there is only one cache

port to satisfy two simultaneous requests. Using the pipelining terminology of the previous chapter, the

unified cache leads to a structural hazard. What is the average memory access time in each case?

Assume write-through caches with a write buffer and ignore stalls due to the write buffer.

Size Instruction cache Data cache Unified cache

8 KB 8.16 44.0 63.0

16 KB 3.82 40.9 51.0

32 KB 1.36 38.4 43.3

64 KB 0.61 36.9 39.4

128 KB 0.30 35.3 36.2

256 KB 0.20 32.6 32.9

3. Given the data bellow, what is the impact of second- level cache associativity on its miss penalty?

Hit timel2 for direct mapped=10 clock cycles.

Two- way se associativity increase hit time by 0.1 clock cycles to 10.1 clock cycles.

Local miss rateL2 for direct mapped=25%

Local miss rateL2 for two-way set associative=20%

Miss penaltyL2 =100 clock cycles.

Unit I

Fundamentals of Computer Design

Introduction - measuring and reporting performance - Quantitative principles of computer design - Instruction

set principles and examples - classifying instructions set architectures - addressing modes for signal processing -

type and size of operands.

Memory addressing

9 Hours

Unit II

Instruction Level Parallelism

Concepts and challenges - overcoming data hazards with dynamic scheduling - examples - reducing branch

costs with dynamic hardware prediction - taking advantages of ILP with multiple issues - limitations of ILP.

High performance instruction delivery

9 Hours

Unit III

ILP with Software Approaches

Basic compiler techniques for exposing ILP - static branch prediction - static multiple issues: VLIW approach -

Advanced compiler support for exposing and exploiting ILP - Hardware support - crosscutting issues.

Intel IA64 architecture

9 Hours

Unit IV

Memory Hierarchy Design

Introduction- review of caches - cache performance - reducing cache miss penalty - reducing miss rate - miss

rate via parallelism - main memory and organizations for improving performance - memory technology - virtual

memory.

Reducing hit time

9 Hours

Unit V

Multiprocessors and Thread Level Parallelism

Symmetric shared memory architectures - performance of symmetric shared memory multiprocessors -

Distributed shared memory architectures - synchronization - storage systems - types of storage devices - buses -

reliability -availability and dependability - errors and failures in real systems - IO performance measures -

Introduction to queuing theory.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 178 RAID

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. John L. Hennessey and David A. Patterson, Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach, Morgan

Kaufmann, 5th

Edition, 2011.

References

1. Dezso Sima, Terry J. Fountain, Terence Fountain and Peter Kacsuk, Advanced Computer

architectures: A Design Space Approach, Addison Wesley, 2003.

2. Kai Hwang, Advanced Computer Architecture: Parallelism, Scalability, Programmability, Tata

McGraw Hill, 2008.

11I002 PARALLEL PROCESSING

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

Understand the fundamental aspects of parallel processing.

To be familiar with taxonomies of parallel systems.

Be familiar with performance measures for parallel systems.

Programme Outcome


analyze problems.

Skill Sets

1. Determine the basic problems in parallel processing

2. Design of efficient parallel computing computers

3. Designing of parallel scheduling algorithms

Assessment Pattern

SI. No. Bloom’s Taxonomy Test I* Test II* Model

Examination*

Semester End

examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define true speedup giving necessary details.

2. Mark the function of parallelizing compiler.

3. List the advantages of using condition variable.

4. How the data dependency graph can be used to seek concurrency?

5. Identify the facts that will lead to pipelined computation.

6. Outline the paths for the development of application software for parallel Computers.

___________________





Understand

1. Generalize the term ‗random scheduling‘. Show its effect in parallel program with example.

2. Relate static and quasi-dynamic scheduling methods of data parallelism. Derive speed up for any one

method. Write the assumptions, if any.

3. Explain about ‗expression splitting‘ parallel technique. Give example.

4. Derive Amdahl‘s law in brief.

5. Illustrate Mutual exclusion with necessary semaphore operations in UNIX to solve the contention

problem. Give examples for each.

Apply

1. Write the parallel code segments that parallelize single loop using self scheduling mechanism.

2. Show the functions to remove semaphore and shared memory-using C under UNIX.

3. Demonstrate an indirect scheduling be used to transform two nested loops into a single one? Can it be

used when there is dependency among loop iterations? Justify your answer.

4. Write sequential code segment that finds sum of all elements of a matrix with m rows and n columns.

5. Parallelize this code segment.

6. Employ the speedup formula for block scheduling where excess iterations are distributed among

various processes.

7. Demonstrate the effect of number of process and number of iterations on the performance of parallel

code.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Calculate and obtain a task graph using the following sequential code segments. Consider each

statement as a task.

R5 = R1 + R2;

R6 = R3 * R4;

R7 = R6 – R2;

R5 = R3 + 1;

R4 = R7 * 2;

R7 = R4 / R5;

R8 = R2-R3;

2. Assuming that all operations take same time, assign these tasks to three processors to work in parallel.

Using this, find the time to finish all tasks.

3. Differentiate between temporal and data parallelism.

4. Examine the architectural setup between ideal speedup and actual speedup to prove their efficiency.

5. Differentiate between tightly and loosely coupled machines.

6. Discriminate the dependency in the following loop. Show at least two possible solutions to resolve it.

For each solution, write the advantages and drawbacks.

a. Loop: for (i=0; i<n; i++) x[i] = x[i + 1] + y[i];

7. Obtain a task graph for calculating values of A,B,C from the following expressions:

A = sin (x2y) + cos (xy

2) + exp(x

2)

B = g (p) + exp (-x*f(y)) + h(x2) + f(y) g (p)

C = f(x2) + sin (g (p)) + cos

2 (h (y

2))

a. Assuming that 3 processors are available, obtain a task assignment to processors assuming the

given timings for various operations.

b. Also compare the time obtained by your assignment with the ideal time needed to complete a

job with 3 processors. Timings for Multiply,

1. sin, cos, exp: 2 units

2. g(x), f(x), h(x): 3 units

3. Remaining operations: 1 unit

Unit I

Introduction

Motivation for Parallelism: Parallel Computing, Speed Up, Moores Law, Grand Challenge Problems, Trends;

Parallel and Distributed Computers: Flynns Taxonomy, Distributed Memory Multicomputer, Shared Memory

Multiprocessors.

Networks of Workstations, Cluster and Grid Computing

9 Hours


Unit II

Message Passing Computing

Process Creation, Message Passing Routines, Point-to-Point, Collective Communication; MPI and PVM: MPI

Model of Computation, Basic Concepts, Message Passing Routines, Point-to-Point, Collective Communication.

Comparison of MPI and PVM

9 Hours

Unit III

Performance Measures

Granularity, Speed Up, Efficiency, Cost, Amdahls Law, Gustafsons Law, and Isoefficiency; Analysis of Parallel

Programs: Parallel Computation Models, PRAM, and Modeling Communication.

Cluster Cost Model

9 Hours

Unit IV

Parallel Computations

Low Level Image Processing, Mandelbrot Set, Monte Carlo Methods; Simple Data Partitioning: Sum of

Numbers, Bucket Sort, Numerical Integartion, N-Body Problem; Divide-and-Conquer: Sum of Numbers, Merge

Sort, Adaptive Quadrature, Barnes-Hut Algorithm; Pipelined Computations: Type 1, 2 and 3 Pipelines.

Sum of Sequence, Insertion Sort, Prime Number Generation, Back Substitution.

9 Hours

Unit V

Scheduling and Load Balancing

List Scheduling, Static Load Balancing, Dynamic Load Balancing, Moores Algorithm Synchronous

Computations, Data Parallel Programming, Global and Local Synchronization.

Solving Linear Equations, Cellular Automata.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Wilkinson Barry and Michael Allen, Parallel Programming: Techniques and Applications Using

Networked Workstations and Parallel Computers,Second Edition, Prentice Hall Inc, 2007.

References

1. Michael J. Quinn, Parallel Programming in C with MPI and OpenMP, McGraw Hill (2004).

2. A. Grama, A. Gupta, G. Karypis and V. Kumar. Introduction to Parallel Computing, Second

Edition,Addison

3. Wesley (2009).David Culler, J.P. Singh,Parallel Computer Architecture: A Hardware/Software

Approach , Morgan Kaufmann Publishers (2011).

11I003 SOFTWARE AGENTS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To understand the agents without programming language learning and classification issues and

framework of interoperability in communication environments.

To know the feature Agents for information gathering issues and recent mobile agent paradigm and

study on other agent environments.

Programme Outcomes


j) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life - long learning.

Skill Set

1. To make out basic business functions.

2. To resolve understanding of design methodology.

3. To demonstrate skills to use software and design agent systems.

http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=rdr_ext_aut?_encoding=UTF8&index=books&field-author=David%20Culler

http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=rdr_ext_aut?_encoding=UTF8&index=books&field-author=J.P.%20Singh



http://www.amazon.com/dp/1558603433/ref=rdr_ext_tmb


Assessment Pattern

SL.

No.

Bloom’s Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester End

examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Name any three different kinds of interface agent.

2. Identify the features of Interface agents.

3. Find out the components described in Blackboard Systems?

4. Can you retell any two of the states in Information Overhead?

5. State the key features of Agent autonomy.

Understand

1. Illustrate the design principles of Interface agents in detail.

2. List out the merits and demerits of Interacting with Agents Software

3. Write the governing methodology of various Designing Agents.

4. Explain the methods to determining the Interface Agent Metaphor with Character in detail

5. Write the competence of Agent from Direct Manipulation to Delegation

Apply/Analyze

1. List out the example of programming in Kidsim and perform various tests in Kidsim.

2. Determine the identifications of semi information systems in software agents.

3. How does the tool activated in information management and cooperative work?

4. Compare and contrast of the existing Agents with software agents.

Evaluate

1. What is the most important development cached in End user programming program?

2. What criteria would you use to assess the Interface Agent Metaphor with Character?

3. How would you decide about Agent from Direct Manipulation to Delegation?

4. How could you have changed the outcome of Dynamic Agent Path Prediction?

5. What do you think about existing Agents in software agent?

6. What grade would you assign the main character of Agent Oriented program and why?

7. What solutions would you suggest for Mobile Agent Technology based new thread fields?

Create

1. Create new software architecture for your own Open Agent Architecture methods.

2. How would you create communication parameters in Artificial Agent?

3. What might happen if you combined Agent Paradigm & Concepts in Mobile development?

4. Construct a new design for designing Agents in software agents specification

5. Propose various scripting stuff in Tele Script of Agent Tel services.

___________________





Unit I

Agent and User Experience

Interacting with Agents - Agent from Direct Manipulation to Delegation - Interface Agent Metaphor with

Character - Designing Agents - Direct Manipulation versus Agent Path to Predictable.

Design Methodology

9 Hours

Unit II

Agents for Learning in Intelligent Assistance

Agents for Information Sharing and Coordination - Agents that Reduce Work Information Overhead - Agents

without Programming Language - Life like Computer character - S/W Agents for cooperative Learning -

Architecture of Intelligent Agents.

Agent Interception

9 Hours

Unit III

Agent Communication and Collaboration

Overview of Agent Oriented Programming - Agent Communication Language - Agent Based Framework of

Interoperability.

Kidsim Programming

9 Hours

Unit IV

Agent Architecture

Agents for Information Gathering - Open Agent Architecture - Communicative Action for Artificial Agent

Agent tools

9 Hours

Unit V

Mobile Agents

Mobile Agent Paradigm - Mobile Agent Concepts -Mobile Agent Technology - Case Study: Tele Script, Agent

Tel.

Mobile Agent Networks

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. Jeffrey M.Bradshaw, Software Agents, MIT Press, 2000

2. William R. Cockayne and Michael Zyda, Mobile Agents, Prentice Hall, 1998

References

1. Russel and Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach , Prentice Hall, 2010.

2. Joseph P.Bigus and Jennifer Bigus, Constructing Intelligent agents with Java: A Programmers Guide

to Smarter Applications , Wiley, 1998.

3. http://www.sce.carleton.ca/netmanage/docs/AgentsOverview/ao.html.

4. http:// www.cs.uta.fi

11I004 SOFTWARE PATTERNS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To get a comprehensive knowledge of pattern recognition in software systems.

To understand the pattern classifier and unsupervised learning and classification issues and their

solutions in clustering environments.

To know the feature extraction and selection issues and recent advances mechanisms for neural

pattern recognition environments.


Programme Outcome


Skill Set

1. Enable Graduates to experience pattern based software development in real world problems.

2. Enable seamless access to online repositories of software patterns.

Assessment Pattern

S. No. Bloom’s Taxonomy Test I Test II Model

Examination

Semester End

examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Pattern recognition

2. State the fields in which Pattern Recognition is studied

3. List out the two approaches to unsupervised learning

4. Which is the simplest kind of feed forward neural network?

5. Give the other name for Connectivity based Clustering

Understand

1. Outline few applications of Clustering

2. Can you explain the concept of Hamming Distance?

3. Compare the differences in agglomerative and divisive clustering.

4. List out some applications of fuzzy pattern classifiers.

5. What do you infer from supervised learning?

Apply

1. Examine supervised meta-algorithms for combining multiple learning algorithms together

2. What motive is there behind the SOM Neural network model? Discuss

3. What is Jacquard Index? Explain the process with an illustration. What is its

Strength and weakness?

4. Analyze the learning algorithm for a single layer perceptron in neural network.

5. Categorize the properties of the Karhunen–Loève transform

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Which is more important-the categorical sequence valued or real valued sequence algorithms? Justify

your answer.

2. Classify the algorithms for pattern recognition and explain.

3. Evaluate the differences in dunn index and Davies Bouldin Index.

4. Prioritize the applications of Clustering in the field of Medicine and Computer Science

5. Prove the need of LMSE algorithm in Pattern Classifier

___________________





Create

1. How does one propose that a separating hyper-plane that can be represented as a linear combination of

the training samples exists for a linearly separable pattern?

Unit I

Pattern Classifier

Overview of pattern recognition – Discriminant functions – Supervised learning – Parametric estimation –

Maximum likelihood estimation – Bayesian parameter estimation – Perceptron algorithm – LMSE algorithm –

Problems with Bayes approach – Pattern classification by distance functions – Minimum distance pattern

classifier.

Parsing Algorithms

9 Hours

Unit II

Unsupervised Classification

Clustering for unsupervised learning and classification – Clustering concept – Cmeans algorithm – Hierarchical

clustering procedures – Graph theoretic approach to pattern clustering – Validity of clustering solutions.

Adaptive Resonance Theory

9 Hours

Unit III

Structural Pattern Recognition

Elements of formal grammars – String generation as pattern description – Recognition of syntactic description –

Parsing – Stochastic grammars and applications – Graph based structural representation.

Natural Language Processing

9 Hours

Unit IV

Feature Extraction and Selection Entropy minimization – Karhunen – Loeve transformation – Feature selection through functions approximation

– Binary feature selection.

The Wiener Process & Brownian Bridge

9 Hours

Unit V

Recent Advances

Neural network structures for Pattern Recognition – Neural network based Pattern associators – Unsupervised

learning in neural Pattern Recognition – Self-organizing networks – Fuzzy logic – Fuzzy pattern classifiers –

Pattern classification using Genetic Algorithms.

Fuzzy Databases

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

Robert J.Schalkoff, Pattern Recognition Statistical, Structural and Neural Approaches, John Wiley &

Sons Inc., New York, 1992

References

1. Duda R.O., and Har P.E., Pattern Classification and Scene Analysis, Wiley, New York, 1973

2. Morton Nadier and Eric Smith P., Pattern Recognition Engineering, John Wiley & Sons, New

York, 1993

3. Tou and Gonzales, Pattern Recognition Principles, Wesley Publication Company, London, 1974

4. http://retina.cs.bilkent.edu.tr/papers/patrec_tutorial1.pdf

5. http://www.iturls.com/English/TechHotspot/TH_ad.asp.


11I005 SOFTWARE TESTING METHODS AND TOOLS

Objectives

To know the various test design strategies.

To understand the levels of testing and defect classes.

To be aware of the testing and debugging policies and types of reviews.

To promote the growth and value of software testing as a profession.

Programme Outcomes

b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using


Skill Set

1. Determine the basic testing terminology and the activities associated with the fundamental test process

2. Design and test a practical application using various test design techniques.

3. Diagnose the cause of defects in the software applications.

Assessment Pattern

SL.

No.


Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Software Testing

2. List out the phases involved in the life cycle model.

3. Enumerate the information present in a test case.

4. Equivalence partitioning has several advantage record those advantages in your own words.

5. Classify the test adequacy criteria.

Understand

1. Why is testing plan important for developing a repeatable and managed testing process?

2. Describe the principles involved in software testing?

3. Illustrate the defect classes with required example for each defect class.

4. Describe the two major assumptions of Mutation Testing?

5. Discuss in detail about evaluating Test Adequacy Criteria and axioms/properties provided by

Weyuker.

Apply / Evaluate

1. Analyze the importance of a tester to use both white and black box based testing techniques to

evaluate a given software module.

2. Apply the equivalence classes and boundary values and develop a set of test cases to cover them

for the following module description: The module is part of a public TV membership system. The

module lows entry of a contribution from $0.01 to $99,999.99. It also enters a member status for

the contributor that can be: regular, student/retiree, or studio club.

___________________




3 0 0 3.0


3. Examine the role of Unit and Integration Testing in the phase of Software Testing.

4. Define the equivalence classes and boundary values to cover them for the following module

description: The module is part of a public TV membership system. The module allows entry

of a contribution from Rs.100 to Rs.10000. It also enters a member status for the contributor that

can be: regular, student/retiree.

5. For the following construct, describe the set of tests you would develop based on the number of

loop iterations in accordance with the loop testing criteria.

for (i=0;i<50;i++)

text_box[i] =value[i];

full=full-1;

Analyze

1. Suppose you were reviewing a requirements document and noted a feature was described

incompletely. How would you classify this defect? How would you insure that it was in corrected?

2. Suppose you are a member of a team that was designing a defect repository. What organizational

approach would you suggest and why? What information do you think should be associated with

each defect? Why is this information useful, and who would use it?

3. With Respect to principle 3-―test results should be meticulously inspected‖-why do you think this

is important to the tester?

4. According to Principle 5, relate the importance of test cases for both valid and invalid conditions.

Create

1. Develop a use case to describe a user purchase of a laptop with credit card from a online vendor using

web- based software. With use case, design a set of tests you would use during system test.

2. The module that has been devised by you has the following conditional statements:

i. if (value<100 and found== true)

ii. call (enter_data (value))

iii. else

iv. Print ("data cannot be entered")

3. Create tables containing test data that will enable you to achieve (i) Simple Decision Coverage

(ii) Condition Coverage (iii) decision /Condition Coverage.

4. Develop the black box test cases using equivalence class portioning and boundary value .Analysis to

test a module that is software component of an n ATM system. The module reads in the amount the

user wishes to withdraw from his/her account. The amount must be a multiple of $5.00 and be less than

or equal to $200.00.Be sure to list any assumptions you make and label equivalence classes and

boundary values.

5. Draw a flow graph for the following code and calculate its cyclomatic complexity and justify

how this value is useful to the tester?

Sum=0

Read (n)

I=1

While (i<=n)

Read (number)

Sum=sum+ number

I=i+1

End while

Print (sum)

Unit I

Software Testing Fundamentals Testing as an Engineering Activity - Role of Process in Software Quality - Testing as a Process- The six

essentials of software testing - Basic Definitions: Software Testing Principles - The role of a software tester -

Origins of Defects- Defect Classes the Defect Repository.

Analysis of Defect for a project

9 Hours


Testing Design Strategies Introduction to Testing Design Strategies - The Smarter Tester - Test Case Design Strategies - Black Box

testing - Random Testing - Equivalence Class Partitioning - Boundary Value Analysis - Cause and error

graphing and state transition testing - Error Guessing - Black-box testing and COTS - White-Box testing - Test

Adequacy Criteria - Coverage and Control Flow Graphs-Covering Code Logic – Paths - White-box Based Test

Design - Additional White Box Test Design Approaches .

Evaluating Test Adequacy Criteria

9 Hours

Unit III

Levels of Testing

The Need for Levels of Testing- Unit Test - Unit Test Planning- Designing the Unit Tests. The Class as a

Testable Unit - The Test Harness - Running the Unit tests and Recording results- Integration tests- Designing

Integration Tests - Integration Test Planning - System Test – Types-of system testing - Regression Testing.

Alpha - Beta and Acceptance Test

9 Hours

Unit IV

Test Management

Introductory Concepts - Testing and Debugging Goals and Policies - Test Planning - Test Plan Components -

Test Plan Attachments - Locating Test Items - Reporting Test Results - The role of three groups in Test

Planning and Policy Development - Process and the Engineering Disciplines- Introducing the test specialist -

Skills needed by a test specialist.

Nature of a Testing Group

9 Hours

Unit V

Test Measurements and reviews

Defining Terms - Measurements and Milestones for Controlling and Monitoring- Status Meetings- Reports and

Control Issues - Criteria for Test Completion- SCM - Types of reviews - developing a review program -

Components of Review Plans- Reporting review results.

Testing Tools-Case Study

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Srinivasan Desikan, Gopalaswamy Ramesh, Software Testing: Principles and Practices, Pearson

Education, 2008.

References

1. S Limaye, Software Testing – Principles, Techniques and Tools, McGraw Hill, 2009.

2. Boris Beiser, Software Testing Techniques, Dreamtech press, New Delhi, 2009.

11I006 SOFT COMPUTING

Objectives

To learn the scope of Soft computing

To understand the supervised and unsupervised learning of ANN

To know the concept of Fuzzy systems.

Programme Outcomes



3 0 0 3.0


1. Determine the basic network structure in supervised learning.

2. Design McCulloch-Pitts neuron and Hebb networks.

3. Design a controller for complex physical system

4. Design a fuzzy controller.

Assessment Pattern

SL. No. Bloom’s Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define an artificial neural network.

2. Define bias and threshold.

3. Why is the McCulloch-pitts neuron widely used in logic functions?

4. How many hidden layers can there be in a neural network?

5. What is Hill-climbing search?

Understand

1. How is training adopted in Madaline network using majority vote rule?

2. Compare BAM and Hopfield network.

3. Why more complexity is involved in the F1 layer of ART2 network?

4. Explain the architecture of ART1 network and discuss its training algorithm.

5. How are a crisp tolerance relation and a fuzzy tolerance relation converted to crisp equivalence relation

and fuzzy equivalence relation respectively?

Apply 1. Develop a Hebb net to implement logical AND function with binary inputs with bipolar targets.

2. Build AND function using Adaline networks.

3. Identify a suitable decision making algorithm to help a water authority to decide whether or not to built

dive for preventing flooding in case of excess rainfall. Assume necessary parameters and membership

functions.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Justify XOR function is non linearly separable by a single decision boundary line.

2. Choose a large number of 8-puzzle and 8-queen instances and solve them by hill climbing, hill

climbing with random restart, and simulated annealing. Measure the search cost and percentage of

solved problems and graph these against the optimal solution cost.

Create

1. Construct a feed-forward network with five input nodes, three hidden nodes and four output nodes that

has lateral inhibition structure in the output layer.

___________________





Basics of Neuroscience and Ann Models The Brain as a Neural Network - Basic Properties of Neurons - Neuron Models - Rosenblatt's Perception - The

windrow - Hoff LMS Learning Algorithm - Order of a Predicate and a Perceptron

Complexity of Learning using Feedforward Networks

9 Hours

Unit II

Fuzzy Systems

Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Reasoning - Fuzzy Matrices - Fuzzy Functions - Decompositions - Fuzzy Automata and

Languages - Fuzzy Control Method

Fuzzy Decision Making

9 Hours

Unit III

Neuro - Fuzzy Systems

Introduction to Neuro - Fuzzy Systems - Fuzzy System Design Procedures - Fuzzy Sets and Logic Background

- Fuzzy/ ANN Design and Implementation.

Fuzzy systems

9 Hours

Unit IV

Authentication Genetic Algorithms Introduction - Robustness of Traditional Optimization and Search Techniques - The goals of optimization -

Computer Implementation - Data Structures, Reproduction, Crossover and Mutation - Mapping Objective

Functions to fitness form.

Some Applications of Genetic Algorithms

9 Hours

Unit V

Artificial Intelligence

AI technique - Level of the Model - Problems, Problem Spaces and Search - Issues in the Design of Search

Programs - Heuristic Search Techniques - Knowledge Representations.

Knowledge Mappings

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. N. K. Bose and P. Liang, ―Neural Network Fundamentals‖, McGraw-Hill, 2010.

2. Timothy J. Ross, ―Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications‖, McGraw - Hill International

Editions, 2009

References

1. Elaine Rich and Kelvin knight, ―Artificial Intelligence‖, McGraw - Hill, 2000.

2. David E. Goldberg, ―Genetic Algorithms - In Search, optimization and Machine Learning‖, Pearson

Education.

3. Robert J. Schalkoff, ―Artificial Neural Networks‖, McGraw - Hill International Editions, 1997.

4. Freeman J. A. & D. M. Skapura, ―Neural Networks: Algorithms, Applications and Programming

Techniques‖, Addison Wesley, 1992.

5. G. J. Klir & B. Yuan, ―Fuzzy Sets & Fuzzy Logic‖, PHI, 1995.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 190 11I007 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To provide a strong foundation on the concept of software project development

To introduce the concepts on project management and evaluation.

To understand the principles of management and team organization

Programme Outcomes


problems.



(j) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life –long learning.

Skill set

1. Enable Graduates to experience software development in real world problems.

2. To know basic business functions.

3. To know the software estimation techniques

Assessment Pattern

S.No Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Test I Test II Model

Examination

End

Semester

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is software?

2. Mention the types of software.

3. What is meant by software project management?

4. List out the characteristics of projects.

5. Define stakeholders.

Understand

1. How software projects differ from other projects?

2. Identify the activity risks in real time applications.

3. How do we know that the goal or objective has been achieved?

4. State the types of project evaluation.

5. List out the steps in managing a project evaluation.

Apply

1. Identify the stakeholders in college payroll project.

2. Identify the objectives and sub-objectives of the college payroll project. What measures of

effectiveness could be used to check the success in achieving the objectives of the project.

3. Draw an activity network for a maintenance accounts.

4. Identify a task that you do as part of your everyday work. For that task identify entry, process and

exit requirements.

___________________




Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 191 Analyze/Evaluate

1. Identify the major risks that could affect the success of the college payroll project and try to rank

them in order of importance.

2. On a large project it is often the responsibility of a team leader to allocate tasks to individuals.

Why might it be unsatisfactory to leave such allocations entirely to the discretion on the team

leader?

3. It is easy to see why passing on fluctuations in equipment costs may be advantageous to the

contractor. However, is there any advantage to the customer in such an arrangement?

4. How would you evaluate the following aspects of a proposal? A. the usability of a existing

software application. B. the usability of a software application which is yet to be designed and

constructed. C. the maintenance costs of hardware to be supplied. D. the time taken to respond to

requests for software support. E. training.

5. A new analyst / programmer is to be recruited to work at IT. The intention is to recruit someone

who already has some experience. Make a list of the types of activities that the analyst /

Programmer should be capable of carrying out that can be used as the basis for a job specification.

Create

1. An invoicing system is to have the following transactions: amend invoice, produce invoice,

produce monthly statements, record cash payment, clear paid invoices from database, create

customer records and delete customer. A) What physical dependencies govern the order in which

these transactions are implemented? B). How could the system be broken into increments which

would be of some value to the users.

2. If you have access to project planning software, investigate the extent to which it offers support

for earned value analysis. If does not do so directly, investigate ways in which it would help you

to generate a baseline budget and track the earned value.

Unit I

Introduction

Introduction to software project management: Definition- software projects versus other types of project –

contract management – technical project management – activities covered by software project management-

categorizing software projects – setting objectives – project success and failure – management control. Project

evaluation and programme management: Project portfolio management – cost-benefit evaluation techniques –

evaluation of individual projects.

Cash flow forecasting

9 Hours

Unit II

Project Planning

An overview of project planning: Introduction to step wise project planning- case studies. Selection of an

appropriate project approach: Choosing methodologies and technologies- choice of process models – managing

iterative process – selecting the most appropriate process model.

Software Life Cycle Models

9 Hours

Unit III

Estimation

Software effort estimation: software estimating techniques- bottom-up and top-down approach- estimating by

analogy – COCOMO productivity model. Activity planning: objectives- project schedule – sequencing and

scheduling activities- network planning models- formulating network model- forward pass – backward pass-

identifying the critical path – critical activities – activity – on-arrow networks.

COSMIC full function points

9 Hours

Unit IV

Risk Management

Risk Management: Categories of risk- risk identification – risk assessment – risk planning- risk management –

risk evaluation- risk evaluation using decision trees- evaluating risks to the schedule – applying the PERT

technique – Critical chain concepts.

Monte Carlo simulation

9 Hours


Unit V

Monitoring and Control

Monitoring and control: creating the framework- collecting the data – visualizing progress- cost monitoring –

earned value analysis – prioritizing monitoring – getting the project back to target – change control. Managing

contracts: types of contract- stages in contract placement – terms of a contract.

Contract Management

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell, Software Project Management, Tata Mcgraw Hill, Fifth Edition,

2010.

References

1. Andrew Stellman, Jennifer Greene, Applied Software Project Management, O'Reilly Media, July

2008.

2. Dwayne Phillips, The Software Project Manager's Handbook - Principles that work at work, IEEE

Computer Society Press and Wiley Interscience, 2004.

11I008 DATA MINING AND DATA WAREHOUSING

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

Provide the Graduates with a complete background on data mining and data warehousing techniques,

basic algorithms, essential concepts and popular techniques.

Equip the Graduates with sufficient literature knowledge so that future projects may be identified.

Programme Outcomes


problems.



Skill Set

1. Acquire knowledge to design a data warehouse, and be able to address issues that arise when

implementing a data warehouse.

2. Enable Graduates to compare and contrast OLAP and data mining as techniques for extracting

knowledge from a data warehouse.

Assessment Pattern

S.No Bloom’s

Taxonomy


Examination

Semester

End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

___________________

*The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.

The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be



1. Define data model.

2. Distinguish between classification and clustering.

3. State anti mono-stone property

4. List out the characteristics of data warehouse

5. Specify the various types of data available in data mining.

Understand

1. State the significance of hierarchy of data.

2. List some applications of data mining.

3. What are the interestingness measures of association rule mining?

4. On what criteria are data mining sys categorized?

5. Specify the two clustering method that are used in "grid and density based method‖?

Apply

1. Specify the 5 criteria for the evaluation of classification & prediction

2. List the kinds of OLAP server exist and itemize their differences

3. When is data mart appropriate?

4. Represent the various strategies of data mining

5. List out the major strength of decision tree method.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. How is association rules mined from large databases?

2. Reveal the theories that portray the basis of the data mining

3. What are the various forms of data preprocessing?

4. Analyze the various approaches for mining multi level association rules from the transactional

databases

Create

Evaluate the importance of establishing standardized data mining query language .What are the

potential benefits and challenges involved in such a task

Unit I

Data warehousing

Need for data warehousing, Building blocks, Architectural components, Principles of Dimensional Modelling,

Data Extraction, Transformation and Loading.

Metadata

9 Hours

Unit II

OLAP and Data Mining

Demand for OLAP, Features and Functions, OLAP Models, Data mining functionalities, Data preprocessing,

Data summarization, Data cleaning

Data reduction

9 Hours

Unit III

Classification and Prediction

Introduction, Decision tree induction, Bayesian classification, Backpropagation, Other classification methods,

Prediction, Evaluating the accuracy.

Associative Classification 9 Hours

Unit IV

Clustering

Similarity and distance measures, Hierarchical methods, Partitioning methods, Density based methods, Neural

network methods

Outlier analysis 9 Hours


Association and web mining

Basic concepts, Frequent itemsets mining methods, Apriori algorithm, FP tree - concept, Types of associations

rules. Text mining approaches, Web content mining, Web link mining, Web usage mining,

Spatial and multimedia data mining

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Text Books

1. Paulraj Ponniah, ―Datawarehousing Fundamentals for IT Professionals‖, Second Edition, John Wiley

& sons, 2010

2. J. Han, M Kamber, ―Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques‖, Third Edition, Elsevier, New Delhi,

2011.

References

1. Reema Thareja, ―Data Warehousing‖, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2009.

2. Gupta G K., ―Introduction to Data Mining with Case Studies‖, Second Edition, PHI Learning Private

Ltd, New Delhi, 2011.

3. Vikram Pudi, P Radha Krishna, ―Data Mining‖, Oxford Higher Education, New Delhi, 2009.

11I009 CLIENT SERVER COMPUTING

Objectives

Implement the Client Server concepts, middleware and RPC.

Cooperate between frond end and back end via networks.

Perform Transaction processing in Distributed environment.

Generalize definition of client-server computing, one not limited to simple distributed database

systems.

Apply the techniques and features of a client/server development language to construct a

moderately complex client/server application.

Programme Outcomes


analyze problems.


j) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life - long learning.

Skill set

1. Develop client server protocols

2. Provide database connectivity to the server

3. Managing client/server Transactions.

3 0 0 3.0


Assessment Pattern

SL No. Bloom’s Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Client-server computing.

2. Define Server Process.

3. Name the types of Architecture.

4. List the characteristics of Client/Server architecture.

5. Identify the different client/server processing styles.

Understand

1. Name the features of a client server system.

2. Explain the Extended services provided by the OS.

3. Explain the building blocks of Client/Server.

4. Summarize the characteristics of Client/Server.

5. Name the services provided by the Operating System.

Apply

1. Practice the implementation of OLE.

2. Show the difficulties of TCP/IP port does SQL Server run on.

3. Explain how to implement the CORBA security service.

4. Explain how to set up DCOM connection.

5. Apply the RAID Mechanism on Client Server Computing.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Analyze the problems of client server networking. Explain how database connectivity is

performed.

2. Compare optical disk versus mirrored disk.

3. Differentiate DCOM and Socket connections.

4. Explain the concept of CORBA.

5. Examine the security in client server computing.

Create

1. Create the GUI Application to perform the following

System Administrator training.

Database Administrator training.

End user training

2. Develop a client server network with token ring network topology.

___________________





Introduction

DBMS concept and architecture, Single system image, Client Server architecture, mainframe-centric client

server computing, downsizing and client server computing, preserving mainframe applications investment

through porting, advantages of client server computing.

Client Server Development Tools

9 Hours

Unit II

Components of Client/Server application

The client: services, request for services, RPC, windows services, fax, print services, remote boot services, other

remote services, Utility Services & Other Services, Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE), Common Object Request

Broker Architecture (CORBA). The server: Detailed server functionality, the network operating system,

available platforms, the network operating system, available platform, the server operating system.

Object Linking and Embedding (OLE)

9 Hours

Unit III

Client/Server Network

Connectivity, communication interface technology, Interposes communication, wide area network technologies,

Client-server system development: Software, Client–Server System Hardware: Network Acquisition, PC-level

processing unit, Macintosh, notebooks, pen, UNIX workstation, x-terminals, server hardware.

Network Topologies (Token Ring, Ethernet, FDDI, and CDDI) Network Management

9 Hours

Unit IV

Data Storage

Magnetic disk, magnetic tape, CD-ROM, WORM, Optical disk, mirrored disk, fault tolerance, RAID, RAID-

Disk network interface cards. Network protection devices, Power Protection Devices, UPS, Surge protectors.

Client Server Systems Development: Services and Support, system administration, Availability, Reliability,

Serviceability, Software Distribution, Performance, Network management, Help Disk, Remote Systems

Management Security.

LAN and Network Management issues

9 Hours

Unit V

Client/Server System Development

Training, Training advantages of GUI Application, System Administrator training, Database Administrator

training, End-user training. The future of client server Computing Enabling Technologies

The transformational system

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Robert Orfali, Dan Harkey and Jeri Edwards, Client/Server Survival Guide, 3rd Ed, John Wiley &

Sons, India,2009.

References

1. Smith and Guengerich. Client/Server Computing, 2nd Ed, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 2002.

2. Jason Pritchard, COM and CORBA side by side, Addison Wesley, 2009.

3. Dawana Travis Dewire, Client/Server Computing, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,

New Delhi,2008.


11I010 GRID COMPUTING

Objectives

To introduce the whats, whys and hows of Grid Computing; what is Grid Computing able to do for you

today and what will it bring to you in time to com

To provide an overview of the basic concepts of Grid Computing

To highlight the advantages of deploying Grid Computing

Programme Outcomes


analyze problems.

i) The Graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments

Skill set

1. Gain knowledge in Grid Computing fundamentals

2. Learn the principles of open Grid services architecture and infrastructure

3. Graduates can build their own Grid Environment.

Assessment Pattern

SL.

No.

Bloom’s Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Can you list the essential characteristics of ―Business-on-demand‖ model?

2. How would you describe the mechanisms used in SOAP to implement the SOAP features?

3. Can you recall the major goals of OGSA?

4. How would you explain Lightweight Grid?

5. What is grid computing?

Understand

1. How would you summarize the important functionalities provided by the management protocols?

2. Illustrate the data and functional requirements of grid computing.

3. List out the 7 Primitives in WSDL.

4. Explain the Compute/File Grid Services.

5. Explain about the business benefits in grid computing.

Apply

1. How would you summarize the scope of grid computing in business?

2. What approach would you use to represent the SOA interaction pattern diagrammatically?

3. How would you use globus GT3 toolkit?

4. What can you say about JAX-RPC Handlers?

5. Explain the architecture of GRAM with a neat diagram.

___________________ *The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The



3 0 0 3.0


1. Discuss briefly about organization building and using grid based solution to solve their computing

data and network requirements.

2. What are the OGSA basic services? Explain each of them with necessary diagrams.

3. Examine the index services available in GT3.

4. Analyze some of the grid application and their usage patterns.

5. Can you distinguish between data grid operation with computational grid operation

Create

1. How is grid computing organization classified? Explain with examples.

2. Explain in detail about Acme search service implementation in top down approach.

Unit I

Introduction

The Grid - Past, Present, Future, and A New Infrastructure for 21st Century Science - The Evolution of the Grid

- Grids and Grid Technologies, Programming models - A Look at a Grid Enabled Server and Parallelization

Techniques – Grid applications.

Scope of Grid Computing

9 Hours

Unit II

The Anatomy of the Grid

The concept of virtual organizations – Grid architecture – Grid architecture and relationship to other Distributed

Technologies – computational and data Grids, semantic grids.

Merging the Grid sources

9 Hours

Unit III

The Open Grid Services Architecture

Grid Management systems, security Grid-Enabling software and Grid enabling network services, Data Grid -

Virtualization Services for Data Grids, Peer-to-Peer Grids - Peer-to-Peer Grid Databases for Web Service

Discovery.

Cluster Grids

9 Hours

Unit IV

The Open Grid Services Infrastructure

Technical details of OSGI specification, service data concepts, Naming and Change Management

Recommendations – OGSA basic services.

Implementing OGSA-based Grids

9 Hours

Unit V

Grid Computing Toolkits

GLOBUS GT3 Toolkit: Architecture, Programming Model, implementation, High Level Services, Grid

application Management.

Setting up Grid, deployment of Grid software and tools, and application execution

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Fran Bermn, Geoffrey Fox and Anthony Hey J.G., Grid Computing: Making the Global Infrastructure

a Reality, Wiley, USA, 2003.


1. Joshy Joseph and Craig Fallenstein, Grid Computing, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2004.

2. Ian Foster and Carl Kesselman, The Grid2: Blueprint for a New Computing Infrastructure,

Morgan Kaufman, New Delhi, 2004.

3. Ahmar Abbas, Grid Computing: Practical Guide to Technology and Applications, Delmar

Thomson Learning, USA, 2004.

11I011 DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING SYSTEMS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

• To study about design issues in distributed systems

• To learn RPC model, synchronization.

• To study about distributed file systems and databases.

Programme Outcome


analyze problems.

Skill Set

1. Design of Various Distributed Systems

2. Providing database connectivity to the distributed system.

3. Maintaining distributed system transaction Management.

Assessment Pattern

S. No. Bloom‘s Taxonomy


Examination

Semester

EndExamination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is the main objective of distributed systems? What are the challenges?

2. What is null RPC?

3. How failures are recovered in distributed system?

4. What is marshalling?

5. What is concurrent processing?

Understand

1. How is thin client implemented?

2. What is the remote object reference?

3. What is the use of validation phase?

4. How is the logging technique is differs from the shadow versions technique.

5. What is update phase?

Apply

1. With a neat sketch explain the architectural models of distributed systems

_________________





2. What is marshalling? What are the different approaches of external data representation?

3. Describe the various RPC protocols supporting client server communication.

4. How is IPC implemented in UNIX? Explain.

5. Discuss the various concurrency control protocols.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Discuss the various challenges in the design of distributed systems.

2. Explain the two different approaches to external data representation and marshalling.

3. Explain the various techniques and mechanisms for securing distributed Systems and applications.

4. Using the lost update problem explain about concurrency control.

5. With a neat sketch explain the remote procedure call.

Create

1. Here is an interesting problem called partial connectivity that can occur in a distributed environment.

Let's say A and B are systems that need to talk to each other. C is a master that also talks to A and B

individually. The communications between A and B fail. C can tell that A and B are both healthy. C

tells A to send something to B and waits for this to occur. C has no way of knowing that A cannot talk

to B, and thus waits and waits and waits. What diagnostics can you add in your code to deal with this

situation?

Unit I

Introduction

Introduction to distributed computing system - Hardware concepts - switched multiprocessor - - switched

multicomputers - software concepts - Network operating systems - Time distributed systems. Design Issues:

Transparency - Flexibility - Reliability - Performance and scalability.

Bus based multicomputer

9 Hours

Unit II

RPC RPC - Communications in distributed systems - The client/ server model - Implementation - RPC model -

Implementing RPC mechanism - communication protocols for RPCs - special types of RPC - Stub generation -

Client - server binding - exception handling - RPC in heterogeneous environments.

Exception handling

9 Hours

Unit III

Synchronization and Distributed Shared Memory

General architecture of Distributed shared memory - Design and implementation issues of DSM - Granularity -

Thrashing- structure of shared memory space - Advantages of DSM - synchronization in distributed systems -

Clock synchronization - mutual exclusion - election algorithms - Atomic transactions - - Threads - Thread usage

and implementation of thread packages - processor allocation.

Deadlock distributed system

9 Hours

Unit IV

Distributed File System File service interface - semantics of file sharing - Implementation of new trends in distributed file system.

Distributed file system

9 Hours

Unit V

Distributed Databases Distributed DBMS architecture - sorting data in a distributed DBMS - Distributed catalog management -

distributed query processing - distributed transaction management - distributed concurrency control - Recovery.

Updating distributed data

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours


1. Ajay D. Kshemkalyani and Mukesh Singhal, Distributed computing: principles, algorithms and

systems, Cambridge University Press, 2008.

Reference

1. M.L.Liu, Distributed Computing: Principles And Applications, Pearson Education, 2004.

11I012 MOBILE TECHNOLOGY

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To learn the basics of Wireless voice and data communications technologies.

To build working knowledge on various telephone and satellite networks.

To study the working principles of wireless LAN and its standards.

Programme Outcomes



analyze problems.

i) The Graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments.

Skill set

1. Gain knowledge in Wireless Communication Fundamentals

2. Learn the principles of different Telecommunication Networks

Assessment Pattern

S. No. Bloom‘s Taxonomy


Examination

Semester

EndExamination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is multipath propagation?

2. Can you list the types of handover?

3. How would you describe the features of HIPERLAN1?

4. Can you recall the layers of WAP?

5. What is WML?

Understand

1. Explain about the signal propagation.

2. How would you summarize the advantages of cellular systems?

3. List out the numbers needed to locate an MS and to address the MS.

4. Illustrate the protocol architecture of DECT.

5. Mention the design goals of WLANS?

6. Explain are the features of WML?

___________________





1. What other way would you plan to achieve optimization in mobile IP.

2. How would you show your understanding of routing in dynamic source routing protocols?

3. What approach would you use to improve classical TCP?

4. How would you use WML script?

5. Why do MAC scheme in wired network fail in wireless networks and how dose the multiple access

with collision avoidance (MACA) scheme work?

Analyze/Evaluate 1. What are the main reasons for using cellular systems? How SDM is typically realized and combined

with FDM? How does DCA influence the frequencies available in other cells?

2. Give reasons for a handover in GSM and the problems associated with it. What are the typical steps

for handover, what types of handover can occur? Which resources need to be allocated during

handover for data transmission using HSCSD or GPRS respectively? What about QoS guarantees?

3. What are advantages and problems of forwarding mechanisms in Bluetooth networks regarding

security, power saving, and network stability?

Create 1. Think of ad-hoc networks with fast moving nodes, e.g., cars in a city. What problems arise even for the

routing algorithms adapted to ad-hoc networks? What is the situation on highways?

Unit I

Wireless Communication Fundamentals

Need and Application of wireless communication – Wireless Data Technologies Market for mobileWireless

transmission – Frequencies for radio transmission – Signals – Antennas – Signal Propagation – Multiplexing –

Modulations – Spread spectrum – MAC – SDMA – FDMA – TDMA – CDMA.

Spread and Cellular systems.

9 Hours

Unit II

Telecommunication Networks

Telecommunication systems – GSM, DECT systems –Architecture and protocols, Tetra frame structure, UMTS

basic architecture and UTRA modes – Broadcast Systems – DAB - DVB.

PACS, PHS

9 Hours

Unit III

Wirless Lan

Introduction Infrared v/s Radio transmission – Infrastructure and ad-hoc network – IEEE 802.11 – Architecture

– services – MAC – Physical layer – IEEE 802.11a - 802.11b standards HIPERLAN – Blue Tooth.

Tools for Protecting WLAN

9 Hours

Unit IV

Mobile Network Layer

Mobile IP (Goals, assumptions, entities and terminology, IP packet delivery, agent advertisement and discovery,

registration, tunneling and encapsulation, optimizations)- Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol - Routing –

DSDV – DSR – Alternative Metrics.

Host Identity Protocol

9 Hours

Unit V

Transport and Application Layers

Traditional TCP- Indirect TCP- Snooping TCP- Mobile TCP- Fast retransmit/fast Recovery- Transmission

/time-out freezing- Selective retransmission- Transaction oriented-Classical TCP improvements – WAP

(Introduction, protocol architecture, and treatment of protocols of all layers)-WAP 2.0.

Wireless Application Environment 9 Hours

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 203 Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, PHI/Pearson Education, 2003.

References

1. William Stallings, Wireless Communications and Networks, PHI/Pearson Education, 2005.

2. Kaveh Pahlavan and Prasanth Krishnamoorthy, Principles of Wireless Networks- A Unified Approach,

PHI/Pearson Education, 2002.

3. Uwe Hansmann, Lothar Merk, Martin S. Nicklons and Thomas Stober, Principles of Mobile

Computing, Springer, New York, 2003.

4. Hazysztof Wesolowshi, Mobile Communication Systems, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2002.

11I013 MOBILE WEB

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To learn the basics of Mobile Operating Systems

To build working knowledge on various Mobile Web technologies

To highlight the advantages of Mobile Web in current scenario

Programme Outcomes


analyze problems.

(i) The Graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments

Skill set

1. Gain knowledge in Mobile operating systems fundamentals and websites updations

2. Learn the morality of different Mobile responsive web design sites applications

Assessment Pattern



Examination*

Semester

EndExamination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is mobile bandwagon?

2. Can you list the types of mobile phone web browsers?

3. What‘s so different about the mobile web?

4. Can you recall the media queries of CSS?

5. What is meant by fixed‑width layout?

___________________ *The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The




1. Elucidate about the mobile-specific CSS.

2. How would you summarize the advantages of Context switching?

3. List out the numbers needed to locate Fluid images and media.

4. Demonstrate the protocol architecture of Google Maps.

5. Reveal the design goals of MRWD?

6. Clarify the features of JavaScript in WD?

Apply

1. How would you use iframe attributes to CSS equivalen?

2. What approach would you use to improve classical Mobile-CSS?

3. How can agents get and share the info need in mobile device?

4. How would you show your understanding of routing XHTML-MP?

5. Why do WURFL scheme have Clever API code in mobile networks and how initialize the device and

get the info ready?

Analyze/Evaluate

1. What‘s going on in that switch statement? How we make the page a bit smarter with WURFL? How

do we form the group requirements into multiple mobile flavors?

2. Give reasons for device class tests and the problems associated with matching function.

3. How ―traditional‖ websites typically? How applike websites often behave?

4. What can localStorage do for us? How geolocation works? How to ask W3C-compliant browsers

where they are? How will we handle the success Mobile Web technologies?

Create

1. Think of Android applications with fast moving mobile devices, e.g., smartphones. How to install

some platform tools? How to create some virtual devices? How to install and uninstall apps?

Unit I

Mobile Operating Systems Traditional TCP- Indirect TCP- Snooping TCP- Mobile TCP- Fast retransmit/fast Recovery- Transmission

/time-out freezing- Selective retransmission- Transaction oriented-Classical TCP improvements – WAP

(Introduction, protocol architecture, and treatment of protocols of all layers)-WAP 2.0.

Wireless Application Environment.

9 Hours

Unit II

Mobile Web Browsers

Mobile phone web browsers - Different about the mobile web - Responsive web design - Different CSS - CSS

media queries - Current structure of sites - Analyze the current CSS - Identify the CSS - Mobile Specific CSS -

Fluid formula - Context Switching - Fluid images and media.

Mobile Device Design

9 Hours

Unit III

Web Design

Mobile progressive enhancement - Content floats - Mobile-first media queries - SRC rule - Viewport <meta>

tag - Mapping JavaScript - Pseudo-media query - Widgets - Iframe attributes - Breakpoints rescue.

Progressive Enhancement

9 Hours

Unit IV

Website Organization Responsive

Comforts agents - User agents - Mobile optimized website - Sniff out mobile users - Mobile website - Mobile

mockup - XHTML-MP - Fixing errors - Mobile-savvy CSS - Mobile potion - Cupboard of tools and data.

Detecting Mobile Users

9 Hours


Unit V

Mobile Frameworks

Mobile device data sources – WURFL - API code - Panic button- Device classes - matching function - test

capabilities & class tests - safety net - HTML5 building form & data attribute - jQuery Mobile & toolbar, fields

- Toggleclass methods - Mediacapture API - Hybrid apps work - Illusions control - Future-friendly manifesto.

Tartan Hunt project

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Lyza Danger Gardner, Jason Grigsby, Head First Mobile Web, O'Reilly Media, 2012.

References

1. Carsten Srensen, Enterprise Mobility: Tiny Technology with Global Impact on Work (Technology,

Work and Globalization), Palgrave Macmillan; 1 edition, 2011.

2. Michael Juntao Yuan, Enterprise J2ME: Developing Mobile Java Applications, Prentice Hall; 1

edition, 2011.

3. Uwe Hansmann, Lothar Merk, Martin S. Nicklons and Thomas Stober, Principles of Mobile

Computing, Springer, New York, 2008.

4. Hazysztof Wesolowshi, Mobile Communication Systems, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2002.

11I014 UNIX INTERNALS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To understand about the Operating System of Unix.

To develop application programs using the C/C++ in UNIX Environment...

Understand the concept of System calls, file system, Process and to study the different Memory

Management techniques and Input output operation of Unix Operating system.

Programme Outcomes

d) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using programming

languages.

Skill set

1. Determine the basic testing terminology and the activities associated with the process synchronization.

2. Design and test a practical application using various modern engineering tools...

3. To insight on how to write programs for different device drivers.

Assessment Pattern



Examination*

Semester

EndExamination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

___________________





1. How will you retrieve the properties of a file?

2. What are the contents of password file?

3. What is a binary semaphore?

4. What is the use of ping command?

5. What is I/O multiplexing?

6. Difference between user priorities and kernel priorities?

Understand

1. Mention the use of the fork System call and command ―Passwd‖

2. Differentiate user mode & kernel mode.

3. What are the 3 levels of UNIX operating system?

4. Write the I/O parameters saved in the U area.

5. What does the kernel in buffer read-ahead?

Analyze

1. What are the data structures used for File sharing in UNIX? Explain with a neat diagram.

2. Write short notes on file access permission and its effect on files and directories.

3. Explain the processes involved in terminal and network login in SVR4.

4. Explain how the multiple process multiplex message onto a single queue with an example client

Server program.

5. How will you create and remove message queues? Explain with an example the interprocess

Communication using message queues.

6. What feature is missing in POSIX message queues?

Apply / Evaluate

1. Describe in brief about UNIX System Architecture with neat diagram.

2. What are the different Operating System services available in Unix?

3. What is region? State any 3 region system calls that are invoked by a process, one when getting hold a

region, one during execution and one while relinquishing it back .

4. What is file? Give the structure of regular file in a neat sketch.

5. Explain the algorithm for converting the path name to inode.

Create

1. Write a Shell script Program to accept a character and check whether it is an

a) Lower case alphabet

b) Upper case alphabet

c) a digit

d) Special symbol

e) Vowel

Using case control structure.

2. Write a Shell script Program to implement FCFS Algorithm.

3. Write a C Program in Unix Program to implement Priority Scheduling.

Unit I

Overview

General Overview of the System: History – System structure – User perspective – Operating system services –

Assumptions about hardware. Introduction to the Kernel: Architecture of the UNIX operating system –

Introduction to system concepts. The Buffer Cache: Buffer headers – Structure of the buffer pool – Scenarios

for retrieval of a buffer – Reading and writing disk blocks.

Advantages and disadvantages of the buffer cache.

9 Hours

Unit II

File subsystem

Internal representation of files: Inodes – Structure of a regular file – Directories – Conversion of a path name to

an Inode – Super block – Inode assignment to a new file

Allocation of disk blocks.

9 Hours


Unit III

System calls for the file system

Open – Read – Write – File and record locking – Adjusting the position of file I/O – Lseek – Close – File

creation – Changing directory, root, owner, mode – stat and fstat – Pipes – Dup – Mounting and unmounting

file systems – link – unlink.

Creation of special files

9 Hours

Unit IV

Processes

Process states and transitions – Layout of system memory – The context of a process – Saving the context of a

process – Manipulation of the process address space - Sleep. Process Control: Process creation – Signals –

Process termination – Awaiting process termination – user id of a process – Changing the size of a process -

Shell – System boot and the INIT process– Process Scheduling.

Invoking other programs

9 Hours

Unit V

Memory Management and I/O

Memory Management Policies: Swapping – Demand paging. The I/O Subsystem: Driver Interface – Disk

Drivers – Terminal Drivers– Inter process communication.

Streams

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Text Book

1. Maurice J. Bach, ―The Design of the Unix Operating System”, 1st Edition, Pearson Education, 2010.

References

1. Uresh Vahalia, Unix Internals The New Frontiers, Pearson Education, 2006.

2. S. J. Leffler, M. K. Mckusick, M. J. .Karels and J. S. Quarterman. The Design and Implementation of

the 4.3 BSD Unix Operating System, Addison Wesley, 1995.

11I015 JAVA FRAMEWORKS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To understand and implement the Java Framework and Java APIs

To understand and implement java spring

To understand and implement HQL

Programme Outcomes


languages.


analyze problems.

Skill set

1. Develop web applications

2. Provide good framework for java spring concepts


4. Modularity and reusability




Examination*

Semester

EndExamination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is Java Spring?

2. Give the different modules in Spring framework?

3. Define structure of spring framework?

4. How do you get the HttpServletRequest object in an interceptor?

5. Define application Context?

Understand

1. How would you compare Action and Action Support?

2. Can annotation-based and XML based configuration coexist?

3. Why do you need ORM tools?

4. How exceptions are handled in Struts application?

5. Distinguish between Request Aware and ServletRequestAware interface?

Apply

1. Implement a hibernate method to be configured to access an instance variable directly and not through

a setter method?

2. Apply the types of the transaction management in spring supports

3. Integrate the struts application with spring?

4. Explain the similarities and differences between EJB CMT and the Spring Framework's declarative

transaction management?

5. Apply the filters in Hibernate with an example

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Consider there are two interceptors. How can the two interceptors in a stack communicate or if you

were to pass some value from one interceptor to another, by using this value the next interceptor

executes some specific statements, how would you do it?

2. Discuss the struts method to handle the input element if it is hidden? For example I have an input tag

inside my form <input type=hidden value="" name="order">

Create

1. Develop a simple java web application using spring with DAO layer.

2. Create a DAO using HibernateDaoSupport and then use an instance of JdbcTemplate for the methods

that you want to write using JDBC. The Hibernate DAO contains a static inner class that extends

JdbcDaoSupport and implements the JDBC logic. How will you redirect applicable calls to it?

__________________




http://www.jguru.com/faq/view.jsp?EID=1290207

http://www.jguru.com/faq/view.jsp?EID=1290207


Introduction to Struts 2 and Features

Web applications-Frameworks for web applications-Introduction to strut2 frameworks-Architecture of struts

application- annotations-struts2 actions-Packaging actions-Implementing actions-Transferring data into objects.

Strut 2 frameworks and its architecture

9Hours

Unit II

Struts 2 core concepts

MVC-Interceptors-Built in interceptors-Declaring interceptors-creating interceptors-Introduction to OGNL-

Struts tags-data tags-control tags-using JSTL-Result types- Result Global results-Introduction to validation

framework- Introduction to i18n.

Validation framework and JSTL

9 Hours

Unit III

Introduction to spring

Introduction-Spring modules-Inversion of control(IOC)-Injecting dependencies-IOC in enterprise applications-

Introduction to Aspect oriented programming-Bean factory-Application context-Life cycle of beans-Wiring

with XML-Injecting dependencies via setters, constructors-Introduction to Auto wiring-AOP-Creating advice-

Defining point cuts-Managing Transactions-Understanding transactions-Programming transactions-Declaring

transactions-Securing spring applications-Acegi security-Managing authentication-controlling access-securing

web applications

Acegi security and Application context

9 Hours

Unit IV

Introduction to hibernate

Object Persistence-using direct jdbc-Persistence with hibernate-configuring hibernate- creating mapping

definitions-building session factory-Persisting- retrieving objects-session cache-connection pools-Transactions.

Object relational mapping

9 Hours

Unit V

Core Hibernate concepts

Association-Types-components-Persisting collections and array-HQL-Querying objects with HQL-Criteria

queries-stored Procedures- Integrating struts, spring and hibernate.

Hibernate Query Language

9 Hours

Total: 45 hours

Textbook

1. Donald Brown, Chad Michael Davis and Scott Stanlick, Struts 2 in action, Manning Publications 2008

References

1. Craig Walls and Ryan Breidenbach, spring in action, Manning Publications, 2008

2. Patrick Peak and Nick Heudicker, Hibernate Quickly, Manning Series, 2005

3. Ian Roughley, Starting Struts 2, InfoQ Enterprise development series, 2007


11I016 NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To provide a general introduction including the use of state automata for language processing.

To provide the fundamentals of syntax including a basic parse.

To explain advanced feature like feature structures and realistic parsing methodologies.

Programme Outcome


languages.

Skill set

1. Natural language text into a more useful form, as in automatic text translation or text summarization.

2. Convert information from computer databases into readable human language.

3. Determine the parse tree of a given sentence.

4. Given a human-language question, determine its answer.

Assessment Pattern



Examination*

Semester

EndExamination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define speech processing and language processing.

2. What is meant by the term regular expression?

3. Mention the difference between grouping and precedence.

4. State the need for Finite state automata.

5. Define transformation-based tagging.

Understand

1. Describe the relationship between finite automata, regular expression and regular languages.

2. Explain the architecture of a two level morphology and how will you generate or parse with FST

lexicon and rules.

3. Explain rule-based and stochastic part of speech tagging with sample lexical enters from the

ENGTWOL lexicon and motivating example.

4. How will reduplicate the effort caused by backtracking in top-down parsing and represent the directed

acyclic graph.

5. How will you specify the context free grammar of the syntax of first order predicate calculus

representations?

Apply

1. Explain with a help of an example about knowledge in speech and language processing.

2. How will you create the actual algorithm for HMM tagging?

3. Demonstrate with an example for parsing with unification constraints .

______________________________





4. Describe a Venn diagram of the languages on the Chomsky hierarchy.

5. How to tell if a language is not regular? Explain a machine with N states accepting a string xyz of N

symbols.

Analyze /Evaluate

1. Write rules expressing the verbal sub category of English auxiliaries; for example you might have a

rule verb-with-bare-stem-VP-complement can.

2. Are English and other natural languages regular languages? Give some example.

3. Explain the various characteristics of unification grammars and simple type hierarchy for the subtypes

of the type AGR.

4. How will you find the maximum probability parse of a string of num_words words given a PCFG

grammar with num_rules in Chomsky normal form for the probabilistic CYK algorithm?

5. How TBL rules are applied and learned in transformation based tagging?

Create

1. How will you create two parse trees for an ambiguous sentence. Parse (a) corresponds to the meaning

―Can you book flights on behalf of TWA‖. Parse (b) to ―Can you book flights which are run by

TWA‖.

2. Create basic regular expression patterns with example.

3. Using statistical techniques how you will create statistical model of translation.

4. Obtain the parse tree for I told harry to go to maharani.

5. Write the procedure for translating much and many into Russian.

Unit I

Introduction

Introduction: Knowledge in speech and language processing – Ambiguity – Models and Algorithms –Language,

Thought and Understanding. Regular Expressions and automata: Regular expressions – Finite-State automata.

Morphology and Finite-State Transducers: Survey of English morphology – Finite-State Morphological parsing

– Combining FST lexicon and rules – Lexicon-Free FSTs: The porters stammer.

Human morphological processing

9 Hours

Unit II

Syntax

Word classes and part-of-speech tagging: English word classes – Tag sets for English – Part-of-speech tagging

– Rule-based part-of-speech tagging – Stochastic part-of-speech tagging – Transformation-based tagging –

Other issues. Context-Free Grammars for English: Constituency – Context-Free rules and trees – Sentence-level

constructions – The noun phrase – Coordination – Agreement – The verb phase and sub categorization –

Auxiliaries – Spoken language syntax – Grammars equivalence and normal form – Finite- State and Context-

Free grammars – Grammars and human processing. Parsing with Context-Free Grammars: Parsing as search –

A Basic Top-Down parser – Problems with the basic Top- Down parser – The early algorithm.

Finite-State parsing methods

9 Hours

Unit III

Advanced Features and Syntax

Features and Unification: Feature structures – Unification of feature structures – Features structures in the

grammar – Implementing unification – Parsing with unification constraints – Types and Inheritance.

Lexicalized and Probabilistic Parsing: Probabilistic context-free grammar – problems with PCFGs –

Probabilistic lexicalized CFGs – Dependency Grammars.

Human parsing.

9 Hours


Unit IV

Semantic

Representing Meaning: Computational desiderata for representations – Meaning structure of language – First

order predicate calculus – Some linguistically relevant concepts – Related representational approaches –

Alternative approaches to meaning. Semantic Analysis: Syntax-Driven semantic analysis – Attachments for a

fragment of English – Integrating semantic analysis into the early parser – Idioms and compositionality –

Robust semantic analysis. Lexical semantics: relational among lexemes and their senses – WordNet: A database

of lexical relations – The Internal structure of words.

Creativity and the lexicon

9 Hours

Unit V

Applications

Word Sense Disambiguation and Information Retrieval: Selectional restriction-based disambiguation – Robust

word sense disambiguation – Information retrieval – Other information retrieval tasks. Natural Language

Generation: Introduction to language generation – Architecture for generation – Surface 120 realization –

Discourse planning – Other issues. Machine Translation: Language similarities and differences – The transfer

metaphor – The Interlingua idea: Using meaning – Direct translation – Using statistical techniques.

Usability and system development.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Daniel Jurafsky and James H.Martin, Speech and Language Processing, Pearson Education

(Singapore), 2005

Reference

1. James Allen, Natural Language Understanding, Pearson Education, 2003

11I017 XML AND WEB SERVICES 3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To learn the essentials of data interoperability using XML and well-formed XML documents.

To study the concepts of Service Oriented Architecture.

To understand about the key building blocks of web services, namely WSDL and SOAP and how

they use XML.

Programme Outcomes

b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify IT related problems and solve

using programming languages.

d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and

equipments to analyze problems.


Skill Set

1. An ability to demonstrate skills to use software and equipments to analyze problems with more

exposure to web technologies.

2. An ability to understand the implementation of web services.

3. To Design the web applications using web programming

4. To learn the essential web development skills related to current Internet technologies and protocols.


Assessment Pattern

SL. No. Bloom’s Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is the purpose of SOAP?

2. Name any four design patterns?

3. Give the meaning of valid XML document.

4. Define namespace. Give its usage.

5. List out the functions of transaction server.

Understand

1. How is namespace useful in XML?

2. Give the need for XSLT for an XML document?

3. List the functions of transaction server.

4. Explain each elements of XSLT

5. Name any four design patterns.

Analyze

1. Write a HTML tags to insert an ordered list that will have numbering by lowercase Roman

numerals.

2. Analyze how Service Oriented Architecture has been developed with the lessons learned

from Object Orientation with its key functional components

3. Give the steps to process XML document using DOM and SAX

4. Write a program to illustrate web service in .NET environment. Write all the files required to

implement web service.

Apply / Evaluate

1. Write a Java program to validate XML document against DTD.

2. Write an XML document with an example to show how to declare multiple attributes of an element

using single declaration.

3. Show with an example how to declare mixed content elements in XML.

4. Apply and design the SOAP message structure and illustrate the SOAP with attachment.

5. Show how Service Oriented Architecture has been developed with the lessons learned from Object

Orientation with its key functional components.

Create

1. Design a web service technology and build an XML based application for network management.

2. Create a DTD for mark statement of a student. Write a program to retrieve the elements and attributes

of the XML document and display the mark statement in suitable format.

3. Write an XML document to illustrate XSL, parameter entities, Reference entities, CDATA sections

allowing different types of contents in the document.

4. Write a complete set of programs to illustrate XML RPC and SOAP message passing.

5. Create an XML document to show how inner elements inherit style information from the outer

elements in XSLT.

________________





XML Technology Family

XML – benefits – Advantages of XML over HTML, EDI, Databases – XML based standards – Structuring with

schemas - DTD – XML Schemas – XML processing – DOM – SAX – presentation technologies – XSL –

XFORMS – XHTML – Transformation – XSLT – XLINK – XPATH.

XQuery

9 Hours

Unit II

Architecting Web Services

Business motivations for web services – B2B – B2C – Technical motivations – Service-oriented Architecture

(SOA) – Architecting web services – Implementation view – Web services technology stack – Logical view –

Composition of web services – Deployment view – From application server to peer to peer – Process view –

Life in the runtime.

Limitations of CORBA and DCOM

9 Hours

Unit III

Web Services Building Blocks

Transport protocols for web services – Messaging with web services - Protocols - SOAP - Describing web

services – WSDL– Manipulating WSDL – Web service policy – Discovering web services – UDDI – Anatomy

of UDDI – Web service inspection – Ad-Hoc Discovery - Securing web services.

Anatomy of WSDL

9 Hours

Unit IV

Implementing XML in E-Business

B2B – B2C Applications – Different types of B2B interaction – Components of e-business XML systems –

EbXML - Applied XML in vertical industry – Web services for mobile devices.

Rosetta Net

9 Hours

Unit V

XML Content Management and Security

Semantic Web – Role of Meta data in web content - Resource Description Framework – RDF schema –

Architecture of semantic web – Content management workflow – XLANG – Securing web services.

WSFL

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Ron Schmelzer, XML and Web Services, Pearson Education, 2002.

References

1. Keith Ballinger, .NET Web Services Architecture and Implementation, Pearson Education, 2003.

2. David Chappell, Understanding .NET A Tutorial and Analysis, Addison Wesley, 2002.

3. Kennard Scibner and Mark C.Stiver, Understanding SOAP, SAMS Publishing, 2001

4. Alexander Nakhimovsky and Tom Myers, XML Programming: Web Applications and Web Services

with JSP and ASP, Apress, 2002.

11I018 VISUAL PROGRAMMING

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

Basics of Windows Programming

Understand and deal with editors ,tools, class libraries and debugging technique

Visual C++ and Visual C++ .Net Programming

Create a simple Visual C++.Net-based application

Programme Outcomes


languages.

(i) The graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments


Develop the Application for Windows using Win32

Determine the basic functionality about the MFC Library Classes

Demonstrate the Project developed in Vc++ 6.0 IDE.

Assessment Pattern

Sl.

No.

Bloom’s Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What do you mean by SDK?

2. Specify the term calling convention.

3. What do you mean by Windows Programming?

4. Define Device Context.

5. Recall the use of Get Message, Translate Message and Dispatch Message.

Understand

1. Explain the concept of windows programming with sample program?

2. Explain the two methods used for getting Device Context Handle?

3. Explain various visual C++ components.

4. Describe in detail about the model and modeless dialog box.

5. What is DLL? Create a DLL to add & multiply two numbers and how it can be

Used in application?

6. What is a keyboard accelerator? Explain how to implement the accelerator in a

Toolbar? Explain with example?

Apply

1. How will you create a window by using windows programming?

2. Why should we need to get a handle to the device context?

3. Construct the program to handle the user events

4. How menu items can be grayed, disabled and appended at run time.

5. Write a windows program to create and modify user defined menus.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Construct the windows programs to handle the child window controls.

2. Write a VC++ program to display the sum of two numbers using modal and modeless dialogs

3. Generate a VC++ program to draw a rectangle & ellipse.

4. Generate a VC++ program to implement a simple calculator.

5. Write a VC++ program for chat application.

Create 1. Create an Active X control at runtime? (Or) Write a VC++ program to create a Dynamic ActiveX

control?

2. Create a DLL in VC++.

___________________





Windows Programming

Windows environment – A simple windows program – Windows and messages – Creating the window –

Displaying the window – Message loop – The window procedure – Message processing – Text output –

Painting and repainting – Introduction to GDI – Device context – Basic drawing.

Child window controls

9 Hours

Unit II

Visual C++ Programming Application Framework – MFC library – Visual C++ Components – Event Handling – Mapping modes –

Colors – Fonts – Modal and modeless dialog – Windows common controls.

Bitmaps `

9 Hours

Unit III

The Document and View Architecture

Menus – Keyboard accelerators – Rich edit control – Toolbars – Status bars – Reusable frame window base

class -Reading and writing SDI and MDI documents – Splitter window and multiple views – Creating DLLs –

Dialog based applications

Separating document from its view

9 Hours

Unit IV

ActiveX and Component Object Model

ActiveX controls Vs. Ordinary Windows Controls – Installing ActiveX controls – Calendar Control – ActiveX

control container programming – Create ActiveX control at runtime – Component Object Model (COM) –

Database Management with Microsoft ODBC

Containment and aggregation vs. inheritance

9 Hours

Unit V

Visual C++ .Net

Introduction to Visual C++ .Net-Programming with .Net Strings –Programming with .Net Arrays- Handling

Errors with .Net Exceptions -Making GUI with .Net-programming with .Net Dialog boxes

Adding Net Event Handling 9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. Charles Petzold, Windows Programming, Microsoft press, 1998.

2. David J.Kruglinski, George Shepherd and Scot Wingo, Programming Visual C++, Microsoft press,

2011.

3. Jeff Cogswell, Visual C++ .Net, Hungry Minds, 2002

Reference

1. Steve Holtzner, Visual C++ 6 Programming, Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd., 2003

11I019 BUSINESS COMPONENT TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To have in depth knowledge on JAVA, CORBA and .Net Components

To Deal with Fundamental properties of components, technology and architecture and middleware.

To understand Component Frameworks and Development


b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify IT related problems and solve using programming

languages.


problems.



(j) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life - long learning.

Skill set

1. An ability to demonstrate skills to use software and equipments to analyze problems with more

exposure to component based software development.

2. An ability to identify, formulate and to solve component building problems.

3. An ability to understand the component based software development process.

4. To Design the applications using RMI and JAVABEANS

Assessment Pattern

Sl.

No.

Bloom’s Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Arrange the components of its important aspects.

2. What is the awareness to be taken to write a component?

3. Label the uses of Modules.

4. Recall an Interface in components interception.

5. List out the attributes of Interfaces.

Understand

1. How contexts are created.

2. Generate the benefits of components.

3. Find out the merits and demerits of Custom-made software.

4. Drive out the merits and demerits of Standard software

5. Write about I Unknown Interface?

6. How does Containment work?

Analyze

1. Draw the Object Management Architecture and explain in detail the CORBA.

2. Design a model in using beans that ensures the entire object involved in the transaction are

recoverable.

3. Design the basic directory services provided by a system.

4. Design cascaded message multicasting services for remoting using .Net components.

5. Analyze the implementation tools for EJB containers.

___________________




Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 218 Apply / Evaluate

1. How the effective callbacks are used in building a component based framework?

2. Justify the steps in creating and deploying Jar files.

3. Evaluate how the design of components using ORB is better than portable adapters.

4. Appraise the procedures used for CORBA services.

5. Summarize the detail about Black Box component framework for building components.

Create

1. Design an implement a component for RMI invocation.

2. Create and Deploy a JAR file using Java beans for any application in CORBA.

3. Build a component for network communication using distributed object models.

4. Create a POA service for building a component using CORBA.

5. How can you build components using Multithreading?

Unit I

Introduction

Software Components – objects – fundamental properties of Component technology – modules – interfaces –

callbacks – directory services – component architecture – components and middleware.

Middleware communication

9 Hours

Unit II

Java Based Component Technologies

Threads – Java Beans – Events and connections – properties – introspection – JAR files – reflection – object

serialization – Enterprise Java Beans – Distributed Object models – RMI and RMI-IIOP

JINI Development

9 Hours

Unit III

Corba Component Technologies

Java and CORBA – Interface Definition language – Object Request Broker – system object model – portable

object adapter – CORBA services – CORBA component model – containers – application server – model driven

architecture.

CORBA Boundaries

9 Hours

Unit IV

Net Based Component Technologies

COM – Distributed COM – object reuse – interfaces and versioning – dispatch interfaces – connectable objects

– OLE containers and servers – Active X controls – .NET components - assemblies – appdomains – contexts –

reflection – remoting

COM applications

9 Hours

Unit V

Component Frameworks and Development

Connectors – contexts – EJB containers – CLR contexts and channels – Black Box component framework –

directory objects – cross-development environment – component-oriented programming – Component design

and implementation tools – testing tools - assembly tools

Frameworks Interconnection 9 Hours


Textbook

1. Clemens Szyperski, Component Software: beyond Object-Oriented Programming, Pearson Education

publishers, 2003.

References

1. Ed Roman, Mastering Enterprise Java Beans, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1999.

2. Mowbray, Inside CORBA, Pearson Education, 2003.

3. Freeze, Visual Basic Development Guide for COM & COM+, BPB Publication, 2001.

4. Hortsamann and Cornell, CORE JAVA Vol-II, Sun Press, 2002.


11I020 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To bring a systematic knowledge of the management information technology.

The concepts which are used in information systems to make the Graduates effective.

Programme Outcomes



problems.

(j) The Graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for lifelong learning

Skill Set

1. Web enabled Business Management

2. Application System Architecture

3. Electronic payment Systems

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No. Bloom’s Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is the scope of the information system?

2. Can you think of an MIS which could be user independent and business independent?

3. State the difference between MIS and a computer system.

4. What are Social Challenges of Information Systems?

5. Give a format of two exception reports.

Understand

1. If application science and MIS can be brought together, the MIS design would be realistic and useful.

Discuss.

2. Designing an MIS for an organization is an art and not a science. Explain.

3. Can the quality of decision making be improved? Explain how it can be improved.

4. Explain the following:

a) Data Design

b) Process Design

c) Output Design

5. Requirement analysis and definition is the foundation for any systems development. It is independent

of the approach you take for analysis and design. Explain.

Apply

1. The word management is often used with other words is such as Management of resource,

Management of Materials, Management of capacity etc., Explain with example, three applications in

Resource, Materials and Capacity management.

___________________




Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 220 2. Since your school days, you have purchased number of books and your home library has over two

hundred books. Would you call this awareness of yours as a data or information? How would you

convert this awareness into information?

3. Take any small system of your knowledge and perform the following

a) Define system objective

b) Draw document flow chart, system flow chart.

c) Define input and output document.

d) How they are processed?

e) Draw document versus user matrix.

f) Find the reports in the system and who all are using them.

4. Technology obsolescence is a fact of life when it comes to IT. While deciding configuration, what

care should be taken so that the investment is protected for a reasonable period of time; application

development effort is not wasted and organization is not required to learn a new technology.

5. You are familiar with ‗telephone bill ‗which is sent to you every two months. Identify the inputs

which are necessary to generate the telephone bill and suggest data processing steps leading to the

printing of bill. This application is highly data intensive and data pertaining to a telephone number is

to be processed before it is processed for bill preparation. Prescribe data processing checks, validation

and controls which are necessary to confirm the rightness of the bill.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Develop DB application to get simple reports useful to the student, professor and college.

Create

1. Create E-Commerce feature on the site for i) Booking a car for servicing ii ) ordering spares for

replacement from standard list.

Unit I

Introduction

Technology of Information Systems – Concepts – Definition - Role and impact of MIS - Role and importance

of management –Approaches to Management - Functions of the manager - Management as a control system -

Database Management Systems - Concepts - Data Models - Database Design - MIS & Client Server

Architecture. Process of management - Planning – Organization – Staffing - Co-ordination and Controlling -

Management by exception.

MIS as a support to management - Organization structure and Theory

9 Hours

Unit II

Decision Making and Information

Decision making concepts - Methods – Tools and Procedures - Behavioral concepts in Decision making -

Organizational Decision Making - Information concepts as a quality Product - Classification of the information

- Methods of Data and information Collection - Value of the information - Human as a information Processor -

Organization and Information

System concepts – Control – Types - Handling System Complexity

9 Hours

Unit III

System Analysis and Design

System analysis and design –Need for system Analysis - System Analysis of existing System - New

Requirement - System Development Model - Structured Systems Analysis and Design - Computer System

Design - Development of MIS - Development of long Range plans of the MIS - Ascertaining the class of

information - Determining the Information Requirement.

Development and implementation of the MIS Management of Quality

9 Hours

Unit IV

Decision Support Systems

Deterministic systems – Artificial intelligence – Knowledge Based Expert System MIS and the role of DSS -

Enterprise management systems – EMS – Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system -ERP basic features –

Benefits – Selection - Implementation .

EMS and MIS

9 Hours


Current Trends

Knowledge management – Networks – Internet and Web based Information System – Electronic Commerce –

Electronic Business – Commercial applications.

Case Studies

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. W.S.Jawadekar, ―Management Information Systems‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company

Limited 2008.

2. Kenneth C Landon and Jane P.Laudon, ―Management Information Systems ―, Prentice Hall, Sixth

Edition, 2000

References

1. Gordon B. Davis and Margerethe H.Olson, ―Management Information system‖, McGraw Hill 1988.

2. Jerome Karnter, ―Management Information System‖, III edition, PHI, 1990.

3. David Kroenke, ―Management Information System‖, Tata McGraw Hill.1989.

4. James A O‘Brien, ―Management Information System‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 1999.

11I021 SOFTWARE QUALITY MANAGEMENT

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To Learn about various Software quality models

To gain knowledge about Quality measurement, implementation and documentation

Programme Outcome


analyze problems.

Skill set

1. Develop software quality models

2. Perform quality verification techniques

3. Develop software to analyze the quality of the product

4. Implementation the quality plan

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Bloom’s

Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Software Quality.

2. Give the relationship between criteria and measurable properties.

3. List the special responsibilities of Technical Review Process.

4. Based on size and structure how do you measure the internal product attributes of a software product?

5. What is orthogonal defect classification in quality management metrics based on defect cause analysis?

___________________





1. How the quality criteria are interrelated with hierarchical model?

2. Specify the responsibilities of Technical Review Process.

3. Differentiate product quality and process quality.

4. Compare verification and validation.

5. Plot a frequency distribution for the scores for the bands <3, 3 to 6, and 9 to 12.>

Apply

1. Differentiate between PTR and Reliability growth model.

2. How to identify phase-based defect removal pattern?

3. How to measure the different aspects of quality?

4. Explain Different types of product quality metrics.

5. Depict the four current approaches for cost estimation in detail.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. When software engineers and project managers talk of ―cost estimation ―, they usually mean

predictions of the likely amount of effort, time and staffing levels required to build a software system.

Justify your answer.

2. Explain in detail the following two software quality models,

(i) Problem Tracking Report (PTR) model.

(ii) Reliability Growth model.

3. Complex the software quality metrics for maintenance of the software product.

4. Explain the technical review process.

5. Explain the types of reviews.

Create

1. Create a your own software and explain how software process assessment helps software organizations

to improve themselves

Unit I

Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality – Hierarchical models of Boehm and McCall – Quality measurement – Metrics measurement

and analysis – GQM Model

Gilbs approach

9 Hours

Unit II

Software Quality Assurance

Quality tasks – SQA plan – Teams – Characteristics – Implementation –– Reviews and Audits

Documentation

9 Hours

Unit III

Quality Control and Reliability

Tools for Quality – Ishikawas basic tools – CASE tools – Defect prevention and removal – Reliability models –

Reliability growth models for quality assessment

Rayleigh model

9 Hours

Unit IV

Quality Management System

Elements of QMS – Rayleigh model framework – Reliability Growth models for QMS – Complexity metrics

And model

Customer satisfaction analysis.

9 Hours


Unit V

Quality Standards

Need for standards – ISO 9000 Series – ISO 9000-3 for software development – CMM– Six Sigma concepts.

CMMI

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. Allan C. Gillies, Software Quality: Theory and Management, Thomson Learning, 3rd

edition, 2011.

2. Stephen H. Kan, Metrics and Models in Software Quality Engineering, Pearson Education, second

edition, 2009.

References

1. Mary Beth Chrissis, Mike Konrad and Sandra Shrum, CMMI for development, Pearson Education,,

2011

2. E. Norman Fenton and James Bieman, Software Metrics, Taylor & Francis Group, 2010

3. Mordechai Ben Menachem and Garry S.Marliss, Software Quality, Thomson Asia Pvt Ltd, 2003

11I022 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AND MANAGEMENT

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To learn the basic qualities and approaches of an essential organization.

To learn the function and systematic approach of the organizational Management.

Get to know how a business organization functions to gain a competitive advantage.

Programme Outcome

g) The Graduates will be able to communicate professionally

Skill set

1. Application of knowledge about how people, individuals, and groups act in organizations.

2. Develop leadership, communication, and group dynamics within the organization.

3. To build the model or framework that the organization operation.

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Bloom’s

Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester

End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define the term ‗Organization‘

2. What are the different levels of Management in a Formal organization?

3. What is classical conditioning?

4. What is corporate identity? How can it affect the formation and maintenance of ‗relational‘

psychological contracts?

___________________




Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 224 5. What – if any – is the difference between a leader and a manager? How can theories of leadership

inform our understanding of effective management?

Understand

1. Distinguish between Interpersonal vs. Intraindividual conflict

2. How useful are traditional process theories of the team to our understanding and management of the

so-called ad hoc or virtual team?

3. Offer an informed social-psychological analysis of the ‗teleworking‘ situation, identifying potential

performance problems and the management issues they raise. What would you advise a company

migrating to a telework scheme?

4. Are workgroups and teams a help or a hindrance to the achievement of organizational goals?

5. Compare and contrast the ‗planned‘ and ‗emergent‘ approaches to effecting organizational change.

Apply

1. Describe the evolution of different schools of management thought. How does

management science school differ from behavioral school? Discuss

2. Explain the need of control in an organization. What are the steps in a control process?

Also, explain how financial controls are considered important in managing an

organization.

3. Is the term ‗psychological contract‘ more useful as an explanatory construct or as a framework for

understanding and managing the employment relationship? Defend your answer on theoretical,

empirical and practical grounds.

4. Why have theories of transformational leadership proven to be so popular in recent years?

5. How has the new technology revolution affected organizational communication?

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Write short notes on the following

Line vs. Staff organization.

Team building

Leadership styles

Planning function

Create

1. Discuss the various approaches to the theory of management. According to you which are the most

suitable theory in IT Industry?

Unit I

Management Function and Approach

Time-spent in Carrying out Managerial Functions-Skills and Management Levels-Approaches to Management-

The Management Process –Input/Output Model-Systems Approach to Management-The Organization and its

External Environment-Forms of International Business-The Baldrige Award Criteria Framework

The European Foundation for Quality Management Model for Business Excellence.

9 Hours

Unit II

Essentials of Management Planning and Controlling

Strategic Planning Process Model-TOWS Matrix for Strategy formulation-Dynamics of the TOWS Matrix-

Business Portfolio Matrix-Bases for selecting from among Alternative Courses of Action-Nature of problems

and Decision-making in the Organization-Formal and Informal Organizations

Organization Structures with Narrow and Wide Spans-Management by Processes.

9 Hours

Unit III

Functional Organization and Grouping

Functional Organization Grouping-Territorial/Geographic Organization Grouping-Customer departmentation-

Product Organization-Matrix Organization-Typical Strategic Business Unit Organization-Centralization and

Decentralization as Tendencies-Formal and Informal or Informational Organizations-Systems Approach to

Staffing-Manager inventory chart-Personal Actions Based on Manager Supply and Demand within the

Enterprise

Systems Approach to Selection.

9 Hours


Organization Development and Training

The Appraisal Process -Manager Development Process and Training-Analysis of Training Needs-Moving an

Organizational Equilibrium-A Model of the Organization Development Process- of Motivation-Porter and

Lawelers Motivation Model-Equity Theory-Objective or Goal Setting for Motivation.

Formulation of a Career Strategy

9 Hours

Unit V

Effective Leadership and Management Control

The Flow of Influence with Three Leadership Style-The Managerial Grid-Continuum of Manager-

Nonmanager Behavior-Fielders Model of Leadership-Path-Goal Approach to Leadership Effectiveness.

Increased complexity of Relationships through Increase in Group Size-The Purpose and Function of

Communication-A Communication Process Model

Information Flow in an Organization.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich, Essential of management, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishers, 2010

References

1. M.Ivancerich, Robert Kanopaske and Michael T Matteson, Organizational behavior and management,

2010.

2. Stephan P.Robbins, Timothy A.Judge, Organizational Behavior, Pearson Education, 2007.

11I023 DISASTER MANAGEMENT

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To study the types of Environmental hazards & Disasters.

To study the emerging approaches in Disaster Reduction & Management.

To study about the emphasis of Disaster preparedness, Mitigation and awareness.

Programme Outcomes


analyze problems

f) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of professional and ethical responsibility.


Skill set

1. The Graduates who shall take this course can prepare hazard zone maps through

education on Disasters and Community Involvement.

2. Teaching will include field trip & interaction with programs of disaster research & mitigation by

national organizations


Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Bloom’s

Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester

End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. List out the role of media in disaster

2. What are the challenges involved in Quick Reconstruction.

3. What are the major factors which cause epidemics?

4. List out the evacuation techniques of casualties from disaster area

5. Define operations management in disaster.

Understand

1. Differentiate Natural Disasters and Manmade Disasters with examples.

2. What is Disasters recovery and what does it mean to an Industry?

3. List out the public emergency services available in the state, which could be approached for help

during a natural disaster.

4. Specify the role played by an Engineer in the process of Disaster management.

5. How the imamates of a multistory building are to be evacuated in the event of a fire/Chemical

spill/Toxic Air Situation/ Terrorist attack.

Apply

1. Explain how rescue operations have to be carried out in the case of collapse of buildings due to

earthquake / blast / Cyclone / flood.

2. What relief works that has to be carried out to save the lives of workers when the factory area is

suddenly affected by a dangerous gas leak / sudden flooding?

3. What precautionary measures have to be taken to avoid accidents to laborers in the Industry in a

workshop / during handling of dangerous Chemicals / during construction of buildings / during the

building maintenance works.

4. What immediate actions you will initiate when the quarters of your factory workers are suddenly

flooded due to the breach in a nearly lake / dam, during heavy rain?

5. What steps you will take to avoid a break down when the workers union of your Industry have given a

strike notice?

Analyze / Evaluate

1. What factors are to be considered while fixing compensation to the workers in the case of severe

accidents causing disability / death to them?

2. List out few possible crisis in an organization caused by its workers? What could be the part of the

middle level officials in managing such crisis?

Create

1. Assume that you are responsible for transporting relief supplies to a remote mountainous village which

has been hit by an earthquake. What types of supplies will you consider carrying? What are your

priorities?

__________________





Natural Disasters

Meaning and nature of natural disasters, their types and effects. Floods, drought, cyclone, earthquakes,

landslides, avalanches, volcanic eruptions, Climatic change: global warming, Sea level rise, ozone depletion.

Self Study: Heat and cold waves

9 Hours

Unit II

Man Made Disasters

Nuclear disasters, chemical disasters, biological disasters, building fire, coal fire, forest fire, oil fire, air

pollution, water pollution, deforestation, road accidents, rail accidents, air accidents, sea accidents.

Industrial waste water pollution

9 Hours

Unit III

Disaster Management

Effect to migrate natural disaster at national and global levels. International strategy for disaster reduction.

Concept of disaster management; financial arrangements; role of NGOs, community –based organizations and

media. Central, state, district and local administration; Armed forces in disaster response; Disaster response;

Police and other organizations.

National disaster management framework

Unit IV

Natural Disaster Reduction & Management

Provision of Immediate relief measures to disaster affected people- Prediction of Hazards & Disasters-Measures

of adjustment to natural hazards

Managing Natural Disaster

9 Hours

Unit V

Disaster Management Approach

An integrated approach for disaster preparedness, mitigation & awareness mitigation- Integrated Planning-

Contingency management Preparedness - program of disaster research & mitigation of disaster

Monitoring Disaster Management

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Text books

1.

1. B.Singh (Ed) Environmental Geography, Heritage Publishers New Delhi,2011

2. Savinder Singh Environmental Geography, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, 2005

3. Kates,B.I & White, G.F The Environment as Hazards, oxford, New York, 2010

References

1. R.B. Singh (Ed) Disaster Management, Rawat Publication, New Delhi, 2000

2. H.K. Gupta (Ed) Disaster Management, University Press, India, 2003

3. R.B. Singh, Space Technology for Disaster Mitigation in India (INCED), University of Tokyo, 1994

11I024 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To understand the concept and importance of Artificial Intelligence.

To study the concept and use of Expert Systems

To apply AI approaches to solve industrial problems.


Programme Outcomes





Skill Set

1. Develop graphical User Interfaces

2. Provide good framework for code libraries


4. Develop a robots for industrial and Home Applications

Assessment Pattern



Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is meant by path cost function?

2. Mention different types of adequacies.

3. State the use of heuristic functions.

4. What are the characteristic features of expert systems?

5. Name few applications of knowledge acquisition.

Understand

1. How do you properly update knowledge base when a new fact is added to the system (or when an old one

is Removed)?

2. How can knowledge base are extended to allow inferences to be made on the basis of lack of knowledge

as well as on the presence of it?

3. Why would the evolution tend to result in systems that act rationally? What are the goals such systems

designed to achieve?

4. Give five examples of facts that are difficult to represent and manipulate in predicate logics.

5. Explain in detail the monkey and banana problem.

Apply

1. Describe the event of trading something for something else. Describe buying as a kind of trading in which

one of the objects traded is a sum of money.

2. Consider the following sentences:

John likes all kinds of food.

Apples are food.

Chicken is food

anything anyone eats and isn't killed alive.sue eats everything bill eats

(i) .Translate these sentences into formulas in predicate logic.

(ii) .Prove that john likes peanuts using backward chaining

(iii). Covert the formulas of a part into clause form

(iv) .Prove that john likes peanuts using resolution.

3. Illustrate the learning from examples by induction with suitable examples

___________________





4. Explain with an example learning in decision trees.

5. Describe its effects on the wumpus and remember that shooting uses the agent‘s arrow.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Write out a general algorithm for answering queries of the form P (cause|e), using a naïve Bayes

distribution.Assume that the evidences e may assign values to any subset of the effect variables.

2. Let X, Y, Z be the Boolean random variables. Label the eight entries in the joint distribution P(X, Y,

Z) as through h. Express the statement that X and Y are conditionally independent given Z as a set

of equations relating a through h. How many non-redundant equations are there?

3. How do we encode and store an Image.

4. Given an architecture with n bits of storage, how many different possible agents programs are there?

5. Would a probabilistic version of determinations be useful? Suggest a definition.

Create

1. Create a test set of five queries, and pose them to three major Web search engines.

2. Evaluate each one for precision at 1, 3 and 10 documents returned and for mean reciprocal rank. Try to

explain the differences.

3. Construct semantic net representations for the following:

Pompeian (Marcus), Blacksmith (Marcus)

Mary gave the green flowered vase to her favorite cousin.

4. Construct partitioned semantic net repetitions for the following:

Every batter hit a ball

All the batters like the pitche

5. Write an algorithm to check duplicate nodes.

Unit I

Introduction

Concept of AI, approaches – Application areas Problem formulation - Problem solving agents -Forward &

Backward reasoning- Graphs & Trees - Measuring problem solving performance - Search Strategies - Genetic

Algorithms.

Genetic Algorithms Terminology

9 Hours

Unit II

Knowledge Representation

Relational knowledge & Procedural knowledge Propositional Logic – Syntax & semantics- Inference rules -

Inference methods - Knowledge engineering process - Handling uncertain knowledge- Bayesian networks –

Learning.

Pattern recognition

9 Hours

Unit III

Knowledge Based Systems

Expert systems – Components, Characteristic features of expert systems – Rule based system architecture-

Using domain knowledge - Expert system shell - Explaining the reasoning and knowledge acquisition.

Applications of knowledge based systems

9 Hours

Unit IV

AI in Robotics

State space search - Block word & robot example - Path selection - Monkey & Banana problem AND – OR

graph - Means end analysis in a robotic problem - Robot problem solving as a production system - Triangle

table- Robot learning - Robot task planning -Phases in task planning - Symbolic spatial relationships - Obstacle

avoidance.

Graph planning.

9 Hours

Unit V

Machine Vision

Introduction - Functions in a vision system - Imaging devices - Lighting - A-D conversion – Quantization -

Encoding image storage - Image data reduction - Segmentation techniques - Feature extraction - object

recognition - training the vision system.

Robotic applications of machine vision

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 230 9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, Pearson Education, 3rd

Edition 2009.

2. Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight, Artificial Intelligence, TMH, 3rd Edition 2009.

References

1. Dr.Wolfgang Ertel, Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Springer, 2011..

2. Philip C. Jackson, Jr.Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Dover Publications, 2013

3. Zhongzhi Shi, Advanced Artificial Intelligence, world scientific, 2011

4. Fu, Gonzalez and Lee, Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.

11I025 PRINCIPLES OF COMPILER DESIGN

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To understand, design and implement a lexical analyzer.

To understand, design and implement a parser.

To understand, design code generation schemes.

Programme Outcomes


(d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and



Skill Set

1. Design lexical and syntax analysis phases of complier.

2. Demonstrate the techniques for programming language translation

3. Exhibit the basic notions and methods for intermediate code generation.

Assessment Pattern

Sl.

No.

Bloom’s Taxonomy

Test I* Test II* Model Examination* Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define compiler.

2. What are the uses of Directed Acyclic Graph?

3. List the compiler construction tools.

4. Recall the software tools that used for analysis of source.

5. Write the different types of error handling techniques.

Understand

1. State the advantages of structure editors

2. Write an algorithm to compute FIRST(X)

3. Discuss Handle pruning

4. Explain the phases of compiler with example.

_________________





1. Consider the grammar

A aBcC A aBb A aB A a, A

Find the FIRST () and FOLLOW ()

2. Consider the grammar

S (L) | a

L L, S | S

Find parse tree for the (a, (a, a))

3. Consider a grammar

S cAd

A ab | a

Construct the recursive decent parser for the word ‗cad‘

4. Consider the following grammar

E E + T | T

T T F | F

F F* | a

Construct the SLR Parsing table for the grammar

5. Construct a DAG for the expression a * (b-c) + (b-c) / d

Analyze / Evaluate

1. Write regular definitions for all the strings that contain the substring abc.

2. Describe the language for the following regular expression 0(0|1)*0.

3. Differentiate Phase and Pass.

4. Show that the grammar

S (L) | a

L L, S | S is LL (1)

Create

1. Construct minimum state DFA for the regular expression (a*|b*)*

2. Construct NFA for the following regular expression (a|b)*abb(a|b)*

3. Create DFA using direct method for the regular expression ((|a)b*)*

Unit I

Introduction to Compiler

Compilers – Analysis of the source program – Phases of a compiler – Cousins of the Compiler – Grouping of

Phases – Compiler construction tools – Lexical Analysis – Role of Lexical Analyzer – Input Buffering –

Specification of Tokens.

Minimization of Finite Automaton

9 Hours

Unit II

Syntax Analysis

Role of the parser –Writing Grammars –Context-Free Grammars – Top Down parsing – Recursive Descent

Parsing – Predictive Parsing – Bottom-up parsing – Shift Reduce Parsing – Operator Precedent Parsing – LR

Parsers – SLR Parser – Canonical LR Parser – LALR Parser.

Statistical Parser

9 Hours

Unit III

Intermediate Code Generation

Intermediate languages – Declarations – Assignment Statements – Boolean Expressions – Case Statements –

Back patching – Procedure calls.

Syntax-directed definitions

9 Hours


Code Generation

Issues in the design of code generator – The target machine – Runtime Storage management – Basic Blocks and

Flow Graphs – Next-use Information – A simple Code generator – DAG representation of Basic Blocks.

Peephole Optimization

9 Hours

Unit V

Code Optimization and Run Time Environments

Introduction– Principal Sources of Optimization – Optimization of basic Blocks – Introduction to Global Data

Flow Analysis – Runtime Environments – Source Language issues – Storage Organization – Storage Allocation

strategies – Access to non-local names.

Parameter Passing

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Alfred Aho, Ravi Sethi and Jeffrey D Ullman, Compilers Principles, Techniques and Tools, Pearson

Education Asia, 2008

References

1. Allen I. Holub, Compiler Design in C, Prentice Hall of India, 2003

2. C. N. Fischer and R. J. LeBlanc, Crafting a compiler with C, Benjamin Cummings, 2003

3. J.P. Bennet, Introduction to Compiler Techniques, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003

4. Henk Alblas and Albert Nymeyer, Practice and Principles of Compiler Building with C, PHI, 2001

5. Kenneth C. Louden, Compiler Construction: Principles and Practice, Thompson Learning, 2003

11I026 REAL-TIME SYSTEMS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To understand the concepts of real time systems.

To study the method to calculate the real time workload of the systems.

To know the various scheduling algorithms for real time system

Programme Outcome

d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and


Skill set 1. Gain Knowledge in fundamental concepts of Real time Systems.

2. Develop scheduling algorithms for real time system

3. Design workload for real-time Systems

Assessment Pattern



Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

___________________





Remember

1. What is a real time system?

2. List the issues of real time system design.

3. How memory is assigned in the memory hierarchy?

4. Define maximum schedulable utilization.

5. What performance benefit does the cache give?

6. Define scheduling in real time.

Understand

1. Discuss typical real time control system including inputs from sensors and imaging devices and

producing control signals and display information.

2. Write the Pros and Cons of clock-driven scheduling.

3. What are the kinds of instruction? Discuss these instruction types in detail.

4. Differentiate Clock-driven approach, Priority driven approach.

5. Summarize Weighted Round-robin approach.

Apply

1. Define CPU utilization? Describe utilization zones and typical application and recommendations

2. Describe the design and implementation of real time system requires attention to numerous

problems with example.

3. Apply Maximum schedulable utilization in a real time example.

4. Explain typical memory map showing designated region

5. Describe the combination of round-robin and pre-emptive system in hybrid system

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Discuss the disciplines that impact on real time system engineering. Explain some typical real time

domains and applications.

2. Distinguish between periodic, aperiodic and sporadic. How the addressing modes represent the

parameters or operands for an instruction are obtained?

Create

1. The instruction set of a certain processor does not have the JLE, JLT, JGE and JGT instructions.

Assume the process does not have all the other arithmetic instructions nor the JNE and JUA

instructions. Implement the missing instructions for the generic assembly language in a

(a) 0-Address machine

(b) 1-Address machine

(c) 2-Address machine

(d) 3-Address machine

Unit I

Typical Real time Applications

Digital control, High-level controls, Signal Processing, Other Real-time Applications, Hard Versus Soft Real

time Systems, Jobs and processors , Release times, Deadlines and Timing constraints , Hard and Soft Timing

constraints , Hard real-time systems.

Soft real-time systems

9 Hours

Unit II

A Reference model of Real time systems Processors and Resources , Temporal parameters of real time workload , Periodic task model , Precedence

constraints and data dependency , Other types of dependencies , Functional parameters , Resource parameters of

jobs and parameters of resources .

Scheduling hierarchy

9 Hours

Unit III

Commonly used Approaches to Real time Scheduling

Clock-driven approach, Weighted Round-robin approach, Priority driven approach, Effective release times and

deadlines, Optimality of the EDF and LST algorithms.

Dynamic versus Static systems


Unit IV

Clock-driven Scheduling

Notations and Assumptions , Static, Timer-driven scheduler , General structure of cyclic schedules , Cyclic

executives , Improving the average response time of aperiodic jobs , Scheduling sporadic jobs , Algorithm for

constructing static schedules .

Pros and Cons of clock-driven scheduling

9 Hours

Unit V

Priority-driven Scheduling of Periodic Tasks

Static Assumption, Maximum schedulable utilization, Optimality of the RM and DM algorithms, Schedulability

test for fixed-priority tasks with short response times, Schedulability test for fixed-priority tasks with arbitrary

response times.

Fixed-priority versus Dynamic-priority Algorithms

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook 1. Jane W. S. Liu, Realtime Systems, Pearson Education, 2006

Reference

1. Alan Burns and Andy Wellings, Real-Time Systems and Programming Languages, Addison

Wesley longmain, 2001

11I027 FAULT-TOLERANT COMPUTING SYSTEMS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To understand about the quality of a service provided by the system.

To know the reliability of that system performance throughout the time interval.

Programme Outcome

(d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and


Skill Set

1. A firm understanding of design methodology

2. Better knowledge of processors internal functionality.

3. Familiar with various types of faults

Assessment pattern



Examination*

Semester

EndExamination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

___________________





1. Define the term fault.

2. What is containment zone?

3. What are the types of hardware fault?

4. What is a Byzantine fault?

5. Define redundancy.

Understand

1. Give the relationship between MTTF and MTTR.

2. Derive the formula for failure rate.

3. Distinguish series and non series system.

4. List the variations of N-modular redundancy?

5. State the properties of Poisson process.

6. Derive the condition for a process to be Markov Chain.

Apply

1. Elucidate how the Byzantine general‘s algorithm works when the source is faulty and the source is not

faulty.

2. Describe the various RAID levels with a pictorial representation.

3. Explain the algorithm for dynamic vote assignment.

4. Clarify the SIHFT technique for detecting hardware faults.

5. Derive an expression to calculate the success probability.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Consider a triplex that produces a 1-bit output. Failures that cause the output of a processor to be

permanently stuck at 0 or stuck at 1 occur at constant rates λ0 and λ1, respectively. The voter never

fails. At time t, you carry out a calculation the correct output of which should be 0. What is the

probability that the triplex will produce an incorrect result? (Assume that stuck-at faults are the only

ones that a processor can suffer from, and that these are permanent faults; once a processor has its

output stuck at some logic value, it remains stuck at that value forever).

2. Consider an NMR system that produces an eight-bit output. N = 2m + 1 for some m. Each processor

fails at a constant rate λ and the failures are permanent. A failed processor produces any of the 28

possible outputs with equal probability. A majority voter is used to produce the overall output, and the

voter is assumed never to fail. What is the probability that, at time t, a majority of the processors

produce the same incorrect output after executing some program?

3. Prove that it is possible to find at most 28 8-bit binary words such that the Hamming distance between

any two of them is at least 3.

Create

1. Design a majority voter circuit out of two- and three-input logic gates. Assume that you are voting on

1-bit inputs.

2. Obtain by simulation the network reliability of Hen for n = 5, 6, 7. Assume that qc = 0. Compare this

result in each instance with the lower bound that we derived.

3. Suppose you are designing a check pointing scheme for a distributed system specified to be single-

fault tolerant. That is, the system need only guarantee successful recovery from any one failure: a

second failure before the system has recovered from the first one is assumed to be of negligible

probability. You decide to take checkpoints and carry out message-logging. Show that it is sufficient

for each processor to simply record the messages it sends out in its volatile memory. (By volatile

memory, we mean memory that will lose its contents in the event of a failure).

Unit I

Introduction

Fault classification - Types of Redundancy - Basic measures of Fault Tolerance -Hardware Fault Tolerance -

Rate of hardware failures - Reliability and Mean Time to Failure - Canonical and Resilient Structures - Other

Reliability Evaluation Techniques - Fault - Tolerance Processor - Level techniques -Byzantine Failures.

Failure rate

9 Hours


Information Redundancy

Coding - Resilient Disk Systems - Data Replication – Algorithm - Based Fault Tolerance – Fault -Tolerant

Networks - Measures of Resilience - Common Network Topologies and their resilience .

Fault-Tolerant Routing.

9 Hours

Unit III

Software Fault Tolerance

Acceptance Tests - Single-Version Fault Tolerance - N-Version Programming - Recovery Block Approach -

Preconditions, Post conditions, and Assertions - Software Reliability Models - Fault- Tolerant Remote

Procedure Calls.

Exception Handli ng

9 Hours

Unit IV

Check pointing

Checkpoint Level - Optimal Check pointing - An Analytical Model - Cache - Aided Rollback Error Recovery -

Check pointing in Distributed Systems - Check pointing in Shared Memory Systems - Check pointing in Real-

Time Systems – Other uses –of checkpoints Defect Tolerance in VLSI Circuits Manufacturing Defects and

Circuit Faults - Basic Yield Models - Yield Enhancement through Redundancy - Fault Detection in

Cryptographic Systems Overview of Ciphers - Security Attacks through Fault Injection; Countermeasures.

Probability of Failure and Critical Areas

9 Hours

Unit V

Case Studies

Non-Stop Systems - Stratus Systems - Cassini Command and Data Sub System - IBM G5; IBM Sysplex.

Itanium

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Israel Koren and C. Mani Krishna, Fault-Tolerant Systems, Elsevier, 2007

References

1. D. K. Pradhan (Ed), Fault Tolerant Computer Systems Design, Prentice Hall, 1996

2. K. S. Trivedi, Probability, Statistics with Reliability, Queuing and Computer Science Applications, John

Wiley, 2002

11I028 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING


To study the image fundamentals and mathematical transforms necessary for image processing.

To study the image compression techniques

To study image restoration procedures.

Programme Outcomes



Skill set

1. Able to develop application program on Digital Image Processing.

2. Able to apply concept of Image Processing in real world applications like security, Compression

and Industry Automation.


Assessment Pattern



Examination*

Semester

EndExamination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What are the Fundamental steps in Digital Image Processing?

2. Mention the Applications of Image Processing.

3. Define Compression ratio.

4. Define Entropy and Energy.

5. What is the advantage of Fourier descriptors?

Understand

1. Compare a CCD with a CMOS image sensor.

2. List the frequently used image files formats.

3. Discuss the need for Image transforms.

4. Describe in detail about Discrete Wavelet Transform and its application in the Image processing Field.

Apply

1. An object is 30 cm wide and is imaged with a sensor of size 8.8*6.6 mm from a distance of 0.4m.What

should be the required focal length?

2. Apply DFT to the following sequences:

(a) 2,4,5,3

(b) 1,5,9,4

Prove that inverse transform works. What is the need for Fourier Transforms?

3. Perform image enhancement for the 8*8 image distributions shown in the following tables.

(a)

(b)

4. Use LZW and encode the following message: ABBABAS

5. With the following symbols and their probabilities of occurrence, encode the message ABCD using the

arithmetic coding algorithm.

Symbol A B C D

Probability 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1

___________________




rk 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Pk 8 10 10 2 12 16 4 2

rk 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Pk 2 2 10 10 20 8 6 8


1. Explain in detail about the applications of Image Processing and their fundamental steps. Discuss in

brief about the concepts of Image Transforms and their types and also explain about Image

Enhancement Point Operations.

2. What is the storage requirement of a 1024 * 1024, 8-level grey scale image?

3. Consider a color 1024*1024 image. If this image is transmitted across a channel of 2Mbps, what will

be the transmission time?

4. Compare the DWT over DCT with respect to image Compression.

5. Assuming the quantization thresholds of 32,48, and 64.Derive the quantization error for each of the

following DCT coefficients: 127, 172, 167, 178,-164, and 128

Create

1. Obtain the Huffman Code for the word ―COMMITTEE‖.

2. Write a ‗C‘ program that converts the RGB components into HSI Components and vice versa using

Modularity Concepts.

3. Construct an algorithm to perform content based Image retrieval.

4. Set up a way to choose the seed pixel in the following applications. i) Target detection in night vision

ii) mammogram.

5. Consider an image point [2, 2].Perform the following operations and show the results of these

transforms.

i) Translate the image right by 4 units.

ii) Perform a scaling operation in both x-axis and y-axis by 3 units.

iii) Rotate the image in x-axis by 45 degree.

iv) Perform horizontal skewing by 45 degree.

v) Perform mirroring about x-axis.

vi) Perform shear in y-direction by 30 units.

vii) Perform sub sampling on the following image.

3 3 3 3

9 9 9 9

3 3 3 3

9 9 9 9

Unit I

Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing

Fundamental steps in Digital Image Processing – Components of an Image Processing - Elements of visual

perception – Image sensing and Acquisition -Image sampling and quantization - Basic relationship between

pixels – Basic geometric transformations- Applications of Image Processing , Image Transforms -

Introduction to TRANSFORM – Need for transform - Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) – Properties of 2D

Fourier Transform – Walsh – Hadamard – Discrete Cosine Transform, Haar, Slant – Karhunen .

Loeve (Hotelling) transforms

9 Hours

Unit II

Image Enhancement Techniques

Image enhancement in Spatial Domain - Point operation: types - Histogram Manipulation – Linear and non

linear gray level transformation –Local or Neighborhood operation - Median Filter – Image subtraction –

Image averaging –Spatial filtering: Smoothing, sharpening filters – Laplacian filters – Frequency domain filters:

Smoothing – Sharpening filters .

Homomorphic filtering

9 Hours


Unit III

Image Restoration and Color Models

Model of Image Degradation/restoration process – Noise models – Inverse filtering -Least mean square filtering

– Constrained least mean square filtering – Blind image restoration – Pseudo inverse – Singular value

decomposition.- Color formation –chromaticity diagram – pseudo color.

Color Model

9 Hours

Unit IV

Image Compression

Need for Image Compression – Redundancy – Classification of Schemes – Huffman Coding – Arithmetic

Coding - LZW coding – Run Length coding - BIT plane coding- predictive coding-Image compression

standards – Transform based Compression.

Fractal Image compression

9 Hours

Unit V

Image Segmentation and Representation

Edge detection – Thresholding - Region Based segmentation – Boundary representation: chair codes- Polygonal

approximation –boundary descriptors: Simple descriptors– Regional descriptors –Simple descriptors –Texture.

Fourier descriptors

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Rafael C Gonzalez and Richard E Woods, Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education, 2009.

References

1. S. Jayaraman, S. Esakkirajan and T. Veerakumar, Digital Image Processing, Tata McGraw Hill

Education Private Limited, 2010.

2. William K Pratt, Digital Image Processing, John Willey, 2007.

3. Millman Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle and Broos/colic, Learning Image Processing Analysis

and Machine Vision, Thompson, 2006.

4. Anil K Jain, ―Fundamentals of Digital Image processing‖, Prentice Hall India, 2012.

5. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/ Digi_Img_Pro

11I029 GENETIC ALGORITHMS AND APPLICATIONS

Objectives

To study about the methods to solve the problem that has no solution.

To understand the concept of genetic algorithm.

To study the genetic programming methods.

Programme Outcomes



Skill Set

1. Determine the methods to solve the problem using the concept of genetic algorithm.

2. Design and test a practical application using various genetic programming methods.

3. Diagnose the cause of defects in the software applications.

3 0 0 3.0




Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Why coarse-grained genetic algorithm is called as distributed genetic algorithm.

2. Differentiate between phenotype and genotype.

3. What does a gene mean?

4. List a few search strategies.

5. Mention the key elements of genetic algorithm.

Understand

1. How does genetic algorithm work? Explain the building block hypothesis and schema theorem.

2. Simulate a Genetic Algorithm to minimize a function,

F(x) = x2 + y

2

Where 1 ≤ x ≤ 15 and y ≥ 3 with x + y =7

3. Explain the various knowledge-based techniques that improve the efficiency of simple genetic

algorithm.

4. Consider two parents given by,

Parent1 2 4 7 1 3 6 8 9 5

Parent 2 5 9 8 6 2 4 1 3 7

Choose random points and perform partially matched cross over operation.

5. Classify the Hybrid GAs used in planning of a VLSI Design Layout.

Apply

1. Apply the parallel genetic algorithm for traveling salesman problem.

2. Construct five strings having following fitness values: 3,6,9,12,15. Under Roulette wheel selection,

compute the expected number of copies of each string in the pool if the constant population size,

n=5, is maintained.

3. How are hierarchical genetic algorithm formed using the parallel GAs?

4. Find the solution of the function f(x) = sin (3Πx) + 10 with the constraint -3 < x < 3 by using genetic

algorithm.

5. Apply Genetic Algorithm for VLSI Layout design.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Construct a program and implement an inversion operator that treats permutation as a circular

string.

2. Analyze the safe light combinations for 8 traffic lights, four of which are vehicle lights having four

possible colors (red, yellow/red, yellow and green) and the other four pedestrian lights having only

two colors(red and green).

3. Consider a hyperbolic sine function. Maximize it within the range 0 < x < 22/7 using a C program.

Apply two-point crossover and tournament selection process.

4. Evaluate the Traveling Salesman Problem using advanced operators and techniques.

Create

1. Develop a program for hybrid GA applied to network design and routing problems.

2. Construct a program and explain the approach of genetic programming to scheduling problems.

__________________





Evolutionary Computation

Introduction - The Historical Development of EC - Genetic Algorithms - Genetic Programming - Particulate

Genes and Population Genetics - The Genotype/Phenotype Dichotomy - Conceptual Simplicity - Parallelism -

Solves Problems that have no Solutions

Advantages of Evolutionary Computation

9 Hours

Unit II

Genetic Algorithms

Introduction - Biological Background - What is Genetic Algorithm? - Conventional Optimization and Search

Techniques - A Simple Genetic Algorithm - Comparison of Genetic Algorithm with Other Optimization

Techniques

Advantages and Limitations of Genetic Algorithm

9 Hours

Unit III

Advanced Operators and Techniques in Genetic Algorithm

Terminologies and Operators of GA - Diploidy,Dominance and Abeyance – Multiploid - Niche and Speciation

– Few Micro-operators - Non-binary Representation - Multi-Objective Optimization – Combinatorial

Optimizations - Knowledge Based Techniques.

Inversion and Reordering

9 Hours

Unit IV

Genetic Programming

Classification of Genetic Algorithm - Comparison of GP with Other Approaches - Primitives of Genetic

Programming - Attributes in Genetic Programming - Steps of Genetic Programming - Applications of Genetic

Programming

Characteristics of Genetic Programming

9 Hours

Unit V

Genetic Algorithm Optimization Problems

Introduction - Fuzzy Optimization Problems - Multiobjective Reliability Design Problem – Combinatorial

Optimization Problem - Scheduling Problems - Genetic Algorithm Implementation Using Matlab

Genetic Algorithms Applications

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. David A. Coley, An Introduction to Genetic Algorithms for Scientists and Engineers, World Scientific

Publishing Company, 2011.

References

1. S. N. Sivanandam and S. N. Deepa, Introduction to Genetic Algorithms, Springer, 2009

2. Melanie Mitchell, An introduction to genetic algorithms, MIT Press, 1998

11I030 BIO INFORMATICS


To understand the purpose and categories of Bio informatics technologies.

To understand the neural network concepts in Bio informatics.

To study about the Micro array Analysis.

Programme Outcomes


Analyze problems.



Skill set

1. Enables to use a set of pragmatic knowledge in bioinformatics

2. High value to programmers across the broad spectrum of bioinformatics in both academia and

industry.

3. Enables the Graduates to apply recent Tools and Technologies in to solve the problems in

bioinformatics

Assessment Pattern



Examination*

Semester

EndExamination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. State the need for Bioinformatics

2. What are the data formats used in Bio informatics?

3. Mention the visualization tools.

4. What are the software tools that facilitate research in bioinformatics?

5. Mention the major tool for data retrieval and mention its usage.

Understand

1. Explain conceptual organization of resources in structural bioinformatics.

2. Write short notes on relationship between structural bioinformatics and other disciplines in drug

discovery.

3. Explain the general structure of amino acid and the formation of a peptide bond between two amino

acid to form a peptide chain.

4. Explain how DNA controls the biological functions.

5. What is fractal? Develop the recurrent iterated function system model

Apply

1. Why is bioinformatics important? How to illustrate bioinformatics paradigm?

2. How are secondary resources and associated algorithms/methods grouped? Give with example.

3. Explain the various tools in the visualization.

4. How will you transform to knowledge? Explain how the general KDD framework applied to the

analysis of protein allergens.

5. Demonstrate protein amino acid sequence with the formation of a peptide bond between two amino

acid to form a peptide chain.

Analyze / Evaluate

1. Discuss the most basic and the simplest feed-forward neural networks.

2. Distinguish between HMM gene identification, promoter identification and promoter element

identification. Illustrate the flowchart for short target sequence model development.

3. How emission and transition probabilities are derived from alignments of target sequences comprising

the training data set?

___________________





1. How to create the flow of information with in a cell. What are the three possible reading frames of a

DNA sequence in the forward direction? Create a dot plot of two coding DNA sequences.

2. Create an algorithm for performing a DNA microarray experiment.

3. Write an algorithm for generic scoring optimization available in Hidden Markov Modeling for

sequence identification.

4. Develop an application program for data extraction.

Unit I

Introduction

Need for Bioinformatics technologies – Overview of Bioinformatics technologies – Structural bioinformatics –

Data format and processing – secondary resources and applications – Role of Structural bioinformatics.

Biological Data Integration System

9 Hours

Unit II

Data warehousing And Data mining In Bioinformatics

Bioinformatics data – Data warehousing architecture – data quality – Biomedical data analysis – DNA data

analysis – Protein data analysis – Machine learning – Neural network architecture.

Applications in bioinformatics

9 Hours

Unit III

Modeling for Bioinformatics

Hidden markov modeling for biological data analysis – Sequence identification – Sequence classification –

multiple alignment generation – Comparative modeling – Protein modeling – genomic modeling – Probabilistic

modeling – Bayesian networks – Boolean networks - Molecular modeling.

Computer programs for molecular modeling

9 Hours

Unit IV

Pattern Matching and Visualization

Gene regulation – motif recognition – motif detection – strategies for motif detection – Visualization – Fractal

analysis – DNA walk models – one dimension – two dimension – higher dimension – Game representation of

Biological sequences .

DNA, Protein, Amino acid sequences

9 Hours

Unit V

Microarray Analysis

Microarray technology for genome expression study – image analysis for data extraction – preprocessing –

segmentation – gridding – spot extraction – normalization, filtering – cluster analysis – gene network analysis –

Compared Evaluation of Scientific Data Management Systems – Cost Matrix – Evaluation model - Benchmark.

Tradeoffs

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. Teresa Attwood,David J.Parry-Smith,Dr.Samiron Phukan,Introduction to Bioinformatics,Pearson

Education,2007.

2. Yi-Ping Phoebe Chen , BioInformatics Technologies, Springer Verlag, 2007.


References

1. Zoe lacroix and Terence Critchlow, BioInformatics – Managing Scientific data, Elsevier, 2007.

2. Bryan Bergeron, Bio Informatics Computing, Pearson Education, 2003.

3. Andreas D. Baxevanis, B. F. Francis Ouellette Bioinformatics: A Practical Guide to the Analysis of

Genes and Proteins, 3rd edition, Wiley, John & Sons, 2004.

11I031 ROBOTICS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To introduce the basic concepts, parts of robots and types of robots.

To make the Graduatesfamiliar with the various drive systems for robots, sensors and their applications

in robots, programming of robots.

To enable the Graduates to develop their creativity

Programme Outcomes



analyze problems.

Skill Set

1. Determine the basic problems in designing parallel processing architecture

2. Design of efficient parallel computing computers

3. Designing of parallel scheduling algorithms

Assessment Pattern



Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Identify the fundamental issues in designing of robot

2. order the work structure in enveloping the robot

3. Define coordinate system in robot

4. State the three degree freedom associated with the arms-body motion

5. List the types of drives in PN robot system

Understand

1. Predict the various purpose of robot‘s autonomy

2. Identify the specifications of robot with suitable examples

3. Classify the four robot configurations based on its features

4. Indicate the necessity joint rotation scheme in-relation with its usage

5. Classify the Wrist Sensors, Compliance Sensors, and Slip Sensors Cameras.

6. List the lighting techniques in sensor and explain its usage

__________________




http://www.bioinformatics.org/w/index.php?title=Andreas_D._Baxevanis&action=edit&redlink=1

http://www.bioinformatics.org/w/index.php?title=B._F._Francis_Ouellette&action=edit&redlink=1

http://www.bioinformatics.org/wiki/Bioinformatics_%28Baxevanis%29

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 245 Apply/ Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Apply the role of Robot for inspection operation in context with any real time application

2. Describe palletizing and depilating operation in Material Transfer Application

3. Demonstrate the Assistive robot with its coordinate system and mention the uses of assistive robot and

how the assistive robot is used in the field of medicine.

4. Choose the Sensors with artificial intelligence algorithms update the intelligence level of robot -

Comment

5. Evaluate error categories and particular malfunction in context to automated machining cell with

suitable example

Create

1. Create a program for Automated Forex Trends Analysis and mention the time complexity and space

complexity

2. 2.Create a program for domestic robot for payment and system and write the program in VAL

programming language

Unit-I

Fundamentals of Robot

Robot – Definition – Robot Anatomy – Co-ordinate Systems, Work Envelope, types and classification –

Specifications – Pitch, Yaw, Roll, Joint Notations, Speed of Motion, Pay Load – Robot Parts and Their

Functions

Need for Robots – Different Applications

9 Hours

Unit-II

Robot Drive Systems and End Effectors

Pneumatic Drives – Hydraulic Drives – Mechanical Drives – Electrical Drives – D.C. Servo Motors, Stepper

Motor, A.C. Servo Motors – Salient Features, Applications and Comparison of All these Drives

End Effectors – Grippers – Mechanical Grippers, Pneumatic and Hydraulic Grippers, Magnetic Grippers,

Vacuum Grippers; Two Fingered and Three Fingered Grippers; Internal Grippers and External Grippers;

Selection and Design Consideration

9 Hours

Unit-III

Sensors and Machine Vision

Requirements of a sensor-Principles and Applications of the following types of sensors – Position of sensors

(Piezo Electric Sensor, LVDT, Resolvers, Optical Encoders, Pneumatic Position Sensors)-Range Sensors

(Triangulation Principle, Structured, Lighting Approach, Time of Flight Range Finders, Laser Range Meters),

Proximity Sensors (Inductive, Hall Effect, Capacitive, Ultrasonic and Optical Proximity Sensors)

Touch Sensors

9 Hours

Unit-IV

Robot Kinematics and Robot Programming

Forward Kinematics, Inverse Kinematics and Differences- Forward Kinematics and Reverse Kinematics of

Manipulators with Two, Three Degrees of Freedom (In 2 Dimensional)- Four Degrees of Freedom (In 3

Dimensional)– Deviations and Problems Teach Pendant Programming, Lead through programming, Robot

programming Languages

VAL Programming–Motion Commands,

9 Hours

Unit-V

Implementation and Robot Economics

RGV, AGV; Implementation of Robots in Industries – Various Steps; Safety Considerations for Robot

Operations;

Economic Analysis of Robots – Pay back Method, EUAC Method, Rate of Return Method.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours


Textbook

1. M.P.Groover, Industrial Robotics – Technology, Programming and Applications, McGraw-Hill, 2010

References

1. Yoram Koren, Robotics for Engineers, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1992

2. Janakiraman.P.A., Robotics and Image Processing, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1995

11I032 CLOUD COMPUTING

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

Develop the Emerging area of "cloud computing" and how it relates to traditional models of

computing.

Describe the architecture of IBM cloud computing and IBM cloud computing offerings.

Implement the service delivery models in cloud computing.

Select the most appropriate deployment model based on a set of business and technical requirements.

Programme Outcomes


problems.

i) The graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments

Skill set

1. Develop web-based Application

2. Develop Collaboration on Group Projects and Events

3. Develop cloud computing for corporation

4. Maintain Social Networks and Groupware

Assessment Pattern



Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Client-server computing.

2. List the characteristics of cloud computing.

3. Name the Cloud Service.

4. List the main features of cloud services.

5. Define online collaboration.

___________________





1. Report the requirement of databases for a single server.

2. Explain the key features in an online collaboration tool.

3. Distinguish a cloud service from a traditional hosting service

4. Name the types of services provided by Window Azure operating system.

5. Summarize the cloud service provider business models.

Apply

1. List the difference between client operating system and server operation?

2. Explain how online collaboration differs from web conferencing.

3. Apply the cloud service mechanism on web services.

4. Show that the Collaboration of Social Networks with Groupware.

5. Practice the available cloud service techniques.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Does the need for an IT manager who excels at aggregation, brokerage, and arbitration require a new

job description? What kind of person have you found to be good at this?

2. Is online collaboration for everyone, or is it only effective in larger organizations?

3. Do the vendor‘s policies and procedures map to mine well enough for me to comply with HIPAA,

SOX and any other regulations that might apply?

Create

1. Create the cloud deployment scenario that describes the features of private, public, hybrid, and

community clouds.

Unit I

Understanding Cloud Computing

Cloud Computing: History of Cloud Computing – Cloud Architecture – Cloud Storage – Why Cloud

Computing Matters – Advantages of Cloud Computing – Disadvantages of Cloud Computing – Cloud Services.

Cloud deployment scenarios

9 Hours

Unit II

Developing Cloud Services

Web-Based Application – Pros and Cons of Cloud Service Development – Types of Cloud Service

Development – Software as a Service – Platform as a Service – Web Services – On-Demand Computing –

Discovering Cloud Services Development Services and Tools – Amazon Ec2 – Google App Engine.

IBM Clouds

9 Hours

Unit III

Cloud Computing For Everyone

Centralizing Email Communications – Collaborating on Schedules – Collaborating on To-Do Lists –

Collaborating Contact Lists – Cloud Computing for the Community – Collaborating on Group Projects and

Events.

Cloud Computing for the Corporation

9 Hours

Unit IV

Using Cloud Services

Collaborating on Calendars, Schedules and Task Management – Exploring Online Scheduling Applications –

Exploring Online Planning and Task Management – Collaborating on Event Management – Collaborating on

Contact Management – Collaborating on Project Management – Collaborating on Word Processing -

Collaborating on Databases.

Storing and Sharing Files

9 Hours


Other Ways to Collaborate Online

Collaborating via Web-Based Communication Tools – Evaluating Web Mail Services – Evaluating Web

Conference Tools – Collaborating via Social Networks and Groupware.

Collaborating via Blogs and Wikis

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Michael Miller, Cloud Computing: Web-Based Applications That Change the way You Work and

Collaborate Online, Que Publishing, August 2011.

Reference

1. Haley Beard, Cloud Computing Best Practices for Managing and Measuring Processes for On-

demand Computing, Applications and Data Centers in the Cloud with SLAs, Emereo Pty Limited, July

2008.

11I033 GREEN COMPUTING

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

Minimizing energy consumption from the IT estate.

Purchasing green energy and using green suppliers.

Reducing the paper and other consumables used.

Minimizing equipment disposal requirements.

Programme Outcomes


i) The Graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments.

Skill Set

1. Determine the various reasons to go green.

2. Demonstrating the various greening process.

3. Describe the ways to stay green.

Assessment Pattern



Examination*

Semester

EndExamination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What do we mean by Green IT?

2. What are the five purposes of Green IT metrics?

3. Define collaborative EI.

4. What is Green BPM?

_________________




Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 249 5. What is a green strategy mix?

6. What is Green IT audit?

Understand

1. How does IT relate to business? What is the impact of this close relationship between IT and business

on the environment?

2. Discuss any three elements in the mind map of a Chief Green Officer.

3. How would you convert those green policies in practice?

4. Are there opportunities for executive dashboards on carbon performance (alongside) financial

performance of the organization (using tools and techniques of Business Intelligence)?

5. How does a green business ecosystem influence many small organizations? How does it influence a

large organization?

6. How would you separate functional from nonfunctional requirements of a GIS?

Apply

1. Take any one phase of ITIL. Discuss how it is applied in the context of a green initiative.

2. Discuss the role of EI together with Cloud computing. What are the various people to system

interactions facilitated by EI?

3. What would be the innovative aspects of applying Cloud computing to the environmental challenge?

4. Why is Green IT subjective? What can be done to convert the subjective, tacit knowledge of Green IT

carried by people in their head to objective, explicit, green knowledge?

5. Compare the degrees of Green IT sophistication with the Green CMM sophistication.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Analyze the ways in which standards in environmental management can be enhanced.

2. Identify the challenges one would face in implementing these environmental practices.

Create

1. Discuss one industrial initiative in reducing carbon emissions. Outline, according to you, the

challenges that this initiative will face in practice and your suggestions on handling those challenges.

2. Separate the static and dynamic Green IT measures and then show how the two can be used together

(through apportionment).

Unit I

Trends and reasons to go green

Overviews and issues - Current initiatives and standards - Organization planning for Green computing - metrics

- The acorns diagrams.

Policies

9 Hours

Unit II

Consumption Issues

Minimizing power usage - Cooling - Going paperless - Hardware consideration.

Recycling

9 Hours

Unit III

The Greening Process

Datacenter design and Redesign - Virtualization - server virtualization - server virtualization solutions

Implementation - Storage virtualization - Storage virtualization solutions - server savings -storage savings.

Virtualization types

9 Hours

Unit IV

Implementing Green computing in organization

Green printing - Challenges to supplier - Greening your Information System.

Green Desktop

9 Hours


Staying Green

Organization checkups - Equipment checkups - Case studies.

Certification

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Toby J.Velte, Anthony T.Velte and Robert Elsen Peter, Green IT, McGraw-Hill, 2008.

References

1. John Lamb, the Greening of IT: How companies can make a Difference for the Environment, Pearson

Education, 2010.

2. Larry Webber, Lawrence Webber and Michael Wallace, Green Tech: how to plan and implement

sustainable IT solutions, AMACOM publication, USA, 2009.

11I034 E-COMMERCE

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To study the basic concepts of electronic commerce.

To understand the mechanism of electronic payment systems.

To implement the electronic payment gateway for an organization.

Programme Outcomes



Skill Set

1. Have some marketing know-how.

2. Understand Search Engine Optimization.

3. Understand How Copywriting for E-Commerce is Different.

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Bloom’s Taxonomy Test I* Test II* Model

Examination*

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. List out the public policy issues shaping the I-way.

2. Give the advantages of electronic checks.

3. Mention different categories of EFT.

4. What are the types of datawarehouses?

5. What is meant by document based workflows ?

6. Define SGML.

___________________





1. How can the market forces influencing the I-way?

2. Illustrate global information distribution network .

3. Define in your own words and explain detail;

(a) Telecom-Based Last Mile

(b) Cable TV-Based Last Mile

(c) Wired Cable TV

4. Write the definitions of the following:

(a) Online information publishing

(b) Bibliographic databases

(c) LEXIS/NEXIS

5. State the characteristics and properties of software agents.

Apply

1. Several factors make the internet useful for EDI. Justify it.

2. We can break credit card payment on online networks into different categories. Discuss the categories

in detail.

3. Most desktop video conferencing systems coming on to the market today are divided into many

communication camps. Explain it.

4. Different types of connection oriented traffic require various levels of service-referred to as QOS.

Justify the answer.

5. Cellular radio was originally targeted at vehicular subscribers in urben areas. Justify the reasons.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Establish the evaluation of index system for E-commerce

2. How Web Sites Get Measured and Managed?

Create

1. How to Create an E-Commerce Web Site? Give an example.

Unit I

Introduction

Introduction – Electronic Commerce Framework – The Anatomy of E-Commerce Applications. The Internet as

a Network Infrastructure.

The Network Infrastructure for E-Commerce

9 Hours

Unit II

Electronic Payment Systems

Electronic Payment Systems, Inter organizational Commerce and EDI, EDI Implementation, MIME.

Value added Network

9 Hours

Unit III

Internet

Advertising and Marketing on the Internet, Computer Based Education and Training, Technological

Components of Education on-Demand, Digital Copy rights and Electronic Commerce

Software Agent 9 Hours

Unit IV

Business case

The Corporate Digital Library – Dimensions of Internal Electronics Commerce Systems, Making a Business

case for a document Library, Types of Digital documents, Issues Corporate data warehouses, Documents Active

/ Compound document architecture

Behind document Infrastructure

9 Hours


Extending multimedia

Multimedia and Digital Video – Broad band Telecommunications, Wireless Computing Fundamentals.

Mobile Computing Fundamentals

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Kalakota & Whinston, Frontiers of Electronic Commerce, Pearson Education, 2009

References

1. Kamalesh K. Bajaj, E-Commerce: The Cutting Edge & Business, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2005.

2. Brenda Kennan, Managing your E-Commerce Business, PHI, 2001.

3. Bharat Bhaskar, Electronic Commerce – Framework, Technology and Application, TMH, 2006.

4. Effy Oz, Foundations of E-Commerce, PHI, 2001.

5. Jim A Carter, Developing E-Commerce Systems, PHI, 2002.

11I035 ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To know the basics of ERP

To understand the key implementation issues of ERP

To appreciate the current and future trends in ERP

Programme Outcomes




Skill Set

1. Develop a critical awareness of the central issues and challenges in information systems project

management

2. This examines the implications of implementing ERP systems in organizations and develops the key

skills necessary to deploy and configure ERP systems.

3. Business modeling, which cultivates skills and knowledge related to business, conceptual and software

modeling.

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Bloom’s

Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester

End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

___________________





1. Define ERP.

2. What are the risks in ERP?

3. List out the goals of ERP.

4. Who are the main players of ERP?

5. How is bpr connected to BPR?

Understand

1. Integrated Data Model is considered the heart of an ERP system. Justify

2. Illustrate with a case study to highlight benefits resulting from an ERP implementation.

3. Draw the structure of data warehousing.

4. Compare the SWOT Analysis of PeopleSoft and Oracle Apps

5. Why can‘t companies develop their own packages?

Apply

1. Discuss why data warehouses are important and how they can beintegrated with ERP system?

2. Explain the linkage between BRP, IT and ERP in detail.

3. Draw a diagram to describe ERP marketing process and including ERP scales cycle. Draw the layered

architecture of Sap R/3. Explain the different types of Client server models which can be implemented

in SAP.

4. Compare and contrast the ERP package Baan and IFS Avalon with respect to functionality and

performance.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Survey literature or/and Internet fo published literature on how ERP has helped in achieving

competitive advantage. Produce a comprehensive report on it.

2. Draw the matrix showing functionality provided by the various prominent ERP Packages

Create

1. Create the business model for the following.

i) Admission of college student

ii) Public library

iii) Hotel management.

Unit I

Introduction ERP: An Overview, Enterprise – An Overview, Benefits of ERP, ERP and Related Technologies, Business

Process Reengineering (BPR), Data Warehousing, Data Mining, SCM.

OLAP

9 Hours

Unit II

ERP Implementation

ERP Implementation Lifecycle, Implementation Methodology, Hidden Costs, Organizing the Implementation,

Vendors, Consultants and Users, Contracts with Vendors, Project Management and Monitoring.

Consultants and Employees

9 Hours

Unit III

The Business Modules

Business modules in an ERP Package, Finance, Manufacturing, Human Resources, Plant Maintenance,

Materials Management, Quality Management

Sales and Distribution

9 Hours


The ERP Market

ERP Market Place, SAP AG, Baan, JD Edwards, Oracle, QAD, SSA.

Peoplesoft

9 Hours

Unit V

ERP Present and Future

Turbo Charge the ERP System, EIA, ERP and e-Commerce, Future Directions.

ERP and Internet

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Alexis Leon, ERP Demystified, Tata McGraw Hill, second edition, 2008.

References

1. Joseph A Brady, Ellen F Monk and Bret Wagner, Concepts in Enterprise Resource Planning,

Thompson Course Technology, USA, 2001.

2. Vinod Kumar Garg and Venkitakrishnan N K, Enterprise Resource Planning – Concepts and Practice,

PHI, New Delhi, 2003.

11I036 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To study about the concept of IPR.

To know the methods to patent the products.

To understand the world wide pattern recognition.

Programme Outcomes



Skill Set

Target group for the people to manage the protection and commercialization of intellectual property

in small business

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Bloom’s

Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester

End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

___________________





1. What is the Importance of IP?

2. List out the goals of IP.

3. What are the reasons for growth of IP?

4. Give the advantages of IP.

5. Define Intellectual property law?

6. Name few applications of GATT.

Understand

1. Mention the different types of property on IPR

2. How can Movable Property implemented on IP?

3. Define in your own words and explain detail;

a. Application Procedures

b. Industrial Designs

4. State the General Agreement on Trade and Tariff.

5. What is meant by Protection of Plant?

Apply

1. Discuss Procedure for Filing a Criminal Complaint IPR.

2. Apply Intellectual Property in one real-time example.

3. How to Draft of a national Intellectual Property Policy?

4. Present against unfair competition is possible on real time on the world.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Survey literature or/and Internet of published literature on how IPR has helped in achieving

competitive advantage. Produce a comprehensive report on it.

2. Elaborate the showing functionality provided by the various Geographic indications patents on IPR

Create

1. Create the IPR based for the following.

i) Worldwide pattern recognition

ii) Patent Ordinance and the Bill

Unit I

Introduction

Introduction – Invention and Creativity – Intellectual Property (IP) – Importance – Protection of IPR – Basic

types of property (Movable Property, Immovable Property and Intellectual Property).

Invention among Intellectual Property

9 Hours

Unit II

Patents

IP – Patents – Copyrights and related rights – Trade Marks and rights arising from Trademark registration –

Definitions – Industrial Designs and Integrated circuits – Protection of Geographical Indications at national and

International levels – Application Procedures.

Various levels on Geographical Indications

9 Hours

Unit III

GATT

International convention relating to Intellectual Property – Establishment of WIPO – Mission and Activities –

History – General Agreement on Trade and Tariff (GATT).

History of GATT

9 Hours

http://agricoop.nic.in/PPV&FR%20Act,%202001.pdf


Unit IV

WTO

Indian Position Vs WTO and Strategies – Indian IPR legislations – commitments to WTO-Patent Ordinance and

the Bill – Draft of a national Intellectual Property Policy – Present against unfair competition.

Unfair competition in WTO

9 Hours

Unit V

Case Studies

Case Studies on – Patents (Basmati rice, turmeric, Neem, etc.) – Copyright and related rights – Trade Marks –

Industrial design and Integrated circuits – Geographic indications – Protection against unfair competition.

Case Studies on Patents

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours Textbook

1. N.R. Subbaram Handbook of Indian Patent Law and Practice, S. Viswanathan (Printers and

Publishers) Pvt. Ltd., 2010.

References

1. Derwent IP Matters, Using the Internet for non-patent prior art searches, July 2009.

2. www.ipmatters.net/features/000707_gibbs.html.

11I037 GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To study the basics of digital databases.

To understand the concepts of error evaluation techniques in GIS.

To know the application of GIS

Graduates will be able to gain knowledge about the environment and GIS

Programme Outcomes



Skill Set

1. Spatial Data and Algorithms understanding

2. Cartography and Graphic Design

3. Metadata creation and editing

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Bloom’s

Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester

End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

__________________





Remember

1. Define Arc Objects.

2. What are applications of Arc GIS Desktop?

3. Name the object that is first created when Arc Map starts running

4. How many instances of an extension can exist per running application

5. What is projection?

Understand

1. What does the acronym AM/FM mean? Is it synonymous with GIS?

2. Give one example of a strategy that could be employed to map linear features symbolizing: a) nominal

data; b) ordinal data; c) interval/ratio data?

3. What are the four functions must all GIS include?

4. List four trends in GIS technology?

5. Give three reasons the term "GIS" may disappear in the future?

Apply

1. How does the "human factor" enter into GIS development and implementation?

2. What disciplines and applications have had the greatest influence on the development of current GIS

technologies?

3. Why does rule-based logic provide computer systems with only limited artificial intelligence? What is

an alternative?

4. Concerning international GIS projects, why is availability of necessary data coverage an especially

important issue?

5. Give three reasons why "human" or "organizational" considerations may prove a factor in the success

or failure of GIS projects in large commercial and government organizations?

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Even with the increasing availability of digital sources, why might one still consider tracing from paper

sources for a GIS project?

2. Why is it that any networked computer is an insecure computer? What must be done to make a

computer totally secure? Name two ways the military secures its digital information?

Create

Is it reasonable to assume that future developments in GIS technology are likely to eliminate the use of

tiles and layers in database organization?

Unit I

Introduction

Maps –Map as model- classification of Maps- Map scale- Spatial referencing system-Map projections-

commonly used map projections and their comparison-Grid systems- Digital Database in a GIS-Linkage of GIS

to Remote Sensing

Computer in Map production

9 Hours

Unit II

Fundamentals of GIS

Introduction- Roots of GIS-Overview of information system-The four Ms-Contribution disciplines-GIS

definitions and Terminology-GIS Queries-GIS architecture- GIS Categories.

Theoretical models and frameworks of GIS

9 Hours


Spatial Data Modeling & GIS Data management

Introduction- Stages of GIS - Raster GIS models-Vector GIS models-comparison of raster and Vector models:

Introduction-Database Management systems –GIS data file management-Database Models-Storage of GIS

Data-object based Data models-Temporal Topology

Graphical Representation of spatial data

9 Hours

Unit IV

Data Input and Editing and Data Quality Issues

Introduction-The Data Stream-Data Input Methods-GPS for GIS Data Capture: Introduction-Components of

Data Quality-Accuracy-Precision and Resolution-consistency-completeness -Modeling Errors-Error evaluation

by Graphical Methods.

sources of error in GIS

9 Hours

Unit V

Applications of GIS

Integration of Remote Sensing and GIS- Creation of Information System : A case Study.

Urban and Municipal Applications-

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. Anji Reddy, Remote Sensing and Geographical Information Systems, BS Publications, 2011

2. M.G. Srinivas, Remote Sensing Applications, Narosa Publishing House, 2008.

References

1. P. A. Burrough, Principles of GIS for Land Resources Assessment, Oxford Publication, 2010.

2. J. Star and J. Estes, GIS – An Introduction, Prentice Hall, USA, 2008.

11I038 INFORMATION STORAGE MANAGEMENT

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To understand the challenges in information storage and management

To describe the core elements in a data center

To understand RAID and its various levels for data backup

To design intelligent disk storage systems

Program Outcomes


problems.


j) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life long learning.

Skill Set

Gain Knowledge in storage system and Virtualization

Learn to manage the storage infrastructure and Cloud Computing characteristics


Sl.No Bloom’s

Taxonomy


Examination*

Semester

End

Examination

1 Remember 10 10 10 10


3 Apply 20 20 20 20


5 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is virtualization?

2. How does FC protocol works?

3. Can you recall three-site remote replication?

4. List the services in cloud computing.

5. What is meant by storage tiering?

Understand

1. Explain about RAID

2. How would you classify the file storage virtualization?

3. Can clustering and multipathing avoid single point of failure

4. Describe cloud infrastructure components.

5. Illustrate various security threats in storage infrastructure.

Apply

1. How could you improve the performance of disk drive and flash drive components?

2. What approach would you use to improve the FC protocol operations?

3. Why backup and recovery is needed?

4. How can you develop cloud services in real time?

5. How to develop an application through Information lifecycle Management?

Analyze/Evaluate

1. What are the main reasons for storage system?

2. Give reasons for moving towards object based and unified storage system.

3. What are the benefits of using cloud services? Also mention the difficulties faced by the users while

using cloud services.

Create 1. Create a customized and secure storage solution for corporates.

Unit I

Storage System

Introduction to information storage, Virtualization and cloud computing, Key data center elements, Compute,

application, and storage virtualization, Disk dive & flash drive components and performance, RAID, Intelligent

storage system and storage provisioning (including virtual provisioning)

9 Hours

__________________





Unit II

Storage Networking Technologies and Virtualization

Fibre Channel SAN components, FC protocol and operations, Block level storage virtualization, iSCL and FCIP

as an IP-SAN solutions, Converged networking option – FcoE, Network Attached Storage (NAS) –

components, protocol and operations, File level storage virtualization, Object based storage and unified storage

platform.

9 Hours

Unit III

Backup, Archive and Replication

Business continuity terminologies, planning and solutions, Clustering and multipathing to avoid single points of

failure, Backup and recovery – methods, targets and topologies, data deduplication and backup in virtualized

environment, fixed content and data archive, Local replication in classic and virtual environments, Remote

replication in classic and virtual environments, Three-site remote replication and continuous data protection.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Cloud Computing Characteristics and benefits

Services and deployment models, Cloud infrastructure components, Cloud migration considerations.

9 Hours

Unit V

Securing and Managing Storage Infrastructure

Security threats, and countermeasures in various domains, Security solutions for FC-SAN, IP-SAN and NAS

environments, Security in virtualized and cloud environments, Monitoring and managing various information

infrastructure components in classic and virtual environments, Information lifecycle Management (ILM) and

storage tiering.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Text Book

1. Information Storage and Management: Storing, Managing and Protecting Digital Information in

classic, Virtualized and Cloud Environments, 2nd Edition, EMC Educations Services, Wiley, May

2012.

References

1. Ulf Troppens, Rainer Erkens, Wolfgang Mueller-Friedt, Rainer Wolafka, Nils Haustein ,"Storage

Networks Explained: Basics and Application of Fibre Channel SAN, NAS, iSCSI, InfiniBand and

FCoE, 2nd Edition, Wiley, July 2009

2. Information Storage and Management: Storing, Managing, and Protecting Digital Information, EMC

Education Services, Wiley, January 2010

11I039 CLOUD INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

1. To understand the phases of journey to the cloud

2. To describe the key elements of Classic data center

3. To understand the concepts of virtualized Data Center

4. To design intelligent Cloud services

Programme Outcomes

e) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments to analyze

problems.


j) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life long learning.


1. Gain Knowledge in Classic Data Center and Virtualized Data Center

2. Learn to manage the Cloud infrastructure and services

Assessment Pattern

S.

No Bloom’s Taxonomy Test I

5 Test II

1 Model Examination

1 Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 30 30 30 30


5 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What are the business drivers for cloud computing?

2. How does Classic Data Center works?

3. Can you recall difference between Virtual LAN (VLAN) and virtual SAN (VSAN).

4. List the services in cloud computing.

5. What are the concerns in cloud security?

Understand

1. Explain the characterisitcs of cloud computing as per NIST.

2. How would you classify the object based and Unified storage technologies?

3. Illustrate the methods for implementing desktop virtualization, their benefits and considerations.

4. Describe cloud infrastructure components.

5. List out the considerations for choosing applications suitable for cloud.

Apply

1. How could you make a transition from classic data center to cloud computing environment?

2. What approach would you use to develop CDC management?

3. Why backup and recovery is needed for virtual machines (VMs)?

4. How can you develop cloud services in real time?

5. How to develop cloud models suitable for different categories of users?

Analyze/Evaluate

1. What are the main reasons for moving towards Replication Technologies?

2. Evaluate the various virtualization methods along with their benefits and considerations.

3. Analyze the various cloud models with respect to its pricing.

4. Analyze the best practices for cloud security.

Create

1. Create a customized virtualized Desktop applications.

5 The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The




UNIT I

Journey to the cloud

Business drivers for cloud computing, Definition of cloud computing, Characteristics of cloud computing as per

NIST, steps involved in transitioning from classic data center to cloud computing environment.

Cloud evolution

9 Hours

UNIT II

Classic Data Center (CDC)

Application, DBMS, Compute, Storage and Networking, Object based and Unified storage technologies,

Business continuity overview and backup, Replication technologies, CDC Management.

Data center requirements

9 Hours

UNIT III

Virtualized Data Center (VDC)

Compute, Storage, Network virtualization techniques, Virtual machine components and process of converting

physical to VMs, Block and file level storage virtualization, Virtual provisioning and automated storage tiering,

Virtual LAN (VLAN) and Virtual SAN(VSAN) and their benefits, Key network traffic management techniques

in VDC, Methods for implementing desktop virtualization, their benefits, and considerations, Application

virtualization methods, benefits, and considerations, Backup and recovery of Virtual Machines(VMs), VM

replication and migration technologies Recovery options from total site failure due to disaster.

vmware virtulization

9 Hours

UNIT IV

Cloud Computing and Infrastructure

Cloud services models, Cloud deployment methods, Economics of Cloud, Cloud infrastructure components,

Cloud service creation process, Cloud service management process.

Google Infrastructure

9 Hours

UNIT V

Cloud Security and Migration to cloud

Security concerns and counter measures in a VDC and Cloud environment, Governance, Risk, and Compliance

aspects in Cloud, Cloud security best practices, Cloud models suitable for different categories of users,

Consideration for choosing applications suitable for Cloud, Different phases to adopt the Cloud.

Google Cloud Security

9 Hours

Total 45 Hours

Text books

1. Anthony T Velte, ―Cloud Computing: A practical Approach‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009

2. Halper Fern, Kaufman Marcia, Bloor Robin, Hurwit Judith, ―Cloud Computing for Dummies, Wiley

India, 2009.

PHYSICS ELECTIVES

11O0PA NANO SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To impart knowledge on nanoscience and technology.

To create an awareness on the nanomaterials.

At the end of the course the Graduates are familiar with nanomaterials and their applications.

Program Outcome


languages.


Skill Set

1. Making to learn properties of nanomaterials metals.

2. Study the different types of techniques used to develop the nanomaterials.

3. Understanding the various applications of nanomaterials in day-to-day life.

4. Utilization of nanomaterials into medical and industries to develop technology.

Assessment Pattern

Remember

1. Define nanoscale.

2. Give the differences between nano and thin materials.

3. Give the usage of nanomaterials in medical field.

4. What are the techniques used to find properties of materials?

5. What are the day-to-day life applications of nanomaterials?

6. What do you mean by total energy of the system?

7. What do you mean by top down and bottom up approach?

8. How physical properties vary while converting the material into nano size?

9. What is SWCNT and MWCNT?

10. What are the applications of CNT?

11. Mention the general characterization techniques of nanomaterials.

12. How electron microscopy differ from scanning electron microscopy?

13. Define diffraction.

14. Write the different diffraction techniques to analyse the properties of nanomaterials.

15. What is meant by surface analysis of nanomaterials?

16. What are quantum dots?

17. Write the importance of self-assembly technique.

18. What is organic FET?

19. State the principle of LED.

20. Why nanomaterials are used as energy storage device?

21. Write the bio medical applications of nanomaterials.

22. List the advantages of nanomaterials as compared to bulk materials.

23. Which is having high efficiency among injection and quantum cascade laser?

24. Write the uses of FET.

25. What is nano magnet?

26. Mention the applications of nanomagnets in industries.

27. Write the advantages of nano robot in medical field.

Understand

1. How the nano dimension particle varies with bulk one?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.



Sl.No

Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Test 1

Test 2

Model

Examination

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 25 25 20 20


3 Apply 20 20 20 20

4 Analyze 20 20 20 20

5 Evaluate 10 10 15 15

6 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 264 2. Explain the different classifications of nanostructures.

3. Elucidate the significance of MWCNT over SWCNT.

4. Explain structural, electrical, mechanical properties of nanoscale materials.

5. What are the applications of CNT?

6. Why the electrical properties are more important as compared to other properties of

nanomaterials?

7. How nanomaterials are produced by machining process?

8. Give the importance of vapor phase deposition method for the production of nanomaterials.

9. Explain the sol-gel technique of nanomaterial production.

10. How the nanomaterials are analyzed in scanning electron microscopic technique?

11. Elucidate how nanomaterials are produced by template method?

12. List the general classifications of characterization methods of nanomaterials.

13. Explain how FTIR is used to analyze the bonding in nanomaterials?

14. Why the TEM is widely used than SEM? Explain.

15. What are the advantages and disadvantages of TEM?

16. Explain the quantum confinement in semiconductor nanostructures.

17. Explain the different fabrication techniques of nanoscale materials.

18. Explicate in which way thermally annealed quantum well technique is better than epitaxial growth

technique?

19. Explain the electro statically induced quantum dots and quantum wire technique.

20. Why semi conducting nano material is more important than other nanomaterials?

21. What are the advantages of nanomagnetic materials?

22. How nanomaterials are used in organic FET?

23. Why the organic LEDs are manufactured from nanomaterials?

24. How nanomaterials are used in quantum cascade laser?

25. Why nano photo voltaic fuel cells are used?

26. Explain the bio medical applications of nanodevices.

Apply

1. Clarify the effects of nanometer length scale of particles.

2. Give the reason for the effect of nanoscale dimensions on various properties.

3. Explain how the size of the particle will effect on their mechanical and structural properties of the

material?

4. Why sol gel method is used widely to synthesis nanomaterials?

5. Templating method is better than physical vapor deposition method to synthesis nanomaterials.

Why?

6. Why ordering of the nano system is more important? Give reason.

7. Explain how nanomaterials are characterized by imaging techniques?

8. Why diffraction techniques are used to characterize the nanomaterials?

9. Explain how nanomaterials are analyzed by transmission electron microscope?

10. Clarify the differences between self-assembly and self-organization.

11. Explain how organic light emitting diode overcomes the drawback of LCD?

12. How we can use CNT as a storage device in battery?

13. Why nanomaterials are used in optical memory devices?

14. How we can store nano particles?

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Distinguish between SWCNT and MWCNT.

2. Compare organic FET and organic LED.

3. Why nano structured particles are found in potential applications?

4. Give the relation between properties and applications of nano particles.

5. Explain with relevant example about the synthesize of nano structured materials employing self-

assembly and template based methods.

6. Analyze the relation between magnetic and nanomaterials.

Unit I

Nano Scale Materials

Introduction-classification of nanostructures, nanoscale architecture – effects of the nanometer length scale –

changes to the system total energy, changes to the system structures– effect of nanoscale dimensions on various

properties – structural, thermal, chemical, mechanical, magnetic, optical and electronic properties.

Differences between bulk and nanomaterials and their physical properties.

9 Hours


Unit II

Nanomaterials Synthesis Methods

Fabrication methods – top down processes – milling, litho graphics, machining process – bottom-up process –

vapor phase deposition methods, plasma-assisted deposition process, colloidal and solgel methods – methods

for templating the growth of nanomaterials – ordering of nanosystems, self-assembly and self-organization.

Magnetron sputtering process to obtain nanomaterials.

9 Hours

Unit III

Nano Characterization Techniques

General classification of characterization methods – analytical and imaging techniques – microscopy techniques

- electron microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, atomic force

microscopy – diffraction techniques – spectroscopy techniques-X-ray spectroscopy.

Electrical properties of nanomaterials.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Inorganic Semiconductor Nanostructures

Quantum confinement in semiconductor nanostructures - quantum wells, quantum wires, quantum dots, super

lattices– fabrication techniques – requirements, epitaxial growth, lithography and etching, electrostatically

induced dots and wires, quantum well width fluctuations, thermally annealed quantum wells and self-assembly

techniques .

Quantum efficiency of semiconductor nanomaterials.

9 Hours

Unit V

Nanodevices And Applications Organic FET- principle, description, requirements, integrated circuits- organic LED‘s – basic processes, carrier

injection, excitons, optimization - organic photovoltaic cells- carbon nano tubes- structure, synthesis and

electronic properties -applications- fuel cells- nano motors -bio nano particles-nano – objects.

Applications of nano materials in biological field.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. Robert W. Kelsall, Ian W. Hamley, Mark Geoghegan, Nanoscale Science and Technology, John Wiley

and Sons Ltd, 2005.

2. T. Pradeep, NANO: The Essentials Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, McGraw – Hill

Education (India) Ltd, 2007.

3. Handbook of Nanoscience, Engineering and Technology, Kluwer publishers, 2002.

4. B. Wang, Drug Delivery: Principles and Applications,Wiley Interscience 2005.

References

1. Michael Kohler, Wolfgang Fritzsche, Nanotechnology: An Introduction to Nanostructuring

Techniques, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co.2004.

2. William Goddard, Donald .W.Brenner, Handbook of Nano Science Engineering and Technology, CRC

Press, 2004.

3. Bharat Bhushan, Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology, 2004.

4. Charles P Poole, Frank J Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, John Wiley and Sons, 2003.

5. Mark Ratner, Daniel Ratner, Nanotechnology: A Gentle Introduction to the Next Big Idea, Prentice

Hall, 2003.

11O0PB LASER TECHNOLOGY

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To impart knowledge on laser principles.

To create expertise on the applications of laser in various engineering fields.

At the end of the course the Graduates are familiar with generation and applications of laser in various

engineering fields.


Programme Outcome


languages.

Skill Set

1. Study the basic principle of laser and different types of lasers.

2. Analyze the function resonant cavity.

3. Describe the various techniques involved in the laser materials and determine the

performance of laser materials.

4. Determine the measurement of distance, length, velocity, acceleration, current,

voltage and atmospheric effect.

5. Design different types of lasers and apply in the medical field.

Assessment Pattern

Remember

1. What is a laser? How the basic laser action is achieved?

2. Distinguish between spontaneous emission and stimulated emission.

3. What is population inversion?

4. Mention the important characteristics of laser.

5. How four level laser is more efficient than the three level laser?

6. What is a resonant cavity?

7. What role does an optical resonant cavity play in a laser?

8. What are the host materials for solid lasers?

9. Mention the different techniques involved in lasers.

10. Define atmospheric effect.

11. How will you measure the distance using laser?

12. What is the basic principle behind the holography?

13. Mention the medical applications of lasers.

Understand

1. Write the conditions needed for laser action.

2. What is meant by pumping of atoms?

3. How optical excitation occurs in three level lasers?

4. What is the principle of laser action?

5. Compare the activator and host materials for solid lasers.

6. Distinguish between Czochralski and Kyropoulous techniques.

7. How will you determine the velocity of laser source?

8. List the applications of laser in welding and cutting.

9. Why laser is called as non-material knife?




S.No

Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Test 1

Test 2

Model

Examination

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 25 25 20 20


3 Apply 20 20 20 20

4 Analyze 20 20 20 20

5 Evaluate 10 10 15 15

6 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100


Apply

1. The first line of the principal series of sodium is the D line at 580 nm. This corresponds to a transition

from the first excited state (3p) to the ground state (3s). What is the energy in electron volts of the first

excited state?

2. What is the ratio of the stimulated emission and spontaneous emission at a temperature of 250oC for

the sodium D line?

3. Calculate the threshold condition for the ruby laser in which the appropriate parameters are as follows:

νo =4.3x 1014

Hz; Δνo=1.5x1011

Hz; no= 1.76; τsp= 4.3x10-3 s; τphoton=6x10-9s.

4. A He-Ne laser emits light at a wavelength of 632.8 nm and has an output power of 2.3mW. How many

photons are emitted in each minute by this laser when operating?

5. Calculate the wavelength of emission from a GaAs semiconductor laser whose band gap energy is

1.44 eV.

Analyze

1. Why laser beam should be monochromatic?

2. How the population inversion happening in lasers?

3. Write the reaction for excimer laser action.

4. Which method is used to achieve population inversion in a dye laser?

5. Why we cannot use ordinary light source for LIDAR?

6. How the optical disk data storage plays a vital role in computer memory storages?

Evaluate

1. The life time of the excited state (2p) for spontaneous emission is 1.6x 10-9

s. The energy difference

between the excited state (2p) and the ground state (2s) is 10.2eV. Find the value of stimulated

emission coefficient during a transition from an excited state (2p) to the ground state.

2. A laser beam can be focused on an area equal to the square of its wavelength (λ2). For a He-Ne laser, λ

= 6328Ǻ. If the laser radiates energy at the rate of 1mW, find the intensity of the focused beam.

3. Transition occurs between a metastable state E3 and an energy state E2 just above the ground state. If

emission is at 1.1μm and E2= 0.4x10-19

J, find the energy of the E3 state.

Unit I

Laser Fundamentals

Introduction - principle - spontaneous emission - stimulated emission - population inversion-Pumping

mechanisms - characteristics. Types of lasers –principle, construction, working, energy level diagram and

applications of dye laser – chemical laser – excimer laser.

Laser action.

9 Hours

Unit II

Threshold Condition

Einstein coefficients A and B – spontaneous life time – light amplification – principle of laser action – laser

oscillations – resonant cavity – modes of a laser.

Conditions involved in laser production.

9 Hours

Unit III

Laser Materials Activator and host materials for solid lasers - growth techniques for solid laser materials - Bridgman and Stock-

Berger technique – advantages and disadvantages - Czochralski and Kyropoulous techniques – merits and

demerits.

Techniques of producing laser.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Laser in Science

Introduction – harmonic generation – stimulated raman emission – self focusing – laser and ether drift – rotation

of the earth – photon statistics.

Applications of Laser in ranging.

9 Hours


Unit V

Laser in Industry

Introduction – Applications in material processing: laser welding – hole drilling – laser cutting – laser tracking

– Lidar – laser in medicine.

Applications of Laser in sensors.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. K.Thiyagarajan and A.K.Ghatak, LASER:Theory and applications. Macmillan India Limited, 2000.

2. M. N. Avadhanulu, An Introduction To Lasers Theory And Applications, S. Chand Publisher, 2001.

References

1. K.P.R.Nair, Atoms, Molecules and Lasers, Narosa Publishing House, 2009.

2. K. R. Nambiar ,Lasers: Principles Types And Applications , New Age International Publications, 2006.

3. Alphan Sennaroglu, Solid-State Lasers and Applications, CRC Press, 2006

11O0PC ELECTRO OPTIC MATERIALS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To impart knowledge on electro-optic materials.

To develop fundamental understanding of various electro-optic materials in communication.

Programme Outcome


languages.

Skill Set

1. Understanding the mechanism involved in the laser action.

2. Knowing the birefringence and optical property of the material.

3. Implementing the above phenomenon for modulators.

4. Realize the special optical properties of the system.

Assessment Pattern

Remember

1. Define laser action.




Sl.No

Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Test 1

Test 2

Model

Examination

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 25 25 20 20


3 Apply 20 20 20 20

4 Analyze 20 20 20 20

5 Evaluate 10 10 15 15

6 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 269 2. Give the properties of LASER.

3. Differentiate between stimulated and spontaneous emissions.

4. Define continuous and discrete time signals.

5. Define anisotropic media.

6. What is an acoustic optic effect?

7. Define a liquid crystal.

8. Mention the different types of polarizing devices.

9. Give examples for direct and indirect band gap materials.

10. Highlight the usage of a NLO material.

Understand

1. How the population inversion state in laser is achieved?

2. Give examples for continuous and discrete time signals.

3. Elucidate the importance of coherence in laser action.

4. Why birefringence property in an optical material is formed?

5. In which effect KDP crystal is working?

6. How the codirectional coupling occurs?

7. List out the conditions in which the NLO property of a material emerges.

8. What is the purpose of switching to quantum mechanics from classical mechanics?

9. Why we prefer LCD displays rather than CRT displays?

10. What are the advantages of injection laser diode?

Apply

1. Find the intensity of a laser beam of 10mW power and having a diameter of 1.3 mm. Assume the

intensity to be uniform across the beam. Given: P=10mW, d= 1.3 mm.

2. Discuss the three level pumping scheme for laser action.

3. Why is the optical resonator required in lasers?

4. Where can we find the practical applications of wave plates?

5. How to elevate the contrast ratio in display devices which uses in the nematic structures?

6. Non linearity in glasses occurs. Justify the argument.

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Compare ordinary and laser light properties.

2. Differentiate wave refractive index and ray refractive index.

3. Differentiate longitudinal and transverse electro optic effects.

4. Bring out the importance of electro optic devices.

Unit I

Basics of Lasers

Introduction – Einstein coefficients – laser beam characteristics – spontaneous and stimulated emission

population inversion - light amplification – threshold condition – laser rate equations – two level laser – three

level laser – mode selection – transverse mode – longitudinal mode.

Spatial and temporal coherence.

9 Hours

Unit II

Wave Propagation in Anisotropic Media

Introduction – double refraction – polarization devices - Nicol prism – Glan-Thomson prism – retardation plates

– Soleil Babinet compensator – Plane waves in anisotropic media – wave refractive index - ray refractive index

- ray velocity surface – index ellipsoid.

Optical activity.

9 Hours

Unit III

Electro Optic Effect

Introduction – KDP crystals – longitudinal mode – phase modulation – amplitude modulation – transverse

mode. Acousto-optic effect – small Bragg angle diffraction – large Bragg angle diffraction – codirectional

coupling – contradirectional coupling - applications.

Modulators.

9 Hours


Unit IV

Non Linear Optics

Introduction – self focusing phenomenon – second harmonic generation – phase matching – birefringent phase

matching – quasi phase matching – frequency mixing. Semiconductors – measurement of third order optical

non-linearities in semiconductors.

Frequency doubling nature of materials.

9 Hours

Unit V

Electro Optic Devices

Introduction – light emitting diode – direct and indirect band gap materials – homo junction – hetero junction –

advantages – disadvantages – applications. Injection laser diode – characteristics – advantages – disadvantages.

Liquid crystal displays – dynamic scattering – field effect – advantages – disadvantages.

Optoelectronic devices.

9 Hours

Total 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. Ajoy Ghatak and K. Thyagarajan, Optical electronics, Cambridge University Press, 7th

reprint 2006.

2. B. Somanathan Nair, Electronic devices and applications, Prentice - Hall of India private limited,

2010.

3. Frank L. Pedrotti, S. J. Leno S. Pedrotti and Leno M. Pedrotti, Introduction to optics, Pearson Prentice

Hall, 2008.

References

1. Ji - ping Huang and K.M.Yu, New Non Linear Optical Materials, Nova, Science Publishers, 2007.

2. S.C. Gupta, Opto electronic devices and systems, Prentice Hall of India, Pvt. Ltd, 2005

11O0PD VACUUM SCIENCE AND DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To impart a sound knowledge on the vacuum science.

To develop the necessary background to perform projects involving vacuum and deposition

techniques.

At the end of the course the Graduates are familiar with the various vacuum deposition technologies

employed in the various engineering fields.

Programme Outcome


languages.

Skill Set

1. Understanding the fundamentals of vacuum technology.

2. Understanding the various measuring instruments of vacuum.

3. Utilization of various components to create high vacuum.

4. Utilization of various components to measure the vacuum

5. Solution for the problems connected with high vacuum.


Assessment Pattern

Remember

1. Define the term mean free path.

2. Give the pressure ranges of low and medium vacuum.

3. State Avogadro‘s law.

4. List out the assumptions of kinetic theory.

5. What are the types of pump used to create vacuum?

6. What are the gauges that are used to measure the vacuum?

7. Name the direct reading gauges and indirect reading gauges.

8. Name the operation limits of penning gauge.

9. Name the ultra high vacuum gauges.

10. List out the methods of leak detection.

11. Give the importance of baffles and traps.

12. Mention the gauges that can measure ultra high vacuum.

13. Define throughput.

14. Give the Ohm‘s law of vacuum technology.

15. Name the sorbent materials that have widespread use in vacuum production.

Understand

1. How will you measure the pumping speed in a vacuum unit?

2. How will you seal the substance outside to maintain high vacuum?

3. Why does constant volume method have the disadvantage in measuring the pumping speed?

4. Differentiate between the pirani gauge and penning gauge.

5. Differentiate the primary gauges from secondary gauges.

6. How is the pumping speed measured?

7. How does a rotary pump produce a low pressure?

8. Derive the relation between the effective pumping speed and conductance of the evacuation pipe.

9. Explain the designing of UHV evacuation systems.

10. How are the vacuum surfaces cleaned?

Apply

1. How will you deposit the material from the plasma etching method?

2. Why is cold cathode ionization gauges preferred to hot cathode gauges?

3. Explain the applications of turbomolecular pump.

4. A vacuum chamber has a volume of 100 litres and an operating gas load of 7.5 x 10-5

torr-lites/sec.

The desired operating pressure is 7.5 x 10-8

Torr. Connections between the chamber and diffusion

pump and the diffusion pump and rotary pump are to meet good design practice (assume SE/SD=1/5).

Calculate the pumping speed at the chamber, the minimum connecting pipe conductance and the




Sl.No

Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Test 1

Test 2

Model

Examination

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 25 25 20 20


3 Apply 20 20 20 20

4 Analyze 20 20 20 20

5 Evaluate 10 10 15 15

6 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 272 minimum speed required for the backing pump together with the minimum diffusion pump speed

required to meet these requirements.

5. Surface to volume ratio plays a major role in pumping systems. Why?

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Why is the diffusion pump widely used in scientific instruments?

2. Oil diffusion pump system can be used as a high vacuum pumping system. Why?

3. Compare real and virtual leaks.

Unit I

Vacuum Systems

Introduction – units of vacuum – kinetic aspects of gases in a vacuum chamber – physical parameters at low

pressures – classification of vacuum ranges – gas flow at low pressures – throughput and pumping speed –

flow rate and conductance.

Evacuation rate – out gassing – gas flow – turbulent flow.

9 Hours

Unit II

Production of Vacuum

Classification of vacuum pumps – rotary vane pumps – roots blowers – diffusion pumps – molecular drag and

turbo-molecular pumps – sorption pumps – gettering and ion pumping – cryopumping measurement of pumping

speed.

Noble pumps for inert gases.

9 Hours

Unit III

Pressure Measurement

Classification of gauges – mechanical gauges – McLeod gauge – thermal conductivity gauges – Hot cathode

ionization gauges – Bayard - Alpert gauge – cold cathode ionization gauges – Penning gauge – magnetron

gauge.

Measurement problems in partial pressure analysis.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Vacuum Materials and Leak Detection

Sources of gases and vapours – materials for vacuum system – vacuum seals – vacuum valves – traps and

baffles – leak detection – pressure test – spark-coil test – leak testing using vacuum gauges – halogen leak

detector – mass-spectrometric leak detector.

Special design considerations – glass to metal seals – high voltage metal feedthrough.

9 Hours

Unit V

Applications of Vacuum Systems

Design considerations – vacuum system for surface analysis – space simulators – vacuum based

coating units for thin film deposition – thermal evaporation – sputtering process – chemical vapor deposition -

metallurgical applications.

Plasma etching – pulsed vapour deposition – PE chemical vapour deposition.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. Rao V.V, Ghosh T.B, Chopra K.L, “Vacuum science and technology‖, Allied Publishers Limited, 2005.

2. Dorothy M. Hoffman, John H. Thomas, Bawa Singh, “Handbook of Vacuum science and technology”,

Elsevier Science & Technology Books, 1997.

References

1.David M. Hata, “Introduction to vacuum technology”, Pearson Printice Hall, 2007.

2.John F. O'Hanlon, “A user‟s guide to vacuum technology‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.

3.Chambers.A, “Modern vacuum physics”, Chapman & Hall, CRC Press, 2005.


11O0PE SEMICONDUCTING MATERIALS AND DEVICES

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To improve knowledge on semiconducting materials.

To develop the necessary understanding of semiconducting materials and their applications.

At the end of the course the Graduates are familiar with various semiconducting materials and their

applications

Programme Outcome


languages.

Skill Set

1. Understanding the mechanism involved in the semiconductors.

2. Knowing the current components and current gain of the material.

3. Implementing the above phenomenon for transistors.

4. Realize the special properties of the semiconductors.

Assessment Pattern

Remember

1. What properties are desirable in semiconductors?

2. Explain the Kronig-Penny model.

3. Define drift current density.

4. What is meant by breakdown?

5. Explain the minority carrier distribution in p-n junction diode.

6. Define temperature effect.

7. What is the basic principle of bipolar junction transistor?

8. Define current crowding.

9. What are optoelectronic devices?

10. Describe the operation of a laser diode.

Understand

1. How does conductivity of a semiconductor change with rise in its temperature?

2. How does the thickness of the depletion layer in a p-n junction vary with increase in reverse bias?

3. How does the energy gap in an intrinsic semiconductor vary, when doped with a pentavalent impurity?




Sl.No

Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Test 1

Test 2

Model

Examination

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 25 25 20 20


3 Apply 20 20 20 20

4 Analyze 20 20 20 20

5 Evaluate 10 10 15 15

6 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

http://wiki.answers.com/Q/What_properties_are_desirable_in_semiconductors

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 274 4. Explain the mobility effects on carrier density.

5. What do you understand by the term ―holes‖ in a semiconductor? Explain how they move under the

influence of electric field.

6. What is the a.c response of the p-n diode?

7. How is the solar cell functioning?

Apply

1. In general what is the relation between density of states and energy?

2. What is meant by the term, doping of an intrinsic semiconductor?

3. Give the ratio of the number of holes and the number of conduction electrons in an intrinsic

semiconductor.

4. Write the function of base region of a bipolar junction transistor.

5. Sketch the energy bands of a forward-biased degenerately doped pn junction and indicate how

population inversion occurs.

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. What types of charge-carriers are there in a n-type semiconductor?

2. What are the disadvantages of using laser diode?

3. What are the defect levels in semiconductors?

4. Consider an optical cavity. If N>>1, show that the wavelength separation between two adjacent

resonant modes is ∆λ=λ2/2L.

Unit I

Properties of Semiconductor

Energy bands – allowed and forbidden energy bands – Kronig Penny model – electrical conductivity in solids

based on energy bands - band model – electron effective mass – concept of holes in semiconductor – density of

states – extension to semiconductors.

k-space diagram.

9 Hours

Unit II

Carrier Transport Properties

Carrier drift – drift current density – mobility effects on carrier density – conductivity in semiconductor –

carrier transport by diffusion – diffusion current density – total current density – breakdown phenomena –

avalanche breakdown.

Graded Impurity Distribution.

9 Hours

Unit III

P-N Junction Diode

Qualitative description of charge flow in p-n junction – boundary condition – minority carrier distribution –

ideal p-n junction current – temperature effects – applications – the turn on transient and turn off transient.

Charge storage and diode Transients.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Bipolar Junction Transistor

Introduction to basic principle of operation – the modes of operation – amplification – minority carrier

distribution in forward active mode – non-ideal effects – base with modulation – high injection emitter band gap

narrowing – current clouding – breakdown voltage – voltage in open emitter configuration and open base

configuration

Frequency Limitations.

9 Hours

Unit V

Opto Electronic Devices

Optical absorption in a semiconductor, photon absorption coefficient – electron hole pair generation - solar cell

– homo junction and hetero junction - Photo transistor – laser diode, the optical cavity, optical absorption, loss

and gain - threshold current.

Photoluminescence and Electroluminescence.

9 Hours


Textbooks

1. Donald A Neamen, “Semiconductor physics and devices”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007

2. Albert Malvino,David J Bafes, “Electronic Principles”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007

References

1. M.S. Tyagi, Introduction to Semiconductor materials and devices, John Wiley and sons, 2008.

2. S.M. Sze&K.Ng. Kwok, Physics of semiconductor devices, John Wiley and sons, 2008.

3. M. K. Achuthanand and K.N. Bhat, Fundamentals of semiconductor devices,Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.

CHEMISTRY ELECTIVES

11O0YA POLYMER CHEMISTRY AND PROCESSING

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To impart knowledge on the basic concepts and importance of polymer science, chemistry of polymers

and its processing.

To make understand the principles and applications of advanced polymer materials.

Knowledge and application of different polymers and its processing.

Programme Outcome


languages.

Skill Set

1. Understanding the various types of polymers and its industrial application.

2. Compute the efficiency of polymer materials.

3. Development of eco-friendly materials.

4. Realize the advantages of nanocomposites polymers.

Assessment pattern


Test I

Test II

Model

Examination

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 10 10


3 Apply 30 30 30 30

4 Analyze 20 20 20 20

5 Evaluate 10 10 20 20

6 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define polymer and degree of polymerization.

2. What is functionality of a polymer? Give example.

3. What is the nomenclature of a polymer?

4. Discuss the addition and chain growth polymerization with example.

5. What is copolymerization? What are the different types of copolymers?

The marks secured in the Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to

20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be


Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 276 6. Write the mechanism of addition polymerization.

7. Explain briefly the various constituents of a plastic, with example.

8. Distinguish between thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics.

9. List the various additives in processing of plastics. What are their functions?

10. Explain homogeneous and heterogeneous polymerization.

11. Write the differences between melt and interfacial polycondensation.

12. Briefly explain about emulsion polymerization.

13. Explain compression and extrusion moulding of plastics with diagram.

14. What is extrusion and injection moulding? Discuss with diagram.

15. Name any four compounding ingredients of plastics. Write their functions with example.

16. What is calendaring?

17. Write short account on reinforced plastics.

18. Outline the method of lubrication of plastic material.

19. Explain about crosslinking and blowing agents with examples.

20. Write an account of flame retardant polymers.

21. Write short notes on melt, dry and wet spinning process.

22. Give the classification of foaming polymers with examples.

23. Explain with examples the relationship between structure and properties of polymers.

24. Describe about coordination and ring opening polymerization.

Understand

1. Write the important of plasticizers and UV stabilizers?

2. Compare addition and condensation polymerization reaction with example for each type .

3. Give the classification of foaming polymers with examples.

4. Suggest different types of additives for preparing reinforced polymers?

5. What are the different types of polymeric resins?

6. Give the significances of antioxidants and antiozonants additives.

7. What are the functions of ingredients of polymers?

8. List the importance of cross- linkers.

Apply

1. How polymers are classified based on source and application?

2. What are the polymers that can be calendared into sheets?

3. Give examples for thermosetting and thermoplastic polymers.

4. What are the polymers suited for compression and injection moulding?

5. What are the articles produced by blow moulding?

Analyze / Evaluate

1. What are the polymers suitable for insulations?

2. Write the special properties of teflon?

3. How the vinyl chloride is converted into polymer?

4. How nylon 6 is prepared?

5. What is the process involved in manufacturing cellophane sheets?

6. What are the different zones involved in simple extrusion polymer process?

7. Bring out the differences between thermoforming and vacuum-forming process?

Unit I

Principles of Polymer Science

Polymerization reactions - types – examples - degree of polymerization and average molecular weights.

Thermoplastics and thermosetting resins - examples. Electrical - mechanical - thermal properties related to

chemical structure. Insulating materials - polymer alloys - composites.

Importance of glass transition temperature.

9 Hours

Unit II

Polymerization Mechanism

Addition polymerization - free radical mechanism - cationic and anionic polymerization - copolymerization -

condensation polymerization –nylon 6,6, ring opening polymerization –nylon 6, coordination polymerization -.

Preparation, properties and industrial applications of polystyrene and bakelite.

Application of industrial polymers.

9 Hours

Unit III

Polymerization Techniques

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 277 Homogeneous and heterogeneous polymerization – bulk polymerization- PMMA,PVC, solution polymerization

- polyacrylic acid, suspension polymerization-preparation of ion exchange resins, emulsion polymerization-

synthetic rubber. Melt solution and interfacial polycondensation. Salient features, advantages and disadvantages

of bulk and emulsion polymerization.

Preparation of biodegradable polymers.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Additives for Polymers

Moulding constituents-fillers, plasticizers, lubricants, anti-aging additives, antioxidants, antiozonants, UV

stabilizers, flame retardants, colorants, blow agents, crosslinking agents -functions-significance with suitable

examples and applications in industrial processing.

Ecofriendly sustainable additives.

9 Hours

Unit V

Polymer Processing

Compression – injection - extrusion and blow mouldings. Film casting - calendering. Thermoforming and

vacuum formed polystyrene, foamed polyurethanes. Fibre spinning - melt, dry and wet spinning. Composite

fabrication - hand-layup - filament winding and pultrusion.

Application of fibre reinforced plastics.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. V. R. Gowarikar, N. V. Viswanathan and Jayadev Sreedhar, Polymer Science, New Age International

(P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.

2. Joel R. Fried, Polymer Science and Technology, Prentice Hall of India (P). Ltd., 2005.

References

1. F. W. Billmeyer, Text Book of Polymer Science, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2007.

2. Barbara H. Stuart, Polymer Analysis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2002.

3. George Odian , Principles of Polymerization, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2004.

4. R. J. Young and P. A. Lovell, Introduction to Polymers, Nelson Thornes Ltd., 2002.

11O0YB ENERGY STORING DEVICES AND FUEL CELLS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To make Graduates understand the concept and working of different types of batteries and to analyze

batteries used in electric vehicles.

To make Graduates learn about the concept of fuel cells, its types and to relate the factors of energy

and environment.

Graduates develop the skill of analyzing various energy storing devices and fuel cells at the end of the

semester.

Programme Outcome


languages.

Skill Set

1. Understanding the various types of cells and energy storage devices.

2. Compute the efficiency of cells.

3. Development of eco-friendly energy sources.

4. Realize the advantages of energy storage and fuel cells.



Test I

Test II

Model

Examination

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 10 10


3 Apply 30 30 30 30

4 Analyze 20 20 20 20

5 Evaluate 10 10 20 20

6 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What are dry cells?

2. What are alkaline batteries?

3. State Ohms law.

4. Write the functions of ultra-capacitor.

5. Is lead acid battery thermodynamically reversible cell?

6. Differentiate between electrochemical and electrolytic cells.

7. Name the electrolyte present in the Li battery.

8. Mention the role of heart pacemaker in cardiology.

9. Classify the types of fuel cell.

10. Differentiate between diode and electrode.

11. What is meant by redox reaction?

12. What are the advantages of H2-O2 fuel cell?

13. Name the factors which are affecting the efficiency of fuel cell.

14. What are eco-friendly cell?

Understand

1. How do you assess the life cycle of fuel cells?

2. What is the role of impurities in photovoltaic cells?

3. How do you convert the chemical energy into electrical energy?

4. Suggest any two secondary storage devices for automobiles.

5. What types of cells are used in space applications?

6. Construct the alkaline fuel cell.

7. How do you harvest the energy from tides?

8. What are natural geysers?

9. Differentiate between photo electrochemical and photovoltaic cells.

Apply

1. What are passive solar heat collectors?

2. What are active solar heat collectors?

3. Lithium battery is the cell of future - Justify.

4. Write the anodic reaction and cathodic reactions of NICAD battery.

5. Is the dry cell follows thermodynamic reversibility rule?

6. What types of vehicles typically use methanol?

7. What are the economic impacts of using hybrid electric vehicles?





Analyze / Evaluate

1. How does a fuel cell differ from traditional methods of energy generation (like batteries)?

2. What are the feedstocks can be used to make biodiesel?

3. What is DuPont‘s experience in fuel cells?

4. How the biomass is converted into biofuel?

5. What are the effects of gasoline and ethanol emissions on the environment?

6. What are the effects of diesel and biodiesel emissions on the environment?

7. How do you obtain ethanol from lignocellulosic biomass?

8. What is meant by green technology?

Unit I

Batteries

Characteristics - voltage, current, capacity, electricity storage density, power, discharge rate, cycle life, energy

efficiency, shelf life. Primary batteries- zinc-carbon, magnesium, alkaline, manganous dioxide, mercuric oxide,

silver oxide batteries-Recycling/Safe disposal of used cells.

Document the various batteries and its characteristics used in mobile phones and lap tops.

9 Hours

Unit II

Batteries for Electric Vehicles Secondary batteries- Introduction, cell reactions, cell representations and applications- lead acid, nickel-

cadmium and lithium ion batteries - rechargeable zinc alkaline battery. Reserve batteries: Zinc-silver oxide,

lithium anode cell, photogalvanic cells. Battery specifications for cars and automobiles.

Development of batteries for satellites.

9 Hours

Unit III

Types of Fuel Cells Importance and classification of fuel cells - description, working principle, components, applications and

environmental aspects of the following types of fuel cells: alkaline fuel cells, phosphoric acid, solid oxide,

molten carbonate and direct methanol fuel cells.

Fuel cells for space applications.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Hydrogen as a Fuel

Sources of hydrogen – production of hydrogen- electrolysis- photocatalytic water splitting – biomass pyrolysis -

gas clean up – methods of hydrogen storage- high pressurized gas -liquid hydrogen type -metal hydride –

hydrogen as engine fuel – features, application of hydrogen technologies in the future- limitations.

Cryogenic fuels.

9 Hours

Unit V

Energy and Environment

Future prospects-renewable energy and efficiency of renewable fuels – economy of hydrogen energy – life

cycle assessment of fuel cell systems. Solar Cells: Energy conversion devices, photovoltaic and

photoelectrochemical cells – photobiochemical conversion cell.

Bio-fuels from natural resources.

9 Hours Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. M. Aulice Scibioh and B. Viswanathan, Fuel Cells: Principles and Applications, University Press, India,

2006.

2. F. Barbir, PEM fuel cells: Theory and practice,Elsevier, Burlington, MA, 2005.

3. M. R. Dell Ronald and A. J. David, Understanding Batteries, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2001.


1. M. A. Christopher Brett, Electrochemistry: Principles, Methods and Applications, Oxford University, 2004.

2. J. S. Newman and K. E. Thomas-Alyea, Electrochemical Systems, Wiley, Hoboken, NJ, 2004.

3. G. Hoogers, Fuel Cell Handbook, CRC, Boca Raton, FL, 2003.

4. Lindon David, Handbook of Batteries, McGraw Hill, 2002.

5. H. A. Kiehne , Battery Technology Hand Book,. Expert Verlag , Renningen Malsheim, 2003.

11O0YC CHEMISTRY OF NANOMATERIALS

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To impart knowledge on the basic concepts and importance of nanochemistry including synthesis.

To make Graduates understand the principles and applications of nanomaterials.

Knowledge about the characterization and applications of nanomaterials.

Programme Outcome


languages.

Skill Set

1. Understanding the various methods of synthesis and characterization techniques of nanomaterials.

2. Compute new preparation methodologies.

3. Utilization of nanomaterials in various emerging fields.

4. Realize the importance of nanoscience and its applications in day to day life.

Assessment Pattern

Remember

1. What do you mean by nano?

2. Define nanotechnology.

3. Define nanoscience.

4. Define top down and bottom up approach.

5. Define nanostructured material. Classify nanomaterials and give examples for them.

6. List any four day to day commercial applications of nanotechnology.

7. Write down any four challenges that are faced by researchers in nanotechnology.

8. Define carbon nanotube.

9. Define bucky ball.

10. Define nanocomposite. What are the types of nanocomposites?

11. List any four material characterization techniques.




Sl.

No

Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Test I

Test II

Model

Examination

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 25 25 15 15


3 Apply 20 20 20 20

4 Analyze 20 20 20 20

5 Evaluate 10 10 20 20

6 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 281 12. List any four bottom up approaches for the synthesis of nanopowders.

13. What is biomimetic approach?

14. Explain Feynman‘s statement.

15. What is the dimension of quantum dot?

16. Explain the principle behind lithography.

17. Mention the different types of lithography.

18. What is meant by photolithography?

19. Explain the principle behind vapour phase deposition.

20. What is meant by chemical vapour deposition?

21. Explain sputtering.

22. What is meant by plasma enhanced CVD?

23. What is meant by bubblers?

24. Explain the principle behind MOVPE.

25. What are colloids?

26. What is nanosafety?

27. What is meant by surface induced effect?

28. How are nanomaterials defined?

29. What are the uses of nanoparticles in consumer products?

Understand

1. What is the difference between nanoscience and nanotechnology?

2. When and where Feynman delivered his lecture on nanotechnology and what is the name of his

classical lecture?

3. What are the induced effects due to increase in surface area of nanoparticles?

4. What are the advantages and disadvantages in mechanical synthesis of nanopowders?

5. What are the characteristics of nanoparticles that should be possesed by any fabrication technique?

6. On what principle mechanical milling is based on?

7. How is LPE used to obtain nanowire or nanorods?

8. How is the template used to obtain nanowire or nanorods?

9. What is the role of nanotechnology in water purification?

10. Differentiate self-assembly from self-organisation.

11. How nanoparticles are stored?

12. List the important physical and chemical properties of nanomaterials?

13. How are nanomaterials detected and analysed?

14. How are nanomaterials prepared for biological testing?

15. What are the physical and chemical properties of nanoparticles?

16. How are nanoparticles formed?

17. Discuss the health effects of nanoparticles?

Apply

1. Why do we want nanotechnology in our life?

2. What is the role of nanotechnology in medicinal field?

3. Expand AFM.

4. What is the grain size range of nanostructure materials?

5. Differentiate top-down from bottom-up approach needed for nanosynthesis.

6. Why do nanostructured particles find potential applications?

7. How nanostructured particles are used in health applications?

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Compare the relative merits of chemical, physical, biological and hybrid methods for the preparation of

nanomaterials.

2. Compare the relative merits of the usage of photons and particles in lithography.

3. Differentiate glow discharge from RF sputtering.

4. How can we reduce/save our energy resources by using nanotechnology?

5. What is the relation between properties and applications of nanoparticles?

6. What is the current status of nanoscience and nanotechnology?

7. What are the potential harmful effects of nanoparticles?

Unit I

Nanoworld

Introduction – History of nanomaterials – concepts of nanomaterials – size and confinement effects –

nanoscience – nanotechnology – Moor‘s law. Properties – electronic, optical, magnetic, thermal, mechanical

and electrochemical properties. Nanobiotechnology – molecular motors – optical tweezers.

First industrial revolution to the nano revolution.


Unit II

Synthesis of Nanoparticles

Introduction – hydrolysis-oxidation - thermolysis – metathesis - solvothermal methods. Sonochemistry:

nanometals - powders of metallic nanoparticles - metallic colloids and alloys - polymer metal composites -

metallic oxides - rare earth oxides - mesoporous materials - mixed oxides. Sono electrochemistry -

nanocrystalline materials. Microwave heating - microwave synthesis of nanometallic particles.

Magnetron sputtering process to obtain nanomaterials. \

9 Hours

Unit III

Types and Functionalization of Nanomaterials

Polymer nanoparticles, micro, meso and nanoporous materials. Organic – inorganic hybrids, zeolites,

nanocomposites, self-assembled monolayers, semiconductor quantum dots, nanofibres, supramolecular

nanostructures. functionalization of nanomaterials – stabilization methods. Reactivity of ω-functional groups on

ligand shells.

Implications of nanoscience and nanotechnology on society.

9 Hours

Unit IV

Physical and Chemical Characterization

Electron microscopes: scanning electron microscope (SEM) – transmission electron microscope (TEM) –

atomic force microscope (AFM): working principle – instrumentation – applications. UV-visible spectroscopy:

principle – instrumentation (block diagram only) – applications. FT-IR spectroscopy: introduction –

instrumentation (block diagram only) – applications –merits and demerits.

Nanoscience and technology research institution.

9 Hours

Unit V

Applications of Nanomaterials

Nanocatalysis, colorants and pigments, self-cleaning – lotus effect, anti-reflective coatings, antibacterial

coatings, photocatalysis, nanofilters for air and water purifiers. Thermal insulation – aerogels, smart sunglasses

and transparent conducting oxides – molecular sieves – nanosponges.

Harnessing nanotechnology for economic and social development.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. C N R Rao, Nanoworld – An Introduction to Nanoscience and Technology, Jawaharlal Nehru centre

for advanced scientific research, Bangalore, India, 2010.

2. C N R Rao, A Muller and A K Cheetham, The Chemistry of Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and

Applications, Vol. 1 & 2, John-Wiley and Sons, 2005.

3. T Pradeep, Nano: The Essentials, Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, 1st Edn., Tata

Mcgraw Hill publishing company, 2007.

References

1. Geoffrey A Ozin, André C Arsenault , Nanochemistry: A Chemical Approach to Nanomaterials, Royal

Society of Chemistry, 2009.

2. G B Sergeev, Nanochemistry, 1st Edn.,Elsevier, 2006.

3. S Chen, Functional Nanomaterials: A Chemistry and Engineering Perspective (Nanostructure Science

And Technology), Springer,2010.

4. Yury Gogotsi, Nanomaterials Handbook, Taylor and Francis group, USA, 2006.

11O0YD CORROSION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

To impart knowledge about the various types of corrosion and its mechanism.

To make Graduates understand the various methods of corrosion control, corrosion testing and

monitoring.

Graduates acquire the basic knowledge about corrosion and its control.

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 283 Programme Outcome


languages.

Skill Set

1. Understand why corrosion related problems are complex and interrelated in the engineering field.

2. Compare the mechanism of dry corrosion and electrochemical corrosion to support corrosion

minimizing techniques in metals and its alloys.

3. Characterize and analyze different forms of corrosion and its study techniques.

4. Classify and understand about the relationship between corrosion and its environment.

Assessment Pattern

Remember

1. What is corrosion?

2. What are the types of corrosion?

3. Define dry corrosion. Explain the mechanism.

4. Explain the mechanism of electrochemical corrosion.

5. What are the units to measure corrosion rate?

6. Galvanic corrosion. Discuss.

7. Describe the Pourbaix digrams of Mg, Al and Fe and their limitations.

8. List out the different forms of corrosion. Explain.

9. What are inhibitors?

10. Explain the mechanisms of various corrosion scale formation and its types.

11. Write the working principle of Tafel polarization techniques.

12. How polarization and impedance techniques used to measure the corrosion products?

13. Define cathodic protection. List its types.

14. What are non-electrochemical and electrochemical methods of corrosion testing and monitoring?

15. What is Tafel linear polarization?

Understand

1. Explain why corrosion rate of metal is faster in aqueous solution than atmosphere air?

2. What are the factors influencing the corrosion rate? Explain.

3. Discuss the Pilling-Bedworth rule.

4. Differentiate between electrochemical and dry corrosion.

5. How inhibitors are used to protect the corrosion rate of the metal? Explain.

6. What are consequences of Pilling-Bedworth ratio?

7. List the difference between filliform corrosion and pitting corrosion.

Apply

1. Compare the effects of corrosion products.

2. Why pitting corrosion is localized corrosion? Explain.

3. Describe alternatives to protective coatings.




Sl.No

Bloom’s

Taxonomy

Test I

Test II

Model

Examination

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 25 25 15 15


3 Apply 20 20 20 20

4 Analyze 20 20 20 20

5 Evaluate 10 10 20 20

6 Create - - - -

Total 100 100 100 100

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 284 4. Identify different forms of corrosion in the metal surface.

5. Explain how we could reduce corrosion of metals.

6. What are the measures to be taken to reduce corrosion fatiques?

7. What are the major implications of enhanced techniques of corrosion product analysis?

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. List reasons why it is important to study of corrosion.

2. How Tafel polarization and impedance techniques used to measure the corrosion products?

3. Explain how we could reduce corrosion of metals?

Unit I

Introduction to Corrosion

Importance and cost of corrosion – spontaneity of corrosion – passivation - importance of corrosion prevention

in various industries - the direct and indirect loss of corrosion- galvanic corrosion: area relationship in both

active and passive states of metals - Pilling Bed worth ratio and its consequences - units of corrosion rate - mdd

and mpy - importance of pitting factor - Pourbaix digrams of Mg, Al and Fe and their advantages and

disadvantages .

Corrosion of metals by other gases.

9 Hours

Unit II

Forms of Corrosion

Different forms of corrosion - uniform corrosion-galvanic corrosion, crevice corrosion, pitting corrosion,

intergranular corrosion, selective leaching, erosion corrosion, stress corrosion- high temperature oxidation,

kinetics of protective film formation and catastrophic oxidation corrosion.

Industrial boiler corrosion, cathodic and anodic inhibitors

9 Hours

Unit III

Mechanisms of Corrosion

Hydrogen embrittlement- cracking, corrosion fatigue - filliform corrosion, fretting damage and microbes

induced corrosion. Mechanisms of various corrosion scale formation - thick layer and thin layer - insitu

corrosion scale analysis.

Analyze the rust formation in mild steel using weight loss method

9 Hours

Unit IV

Cathodic and Anodic Protection Engineering

Fundamentals of cathodic protection - types of cathodic protection systems and anodes. Life time calculations -

rectifier selection. Stray current corrosion problems and its prevention. Coating for various cathodic protection

system and their assessment- inhibitors - corrosion of steels. Anodic protection-Design for corrosion control.

Role of paints and pigments to protect the corrosive environment

9 Hours

Unit V

Corrosion Testing and Monitoring

Corrosion testing and monitoring - electrochemical methods of polarization- Tafel extrapolation polarization,

linear polarization, impedance techniques-Weight loss method - susceptibility test – testing for intergranular

susceptibility and stress corrosion.

Analyze the instruments for monitoring the corrosion.

9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. Zaki Ahmad, Principles of Corrosion Engineering and Corrosion Control, Elsevier Science and

Technology Books, 2006.

2. R. Winstone Revie and Herbert H. Uhlig, Corrosion and Corrosion Control: An Introduction to

Corrosion Science and Engineering, John Wiley & Science, 2008.

3. Mars G. Fontana, Corrosion Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, Singapore, 2008.


1. ASM Hand Book, Vol. 13, Corrosion, ASM International, 2005.

2. Pierre R. Roberge, Hand Book of Corrosion Engineering, McGraw Hill, New York, 2000.

3. Denny A. Jones, Principles and Prevention of Corrosion, Prentice Hall Inc., 2004.

4. A.W. Peabody, Control of Pipeline Corrosion, NACE International, Houston, 2001.

ENTREPRENEURSHIP ELECTIVES$

11O001 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT I

3 0 0 3.0

Objective

To gain knowledge on basics of Entrepreneurship

To gain knowledge of business entity, source of capital and financially evaluate the project

To gain knowledge on production and manufacturing system.

Programme Outcomes





Skill Set

1. Entrepreneurial thinking

2. Innovation techniques in developing business

3. Legal aspects of a business

4. Skills on finance and cash flow

5. Skills on planning operations

Assessment Pattern

Sl.

No.

Bloom’s Taxonomy

Test I

† Test II

†

Model

Examination†

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 20 20 20 20


3 Apply 20 20 20 20

4 Analyze 10 10 10 10

5 Evaluate 20 20 20 20

6 Create 10 10 10 10

Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is entrepreneurship?

2. What are the factors that motivate people to go into business?

3. Define a small-scale industry.

4. Define tiny industry.

5. Who is an intrapreneur?

6. State functions of SISI.

7. What is serial entrepreneur?

8. What is Technopreneurship?

__________________ The marks secured in the Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.




9. What is reversal method?

10. What is brainstorming?

11. What do you mean by term business idea?

12. Mention any two schemes Indian government provides to the development of entrepreneurship.

13. What is a project report?

14. What is project scheduling?

15. Mention any four techniques available for project scheduling.

16. What is contract act?

17. Define MOU.

18. What are al the types of sources of finance for an entrepreneur?

19. Mention any five external sources of finance to an entrepreneur.

20. Classify the financial needs of an organization.

21. What is short term finance?

22. What is return on capital?

23. What is capital budgeting?

24. What is product design?

25. What is quality council?

26. What is inventory?

27. What is lean manufacturing?

Understand

1. Why is entrepreneurship important of growth of a nation?

2. Mention the essential quality required for someone to be an entrepreneur.

3. Why is motivational theories important for an entrepreneur?

4. How is network analysis helpful to the development of an entrepreneur?

5. Mention the essential requirements for a virtual capital.

6. How under-capitalization affects an entrepreneur.

7. Differentiate proprietorship and partnership.

8. Mention the causes of dissolution of a firm.

9. How important is the support of IDBI to an entrepreneur?

10. What are the salient features of New Small Enterprise Policy, 1991?

11. Why scheduling is very important for a production design?

Apply / Evaluate

1. If you want to become as an entrepreneur, what will be your idea?

2. Select any one of the creative idea generation method and suggest an innovation that you can

implement in your business.

3. Write short notes on various legal aspects that you have to consider to run you business.

4. How will you generate you capital and other financial supports?

5. In case of getting enough financial support, plan your business and plot the various stages using any of

the tools or techniques.

Create

1. Draft a sample project report for your business.

2. Do a network analysis using PERT and CPM for your business plan.

3. Write a brief report to apply to a financial organization for seeking financial support to your business.

Unit I

Basics of Entrepreneurship

Entrepreneurship Competence, Entrepreneurship as a career, Intrapreneurship, Social entrepreneurship, Serial

entrepreneurship (Cases), Technopreneurship.

Entrepreneurial Motivation

6 Hours


Generation of Ideas

Creativity and Innovation (Cases), Lateral thinking, Generation of alternatives (Cases), Fractionation, Reversal

Method, Brain storming

Utilization of Patent Databases

8 Hours

Unit III

Legal Aspects of Business

Contract Act, Sale of Goods Act, Negotiable Instruments – Promissory Note, Bills and Cheques, Partnership,

Limited Liability Partnership (LLP), Companies Act – Kinds, Formation, Memorandum of Association, Articles

of Association (Cases).

Business Plan Writing

10 Hours

Unit IV

Business Finance

Project evaluation and investment criteria (Cases), Sources of finance, Financial statements, Break even

analysis, Cash flow analysis.

Calculation of Return on Investment

11 Hours

Unit V

Operations Management

Importance – Functions –Deciding on the production system – Facility decisions: Plant location, Plant Layout

(Cases), Capacity requirement planning – Inventory management (Cases) – Lean manufacturing.

Project Planning

10 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Donald F. kuratko, Entrepreneurship – Theory, Process & Practice, South western cengage learnng,

USA, 2009.

References

1. Hisrich, Entrepreneurship, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2005.

2. Prasanna Chandra, Projects – Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Reviews, Tata

McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2000.

3. Akhileshwar Pathak, Legal Aspects of Business, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.

4. Norman Gaither and Greg Frazier, Operations Management, Thomson Learning Inc, 2007.

5. Edward De Bono, Lateral Thinking, Penguin Books, 1990.

11O002 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT II

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

The Graduates on completion of the course will be able to

Evolve the marketing mix for promoting the product / services

Handle the human resources and taxation

Understand Government industrial policies / support provided and prepare a business plan.

Programme Outcomes






1. Increase in awareness of the entrepreneurship Development for engineering decisions.

Assessment Pattern

Sl.

No.

Bloom’s Taxonomy

Test I

† Test II

†

Model

Examination†

Semester End

Examination

1 Remember 30 30 30 30


3 Apply 20 20 20 20

4 Analyze 10 10 10 10

5 Evaluate 10 10 10 10

6 Create -- -- 05 05

Total 100 100 100 100

6Remember

1. Who are Fabian Entrepreneur?

2. Explain the Views on Schumpeter on Entrepreneurship?

3. Mention the three functions of NSIC?

4. Narrate the role of IDBI in the development of Entrepreneurship?

5. What are Project Objectives?

6. What are the stages in a Project Lifecycle?

7. Give the meaning of Feasibility Report?

8. Explain the objective of Entrepreneurial Training?

9. What is Motivating Training?

10. Who is a Small Scale Entrepreneur?

11. How to develop Rural Entrepreneur?

12. What are the Social Problems of Women Entrepreneur?

13. Differentiate between entrepreneur and entrepreneurship.

14. What are the types of entrepreneurs?

15. Explain the various qualities of entrepreneur.

16. Briefly explain the different merchant castes in India.

17. What is entrepreneurship training?

18. Discuss any three programmes supporting women entrepreneurs.

19. Write a note on the role of NISIET.

20. What are the challenges and opportunities available in SSI's?

Understand

1. Narrate any six differences between a Manager and an Entrepreneur?

2. Explain briefly various types of Entrepreneur?

3. What are the elements of EDP?

4. What is the role played the commercial banks in the development of Entrepreneur?

5. How would you Classify Projects?

6. What are the stages in project Formulation?

7. What are the target groups of EDP?

8. What are the major problems faced by Small Entrepreneur?

9. What are the problems & prospects for women entrepreneur in India?

Apply/Evaluate

1. Describe the various functions performed by Entrepreneurs?

2. Explain the role of different agencies in the development of Entrepreneur?

3. Discuss the criteria for selecting a particular project?

4. Describe the role of Entrepreneur in the Development of Country?

5. Define business idea. Elaborate the problems and opportunities for an entrepreneur.

† *The marks secured Test I and Test II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.



Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 289 6. Elaborate the schemes offered by Commercial banks for development of entrepreneurship.

7. Explain the significant role played by DIC & SISI for the development of entrepreneurship.

8. Design a short Entrepreneurship development programme for farmer

9. Discuss the role and importance of the following institutions in promoting, training and developing

entrepreneurs in India:

Create

1. All economy is the effect for which entrepreneurship is the cause"-Discuss.

2. Review the entrepreneurial growth by the communities of south India.

3. What are the problems of Women entrepreneurs and discuss the ways to overcome these

barriers?

4. Discuss the importance of small scale industries in India.

5. Critically examine the growth and development of ancillarisation in India.

6. Discuss the various sources and collection of credit information of entrepreneurs.

7. Briefly explain the recommendation and policy implication for survival of SME's.

8. Discuss the role of the Government both at the Central and State level in motivating and developing

entrepreneurship in India.

9. ―Developing countries like India need imitative entrepreneurs rather than innovative entrepreneurs‖.

Do you agree? Justify your answer with examples.

10. What are the reasons of very few women becoming entrepreneurs in a developing country like India?

Whether Indian women entrepreneurs have now made an impact and shown that they too can

contribute in economic development of the country? Discuss with examples.

11. Discuss the ―Culture of Entrepreneurship‖ and its role in economic development of a nation. What

factors contribute to nurturing such a culture?

Unit I

Marketing Management

Formulating Marketing strategies, The marketing plan, Deciding on the marketing mix (Cases), Interactive

marketing, Marketing through social networks, Below the line marketing, International marketing - Modes of

Entry, Strategies (Cases).

Five P's of marketing, SSI Policy Statement

10 Hours

Unit II

Human Resource Management

Human Resource Planning (Cases), Recruitment, Selection, Training and Development, HRIS, Factories Act

1948 (an over view)

Global Trends in Human Resource Management

10 Hours

Unit III

Business Taxation

Direct taxation – Income tax, Corporate tax, MAT, Tax holidays, Wealth tax, Professional tax (Cases).

Indirect taxation – Excise duty, Customs, Sales and Service tax, VAT, Octroi, GST(Cases)

Recent Trends for a Troubled Tax, professional tax slab

8 Hours

Unit IV

Government Support

Industrial policy of Central and State Government, National Institute and Agencies, State Level Institutions,

Financial Institution

Global Entrepreneurship Monitor, Excise Exemption Scheme

7 Hours

Unit V

Business Plan Preparation

Purpose of writing a business plan, Capital outlay, Technical feasibility, Production plan, HR plan, Market

survey and Marketing plan, Financial plan and Viability, Government approvals, SWOT analysis.

Small Industry Cluster Development Programme, National Equity Fund Scheme

10 Hours

http://business.gov.in/outerwin.php?id=http://dcmsme.gov.in/publications/policies/ssipolicy.htm

http://business.gov.in/outerwin.php?id=http://www.dcmsme.gov.in/policies/central/t-ed.htm

http://business.gov.in/outerwin.php?id=http://www.dcmsme.gov.in/schemes/pcgvc01x.htm

http://business.gov.in/outerwin.php?id=http://www.dcmsme.gov.in/schemes/sfnsb02z.htm#nef


Textbook

S. S. Khanka, Entrepreneurial Development, S. Chand & Co, New Delhi, 2010

References

1. Hisrich, Entrepreneurship, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2005.

2. Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003.

3. K. Aswathappa, Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and Cases, Tata McGraw

Hill, 2007.

4. P. C. Jain, Handbook for New Entrepreneurs, EDII, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2002.

5. Akhileshwar Pathak, Legal Aspects of Business, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.

ONE CREDIT ELECTIVES

11I0XA GOOGLE APPENGINE

- - - 1

Course Objectives

To introduce the fundamentals of cloud computing and Appengine

To introduce the Google Cloud Platform and its various features

To introduce Google Apps Scripts

Introduction to Google Cloud Platform

Introduction to Cloud Computing, Trends of Computing, Distributed Computing and Google Search,

Cloud Computing – IaaS, PaaS & SaaS. Introduction to Google Cloud Platform, Infrastructure, Google

Compute Engine, Google Cloud Storage, Introduction to Google App Engine, Data Store and Cloud SQL,

Advanced Level – Google Bigquery, App Engine 101.

Lab Session: Setting up the SDK, Hello World application

Deep dive in to Google App Engine:

GAE admin console, Understanding the Java webapp environment in GAE – Servlets, JPA, Forms, Users

Service,Datastore – Overview, API, Queries, Transactions, Blobstore Deep dive in to Google Cloud SQL and

Storage Google API console, Using Google Cloud SQL with app engine, Managing the instances, Tools –

Command line, Squirrel, Using with app engine. Google Cloud Storage, Overview, API – Authorization, using

client libraries, Using with app engine, A static website with Google Cloud Storage

15 Hours

References 1. https://cloud.google.com/

2. https://developers.google.com/appengine/

3. https://developers.google.com/cloud-sql/

4. https://cloud.google.com/products/cloud-storage

11I0XB BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE AND REPORTING

- - - 1

Introduction to Business Intellegence, Introduction to BIRT, The Anatomy of a BIRT Report

BIRT Integration, Integration with a J2EE server like TOMCAT & working with database like MySQL, BIRT

Designer integrated with Eclipse, Developing in BIRT, Extensibility of BIRT.

15 Hours

References

1. Diana Peh, Alethea Hannemann, Nola Hague, "BIRT: A Field Guide to Reporting", Addision Wesley,

2011.

2. Jason Weathersby, Tom Bondur, Iana Chatalbasheva, "Integrating and Extending BIRT, Addision

Wesley, 2011.

https://cloud.google.com/

https://developers.google.com/appengine/

https://developers.google.com/cloud-sql/

https://cloud.google.com/products/cloud-storage

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 291 11I0XC PHP MYSQL

- - - 1

Course Objective

This course will teach everything needed to design professional web database applications in PHP and

MySQL.

Create and populate your own MySQL database tables, and work with data stored in files

Perform sophisticated MySQL queries with joins, and refine your results with LIMIT and ORDER BY

Use cookies and sessions to track visitors' login information and personalize the site for users

Introduction

HTML / CSS / Javascript- HTML Basics- Editors- Attributes- HTML / CSS2 / CSS3/ Div based layout-

HTML Lists/ HTML Blocks- CSS Properity / HTML5 Introduction- Convert psd to HTML / CSS Layout

3 Hours

Javascript Introduction

Variables- Data types- Validation- Events- Numbers- String- Arrays- Functions- DOM- Changing HTML

style- Why jQuery is popular in current industry? Why not flash?- jQuery effects- jQuery HTML- JQuery

methods- Slider- Dialog- Box- Tooltip- Popup

3 Hours

Hands on Session

Div based layout design using CSS property- How to create a static site using HTML / CSS Layout- Check

browser compatibility- How to make each layout- Div based layout design using CSS property with javascript

functionality- How to validate form using JavaScript events, jQuery Popup, Accordion, Validation, Animation

6 Hours

PHP / MYSql/ Introduction

How to get alues from HTML forms / PHP form validation- PHP Basic- PHP Installation and Basic- PHP

Advanced- Some of Indian Payment Gateway- CCAvenue- EBS- PayU India- Job Portal- How to make job

career portal website like http://www.naukri.com-Farmework PHP discussion (Advanced level)- Wordpress

( how to create blog in wordpress)

3 Hours

Total: 15 Hours

Text Book(s)

1. Luke Welling and Laura Thomson, ―PHP and MySQL‖, Sams Publishing, 2007.

2. Steven Holzner , ―PHP: The Complete Reference‖, TataMcGrawhill 2007.

3. Vikram Vaswani, ―MySQL(TM): The Complete Reference‖, TataMcGrawhill 2004.

Web Reference(s)

1. http://www.w3cschools.com/php

2. http://php.net/manual/en/tutorial

11I0XD PERL

- - - 1

Course Objectives

Use perl for text and file processing.

Execute programs from perl environment and process their result.

Design more complex, maintainable perl programs.

PERL

Brush-Up - Comparison with C, C++, PHP - Comparison with JSP, ASP

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 292 Introduction

PERL-Introduction - Why PERL? - PERL Environment - Programs vs. Scripts - variables - and Data Types -

Introduction to Data Structures - Scalar Variables - Lists and Arrays - Hashes - Operators and its Usages -

Conditionals Statements - Looping Statements - Subroutines - Creating Subroutines - Manipulating Subroutines

- Prototypes - Recursion - Creating Context-sensitive Subroutines

PACKAGES

Introduction - Creating Packages - Modifying Packages - Package Referencing - Package Constructors - Lexical

Binding and Dynamic Binding - References - Creating References

Pass By Reference

OOP’S Programming

Classes and Objects - Encapsulation - Visibility Modifiers - Inheritance Types - Abstraction - Polymorphism -

Overloading - Overriding - Dynamic Binding - Final and Static Keywords - Interfaces Basics - Abstract classes

Vs Interface - Exception Handling Techniques - File Handling Process - Reading a File - Writing and

Appending a File - Deleting Files - Random Access Files - Directory Traversal Functions - Regular -

Expressions - Introduction - Building a Pattern - Metacharacters - Quantifiers - Character Classes -

Backtracking - Regular Expression Operators - Constructing Complex Reg. - Expressions - Error Handling

Techniques

CGI Programming

Introduction - Static and Dynamic Content - GET Vs POST - File Uploading - HTTP Headers

15 Hours

11I0XE HTML 5.0

- - - 1

Course Objectives

Provides more understanding for development of web content and web apps for mobile.

Understand to embed video directly in to web pages, without using a plugin like Flash

Introduction

HTML5 Elements- Canvas- SVG- Drag/Drop – Geolocation- Video- Audio- Input Types- Form Elements-

Form Attributes- Web Storage- App Cache- Web Workers- SSE.

7.5 Hours

HTML 5 Tools

Modernizr- Validation- Online Editor-Color Code Builder- Tags Reference - Deprecated Tags- New Tags -

Microdata- MathML - Web Storage- Web SQL - Server-Sent Events.

6 Hours

HTML5 - New Features- Examples

1.5 Hours

Total: 15 Hours

Text Book(s)

1. Bruce Lawson, Remy Sharp, Introducing HTML 5, New Riders, Second Edition, 2011.

2. Ian Devlin, HTML 5: Multimedia, Peachpit Press, 2011.


11I0XF ANDROID

- - - 1

Course Objectives

Delves into the Android framework, focusing on user interface and graphics class hierarchies,

concurrency, and databases

To provide a solid foundation for understanding of how the most important parts of an Android

application work.

Features code skeletons and patterns for accelerating the development of apps that use web data and

Android 4 user interface conventions and APIs.

Introduction

Android architecture- Pillars (Activity, Intent, Services and Broadcast receivers)- Setting up android

development- Hello Android (Understanding Hello World Program!!)- MVC Pattern- Creating screens and

navigation.

4 Hours

Hands on Session

Working with Android UI elements- multiple resolution- Motion sensor- Camera- Multimedia files- Database-

Files- GPS hardware- Map Control- Webkit- Webservice.

10 Hours

Application Development

Android UI patterns- Publishing App to Google Play

1 Hour

Total: 15 Hours

Textbooks

1. Mike Wolfson, Mastering the Android Developer Tools, O'Reilly Media, March 2013

2. Jonathan Stark, Brian Jepson, Building Android Apps with HTML, CSS, and JavaScript, 2nd Edition,

O'Reilly Media, January 2012

SPECIAL COURSES

11I0RA SEMANTIC WEB

- - - 3

Objectives

To provide practical information in modeling data to fit the requirements of the Semantic Web.

To Learn the major advance in the Web 3.0

To study the real-world problems and technologies that forms the semantic Web.

Program Outcome


languages.

Semantic Web and Ontologies

Defining the Semantic Web - Semantic Web Roadblocks Components – Types- Major Programming

Components-Impacts-Establishing a Web Data–Centric Perspective-Expressing Semantic Data-

Avoiding the Roadblocks, Myths, and Hype – Ontological Commitments – Categories – Philosophical

Background - Knowledge Representation Ontologies – Top Level – Linguistic – Domain – Semantic

Web – Need –Foundation – Layers – Architecture - Web Documents in XML – RDF - Schema – Web

Resource Description using RDFRDF Properties – Topic Maps and RDF – Overview – Syntax

Structure – Semantics –Pragmatics - Traditional Ontology Languages – LOOM- OKBC – OCML –

Flogic Ontology Markup Languages – SHOE – OIL - DAML + OIL- OWL - Taxonomy for Ontology

Learning – Layered Approach – Phases of Ontology Learning –Importing and Processing Ontologies

and Documents – Ontology Learning Algorithms –Evaluation- Overview – need for management –

development process – target ontology – ontologymapping – skills management system – ontological

class – constraints – issues.Evolution – Development of Tools and Tool Suites – Ontology Merge

http://shop.oreilly.com/product/0636920025320.do#tab_03

http://shop.oreilly.com/product/0636920022886.do#tab_04

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 294 Tools – Ontologybased Annotation Tools - Web Services – Semantic Web Services - Case Study for

specific domain – Security issues – current trends.

Journals

Journal of web semantic: Science,Services and Agents on World Wide Web, New Delhi, Elsevier

International Journal on semantic web and Information system

11I0RB SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION

- - - 3

Objectives

To increasing the ranking of a website on a search engine

To increase the knowledge of search engine

To increase product sales or enquiries

Programme Outcome


analyze problems.

Building Search Engine and Tools

Search engine Basics-Surveying The SE Landscape-SE-Friendly web site Makeover-Making Useful-

Picking Powerful Keywords - Creating Pages-Avoiding things-Dirty deeds-Bulking up your site

- Adding Site to the indexes & Directories - Getting your pages into the SE-Submitting the directories-

Buried Treasure - Using Link Popularity to Boost Yor Position-Finding sites to link to yours-

Using the shopping Directories-Pay per click - The Part of tens:Way to Keep Up-to-Date and

Track Down the hills-Myths& Mistakes - Useful Tools for Search SEO, Case study.

Journals

Search Engine Journal

11I0RC J2ME

- - - 3

Objectives

Understand J2ME Architecture

Be familiar with J2ME user Interface

Be familiar with J2ME Data management

Programme Outcome


languages.

J2ME Architecture and Development Environment, Interface, Data Management and Networking and

Web Services

Java 2 Micro Edition and the World of Java - J2ME and Wireless Devices- Wireless Technology -

Radio Transmission - Limitations of Radio Transmissions - Radio Data Networks -Data Packets - Cell

Phones and Text Input –Personal Digital Assistants - Mobile Power - Set-Top Boxes - Inside Look at

a Set-Top Box - Smart Cards - J2ME Architecture - Small Computing Device Requirements - Run-

Time Environment - Inside the Java Archive File - Inside the Java Application Descriptor File -

MIDlet Programming - Event Handling - User Interfaces - Device Data - Java Language for J2ME -

J2ME Software Development Kits - Multiple MIDlets in a MIDlet Suite - J2ME Wireless Toolkit -

Building and Running a Project - MIDlets on the Internet. WSDL and SOAP - Commands, Items, and

Event Processing - J2ME User Interfaces - Display Class - The Palm OS Emulator - Command Class -

CommandListener - Item Class - Item Listener - Exception Handling - Throwing a

MIDletStateChangeException. High-Level Display: Screens - Screen Class – Choice Group Class -

DateField Class - Gauge Class - StringItem Class - TextField Class - ImageItem Class - List Class -

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 295 Creating an Instance of a List Class - TextBox Class - Creating an Instance of a TextBox Class -

Record Management System - Record Storage - The Record Store - Record Store Scope - Setting Up

a Record Store - Writing and Reading Records - Creating a New Record and Reading an Existing

Record - Writing and Reading Mixed Data Types - Record Enumeration - Reading a Record of a

Simple Data Type into a Record Enumeration -Reading a Mixed Data Type Record into a Record

Enumeration - Sorting Records - Sorting Single Data Type Records in a Record Enumeration - Sorting

Mixed Data Type Records in a Record Enumeration - Searching Records - Hypertext Transfer Protocol

- Communication Management Using HTTP Commands - Session Management - Web Services - J2EE

Multi-Tier Web Services Architecture - J2ME MIDlets and Web Services - WSDL and SOAP.

Journals

Search J2ME Journal.

* Entrepreneurship development electives will be offered only during V and VI Semesters